首页
在线考试
章节闯关
谁正在考试
学习应用
听写训练
背单词
情景会话
口语模仿
擂台赛
每日英语
资料下载
作文批改
注册
您的位置：
在线考试首页
>
章节闯关
>
中考英语
>
阅读理解
>
社会现象类
>
第1关
00:00:00
已做
0
项(正确
0
项，错误做
0
项)/共921项，剩余
921
项未作答
结束作答
答案解析
上一题
下一题
返回
阅读理解
收藏
纠错
In every country, there are thousands of people who want to help out. Many join organizations run (管理) by their governments, for example, the Peace Corps in the United States and Voluntary Service Overseas in Britain. Since the powerful (猛烈的) earthquake took place in Sichuan, more than 200 thousand volunteers across China have been helping there! They do all kinds of work or come up with ways to help improve life. Some offer their professional skills for free. Others have no qualifications (资历), but they love to work hard to help.
One of the most famous volunteers in the world was Mother Teresa. She could be the best volunteer because she gave her life to helping the poorest people of Calcutta. She helped the homeless, cared for the sick, gave out food, and became the mother of those without families.
Now more and more teenagers actively look for volunteering opportunities, too. They volunteer because they think it will be fun or they will learn something. They also like the idea of being helpful to others, even if it is just handing out books for the teacher. As they get older, these reasons are still the same, but there are other important reasons for volunteering such as learning on-the-job, getting work experience, and improving their social life.
All volunteers bring joy to the people they help in so many ways. They might read books to the blind, fix up broken homes, find ways to get water for villages. Could you be a volunteer? What kind of volunteer work could you do? There is someone in the world who needs you.
1
The Peace Corps is _____in the United States.
A.
a city
B.
an organization
C.
a volunteer
D.
a school
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据文章内容In every country, there are thousands of people who want to help out. Many join organizations run (管理) by their governments,可知答案为B
2
The word those in the passage means _____.
A.
the homeless
B.
the sick
C.
the poor
D.
the kids
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据文章内容可知答案为D
3
What is NOT the reason for teenagers to be volunteers according to the passage?
A.
They want to make more friends.
B.
They want to be helpful.
C.
It helps them get work experience.
D.
It can improve their social life.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据文章内容but there are other important reasons for volunteering such as learning on-the-job, getting work experience, and improving their social life.可知答案为A
4
Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A.
Volunteers need qualifications.
B.
Volunteers offer their help without any pay.
C.
Young kids can't be volunteers.
D.
Some volunteers bring joy to others.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据文章内容All volunteers bring joy to the people they help in so many ways. They might read books to the blind, fix up broken homes, find ways to get water for villages. Could you be a volunteer? W可知答案为B
5
What is the main idea of this passage?
A.
The world needs volunteers.
B.
Mother Teresa was a great volunteer.
C.
Volunteers do all kinds of work.
D.
There are different ways of volunteering.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据文章内容大意可知答案为A
Last year in the UK at least 45 people died and 900 more were injured in car accidents where drivers were using their mobile phones.Yet many people continue to use them while driving even though it's dangerous.
Research has shown that it is difficult to concentrate 0n driving and talking at the same time.It can even be more dangerous than driving after drinking too much.A recent study found that when drivers were talking on their mobile phones，their stopping times were 30 percent slower than when they had drunk too much—and nearly 50 percent slower than when they were driving normally.It also found that drivers talking on mobile phones were less able to control their cars than drunk drivers.
And talking isn't even the most serious problem, texting is. Unbelievably, another recent study reported that 22％ of adults admitted they had sent a text message while driving at least once in the past month.An average text message takes 90 seconds to write and send.That means for one and a half minutes a driver is looking at their phone's screen and not at the road.The arrival of new smart phones such as the iPhone will only make matters worse as they will allow users to do more things than ever before.
Using a mobile phone while driving puts others' lives at risk.No matter how well we drive，if another driver is not being professional or careful，we are put in danger by their actions.Such drivers are selfish，careless and should have their driving licences(驾照)cancelled.
There is no doubt that mobile phones call be fun and are extremely useful，especially when you're in trouble.But there is no need to use them while driving.Just wait until you stop or you will probably get into trouble of your own.
6
The underlined word"'them"in paragraph 1 refers to __________.
A.
phone users
B.
mobile phones
C.
drivers
D.
ears
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。代替前面提到的mobile phones。
7
According to the passage，if a driver needs 10 seconds to stop when driving normally, they will need seconds to stop when talking on a mobile phone.
A.
12.
B.
13.
C.
14.
D.
15.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第二段"…nearly 50 percent slower than when they were driving normally"打电话的比正常的慢50%，由此可以算出。
8
According to the passage，in what order do the following activities influence driving?Dangerous→More dangerous→Most dangerous
A.
drinking→talking on phone→texting
B.
texting→talking on phone→drinking
C.
talking on phone→texting→drinking
D.
drinking→texting→talking on phone
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
综合理解题。从第二段第一句和第二句"It can even be more dangerous than driving after drinking too much."可知talking on phone比drinking更危险；从第一段第三句"And talking isn't even the most serious problem, texting is."可知，texting最危险。
9
Why will new types of mobile phones make the driving problem worse?
A.
It will take longer to send text messages.
B.
People will want to talk on their phones more often.
C.
There will be more things for people to do with their phones.
D.
People think the new phones are easier and safer to use.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。从第三段最后一句"The arrival of new smart phones …as they will allow users to do more things than ever before."可知新型手机功能多，因此可以推测出它更有趣，结果分散司机的注意力，造成事故。
10
According to the writer,what should be done to people who use mobile phones when driving?
A.
They should be put into prison.
B.
Their cars should be taken away.
C.
Their phones should be taken from them.
D.
They should not be allowed to drive any longer.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
主旨大意题。本文中心意思就是开车时使用手机太危险。实际上，从最后一段"But there is no need to use them while driving."也可知作者的观点。
It's the end of class. When the bell rings, students of Luohu Foreign Languages School in Shenzhen quickly take out their cell phones. They want to log on* to their micro blogs to check the interesting things that have happened in the last hour.
Since last year, the trend* of micro blogging has swept the country. Recent surveys shows that most students in middle schools have a micro blog and some even update* their blogs over five times per day.
"We learn many fresh and interesting things on micro blogs and they have become popular topics in class," said Andy Liang, 14. "If you do not know about them, you are out of the loop."
It is also a great place for students to let out stress. "My parents always ask me to study all the time, and encourage me before exams, but it really adds pressure," said Simon Zhang, 15. "When I share these feelings on my micro blog, I get many replies from friends in the same situation, which makes me feel better."
But parents are worried that micro blogging could be a waste of time. Some misleading messages may even cause danger to kids, they said.
Mr. Shen, a professor at the China Education Association, suggests parents not worry too much as long as kids are not crazy about micro blogging. Maybe it can become a window for parents to understand their children. "If parents can read their children's micro blogs, they'll know their thoughts, thus leading to better communication and solutions to problems," he said. He also gives some tips for kids.
---Don't micro blog for more than one hour a day.
---Never micro blog in class.
---Try to talk face to face with people from time to time.
---Be critical. Don't trust all the messages on a micro blog.
11
The underlined part "out of the loop" in the passage probably means ___________.
A.
not popular
B.
not excited
C.
unhealthy
D.
unlucky
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据文章内容和单词和词组的意思，可知答案为A，表示不受欢迎的意思。
12
Micro blog made Simon ___________when he shared his feelings and got replies on his micro biog.
A.
feel sad
B.
let out stress
C.
add pressure
D.
make friends
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
可以从Simon自己的一段话的内容When I share these feelings on my micro blog, I get many replies from friends in the same situation, which makes me feel better."可知答案为B
13
We can know from Mr. Shen that micro blogging can ___________.
A.
make kids crazy while logging on to it
B.
bring a lot of misleading messages
C.
become a window to understand young kids
D.
lead to worse communication
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据文章内容suggests parents not worry too much as long as kids are not crazy about micro blogging. Maybe it can become a window for parents to understand their children.可知答案为C
14
Which statement is TRUE according to the passage?
A.
It's good for kids to micro blog for more than one hour a day.
B.
Kids should trust all the messages on a micro blog because they are useful.
C.
The trend of micro blogging has swept the country since five years ago.
D.
Kids should try to talk face to face with people, not just micro blogging.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据文章内容大意可知答案为D
Having Fun "Growing" and "Stealing"？
Recently, an Internet game has become a new fashion among young office workers and students.People can "farm" on a piece of "land" and "grow'', "sell" or even "steal" "vegetables", "flowers" and "fruits" on the Net. They can earn some e-money and buy more "seeds", "pets" and even "houses".
Joyce interviewed some young people. Here are their opinions.
Harold：I don't quite understand why they are so mad about the childish game; maybe they are just not confident enough to face the real world.
Allan：I enjoy putting some "bugs" in my friends' gardens and we've become closer because of the game.Having fun together is the most exciting thing about it.
Laura：You know, people in the city are longing for(渴望) the life in the countryside.It reduces my work pressure(压力)；besides, it gives me the exciting experience of being a "thief".
Ivy： Well. it's just a waste of time.Teenagers playing the game spend so many hours on it that they can not focus on (专注于)their study.
15
Among the people Joyce interviewed,____ likes the game while____ dislikes the game.
A.
Laura; Allan
B.
Allan; Harold
C.
Harold; Ivy
D.
Ivy; Allan
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
理解归纳题，通读文中语句理解可知。
16
Which is NOT the reason why people like the game?
A.
They are longing for country life.
B.
They can have fun with friends.
C.
The game can relax people and give them a new experience.
D.
They are confident enough to face the real world.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"You know, people in the city are longing for(渴望) the life in the countryside.It reduces my work pressure(压力)；besides, it gives me the exciting experience of being a "thief"."理解可知。
17
Where can you find this passage?
A.
In a car magazine.
B.
In an advertisement.
C.
In a newspaper
D.
In a science book
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
理解归纳题，通读文中语句理解可知。
On the night of May 9, 2011, musician Gao Xiaosong ran his car into three other cars in Beijing.
But it wasn't just a car accident—he was drunk(喝醉的).
Now, Gao has to go to prison (监狱) for six months and pay a 4,000 yuan fine.
Gao is the first star to be punished under China's new drunk driving law.
From May 1 on, drunk drivers will pay a fine, and be banned from driving for five years or even forever.
Drunk driving has become a serious social problem in China.According to the Ministry of Public Security (公安部), police caught more than half a million drunk drivers last year, a 68 % increase from 2009.
The new law sees drunk driving as a crime.
In the West, drunk driving is also a crime. In the US, for example, if the police catch a drunk driver, the driver will pay a fine, lose his or her license (驾照) and even go to prison. If the driver wants to drive again, he or she must do public service, and take part in educational programs.
You may think: drunk driving is a crime? Isn't this law too unkind? But experts say, "Not at all."
"It is to protect people's rights to life and health," Li Gang, lawyer in Chengdu, told China Daily. "Drunk driving is very dangerous. No matter what the results are, it should not be allowed."
18
Mr. Gao ran his car into three other cars because _________.
A.
there was something wrong with his car
B.
he went home too late
C.
he drank too much wine
D.
the road was too crowded
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章第二段But it wasn't just a car accident—he was drunk(喝醉的)可知C正确。
19
What does the underlined word "fine" in the third paragraph refer to(指)?
A.
Health.
B.
Traffic.
C.
Weather.
D.
Money.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
猜测词义题。根据第三段的pay a 4,000 yuan fine.可知这里的fine是指罚款。故D正确。
20
When did the new law come into use?
A.
On May 1, 2010.
B.
On May 1, 2011.
C.
On May 1, 2009
D.
On May 9, 2011.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章第六行From May 1 on, drunk drivers will pay a fine,可知B正确。
21
What do experts think of the new law?
A.
Drunk driving is a crime.
B.
The law is not kind to drunk drivers.
C.
Driving has become a serious problem.
D.
The law is too strict.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章倒数第二段You may think: drunk driving is a crime? Isn't this law too unkind? But experts say, "Not at all."可知专家认为酒驾就是犯罪，A正确。
22
Which of the following sentence is TRUE?
A.
Li Gang from Chengdu doesn't like the law.
B.
In the US, drunk drivers will only lose their licenses.
C.
There were more drunk drivers in 2010 than in 2009.
D.
The law is to protect drivers' rights to life and health only.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据第6段2,3行police caught more than half a million drunk drivers last year, a 68 % increase from 2009.可知C正确。
Now satellites are helping to forecast the weather. They are in space, and they can reach any part of the world. The satellites take pictures of the atmosphere（大气）, because this is where the weather forms. They send these pictures to the weather stations. So meteorologists（气象学家）can see the weather of any part of the world. From the pictures, the scientists can often say how the weather will change.
Today, nearly five hundred weather stations in sixty countries receive satellite pictures. When they receive new pictures, the meteorologists compare them with earlier ones. Perhaps they may find that the clouds have changed during the last few hours. This may mean that the weather on the ground may soon change, too. In their next weather forecast, the meteorologists can say this.
So the weather satellites are a great help to the meteorologists. Before satellites were invented, the scientists could forecast the weather for about 24 or 48 hours. Now they can make good forecasts for three or five days. Soon, perhaps, they may be able to forecast the weather for a week or more ahead（提前）.
23
Satellites travel ___________.
A.
in space
B.
in the atmosphere
C.
above the ground
D.
above space
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题，由第一段第二句They are in space可知卫星是在太空中的，故选A
24
Why do we use the weather satellites to take pictures of the atmosphere? Because ________.
A.
the weather satellites can do it easily
B.
clouds form there
C.
the weather forms there
D.
the pictures can forecast the weather
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题，文章第三句The satellites take pictures of the atmosphere（大气）, because this is where the weather forms.可知天气形成于大气层，故选C
25
Meteorologists forecast the weather ________.
A.
when they have received satellite pictures
B.
after they have compared new satellite pictures with earlier ones
C.
before they received satellite pictures
D.
during they study satellite pictures
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题，文章第二段第二句When they receive new pictures, the meteorologists compare them with earlier ones.可知气象学家在比较之后才报天气故选B
26
Maybe we'll soon be able to forecast the weather for ________.
A.
one day
B.
two days
C.
five days
D.
seven days or even longer
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题，文章最后一句Soon, perhaps, they may be able to forecast the weather for a week or more ahead可知气象预报可提前七天或更久，故选D
27
The main idea of this passage is that satellites are now used in ______.
A.
taking pictures of the atmosphere
B.
receiving pictures of the atmosphere
C.
doing other work in many ways
D.
weather forecasting
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
文章理解题，本文主要讲了卫星运用于天气预报，故选D
Britain Today
Food
British people like good food, and more than half of them go to a restaurant every month. Fast food is also very popular— 30% of all adults have a hamburger every three months, but 46% have fish and chips!
Sports
British people don't do a lot of sports. Only 17% of people go swimming every week, about 9% go cycling and 8% play golf—and only 6% of people play football (but 32% go to watch it).
Cinema and TV
Films are very popular in Britain, and about 60% of people between 15 and 24 go to the cinema every month. At home, men watch TV for about three hours every day — two quarters more than women.
Holidays
British people love going on holiday, and have 56 million holidays every year. Most of these holidays aren't in the UK—27% are in Spain, 10% are in the USA, and 9% are in France. Maybe this is because the weather in Britain isn't very good!
28
Which food could be more popular among British adults, a hamburger or fish and chips?
A.
A hamburger.
B.
Fish and chips.
C.
Both.
D.
Neither.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
B 细节题。根据第一部分30% of all adults have a hamburger every three months, but 46% have fish and chips!说明fish and chips!更受欢迎，故B正确。
29
Those who are interested in movies are ____.
A.
men
B.
women
C.
old people
D.
young people
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
D 细节题。根据第三部分第二句and about 60% of people between 15 and 24 go to the cinema every month.说明年轻人喜欢看电影，故D正确。
30
How long do British women spend watching TV every day?
A.
Three hours.
B.
Three hours and a half
C.
Two hours
D.
Two hours and a half
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
D 计算题。根据第三部分At home, men watch TV for about three hours every day — two quarters more than women说明男性每天看3个小时，女性少半个小时，故女性看2个半小时。故D正确。
31
British people's favorite country for a holiday is ____.
A.
Spain
B.
France
C.
America
D.
Australia
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
A 细节题。根据最后一部分27% are in Spain, 10% are in the USA, and 9% are in France.说明西班牙最受欢迎，故A正确。
When can I get a cell phone?" The answer is when your parents think you need one, though many kids seem to be getting them around age 12 or 13. Some younger kids may have them because their parents see it as a matter of safety and convenience. For example, a kid can call mom and dad when sports practice is over. And a cell phone can give kids almost instant access(快捷通道) to their parents if something goes wrong or they need help. It can give parents quick access to their kids so they can check on them and make sure they're OK.
If you do get a cell phone, make some rules with your parents, such as how many minutes you're allowed to spend on the phone, when you can use your phone, when the phone must be turned off, and what you will do if someone calls you too often, and so on.
You'll also have to learn to take care of the phone in your life. Keep it charged(充电) and store it in the safe place so it doesn't get lost. And whatever you do, don't use it in the bathroom. I know someone who dropped her phone in the toilet!
32
Parents buy cell phones for their kids because ___________.
A.
they think it is necessary
B.
they think their kids are old enough
C.
they have asked the author for advice
D.
they want to follow their kids wherever they are.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
本文第一句提到父母认为孩子们需要移动电话的时候就为他们买，主要考虑的是孩子们的安全和方便，所以说父母亲认为为孩子们买移动电话是必要的，故本题选A。
33
The author of the passage ___________.
A.
wants to describe how children use cell phones
B.
knows nothing about when children can have a cell phone
C.
may have done a survey on kids using cell phones
D.
has been a teacher for many years
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
本文主要谈论了孩子们使用移动电话的原因，何时可以使用，使用的规定和注意事项，所以说本文可能是有关孩子们对移动电话使用情况的调查分析。故本题选C。
34
Which of the following is true?
A.
It is too young for kids of 12 or 13 to get a cell phone.
B.
A cell phone is useful for kids and their parents.
C.
The author is against the idea of kids to have cell phones.
D.
Most kids are considering having cell phones.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
本文第一段第三行提到移动电话对于孩子们的安全和方便是有用的，故本题陈述正确的是B项。
35
Who is the passage most probably written by?
A.
Parents who have bought phones for their kids.
B.
Someone who does cell phone business.
C.
A teacher who cares most about school safety.
D.
Someone who works for children's education.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
对孩子们情况进行调查和分析，最有可能的应该是教育工作者，故本题选D。
36
Which might not be a rule for kids with a cell phone?
A.
Keep it on all the time.
B.
Make a call if something goes wrong.
C.
Don't use it in the bathroom.
D.
Take care not to lose it.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
本文最后两段提到孩子们使用移动电话时要及时地充电，不要在浴室里使用，不要把它丢掉，当某事发生的时候可以打电话，不要一直开着移动电话，故本题选A。
The Internet joins millions of computers all over the world, and it's used by people all over the world. It was invented in the 1960s in the USA. The American government needed a network of computers for its army. Then in the 1970s scientists and businesspeople also wanted to use the Internet to send and receive messages. For some years, they weren't allowed to use US network, and when they were allowed to, the messages were in very simple text without photos.
The World Wide Web was invented by a British scientist named Tim Berners-Lee in 1989. He wanted to send documents to other scientists. So he developed the World Wide Web. This allowed him to send and receive scientific documents with text, drawings and photos. In the 1990s, more and more people began to use the Internet and the World Wide Web.
So, what's the difference between Internet and the World Wide Web? The Internet is the hardware .It allows us to communicate with other people. The World Wide Web is the software. It allows us to create , see, and read multimedia documents.
The web is made up of millions of documents called web pages. These pages are held in computers all over the world. Many people have a favourite website with a number of web pages on the same subject.
Email is a way of using your computer to send and receive messages. It's cheaper and quicker to use email than send normal mail. New users call normal mail "snail mail" because it's so slow.
It took 50 years for 100 million people to listen to the radio. It took 15 years for 100 million people to watch television. By the year 2000, it had taken only about three years for 100 million people to use the Internet. What will happen next on the Internet?
37
When was the Internet invented?
A.
In the 1970s
B.
In the 1960s
C.
In the 1990s
D.
In 1989
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据It was invented in the 1960s in the USA.可知选B。
38
Who made the Internet easier to use?
A.
Businesspeople
B.
The American government
C.
A British scientist
D.
American Scientists
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据The World Wide Web was invented by a British scientist named Tim Berners-Lee in 1989.及下文描述可知选C。
39
Why is email better than snail mail?
A.
Because email was invented early.
B.
Because email came from America.
C.
Because email is cheaper and quicker.
D.
Because email is fashionable.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据It's cheaper and quicker to use email than send normal mail.及下文描述可知选C。
40
According to the passage, which of the following is not true.
A.
Tim Berners-Lee developed the World Wide Web.
B.
At first, the message were in very simple text without photos.
C.
Web pages are held in computers all over the world.
D.
The World Wide Web allows us to communicate with other people.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据The Internet is the hardware .It allows us to communicate with other people. 描述可知选D。
41
What's the best title of the passage?
A.
The history of the Internet
B.
The World's greatest invention
C.
The World Wide Web
D.
The future of the Internet
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
通过阅读短文可知本文主要介绍了因特网的历史，故选A。
Dogs like living with people. A dog can be a very good friend. He can do a lot of things for people. Some dogs help people to look after sheep, other dogs help them to find lost children. And some of the dogs can help the blind (盲人) do things.
Many years ago there was a very good dog. His name was Seeing Eye dog. Now we can see this kind of dogs all over the world. They are working for the blind.
The Seeing Eye dog is strong, good and easy to train(训练). He helps the blind to walk from place to place.
Before a dog becomes a Seeing Eye dog, he must go to a training school for about three months. First the dog has to learn to sit or stay when he hears the trainer's call. In his next lesson the dog learns to make his trainer across busy streets.
The dog has many things to learn. And in every lesson he must learn to do one thing again and again for many times.
At the end of the training school he must take tests. When he passes the tests, the Seeing Eye dog will do the things by himself.
Now he can help blind people. The new master may be a man, a woman, or even a child. It takes the dog and his blind master about a month to learn to work and live together.
42
We can see the Seeing Eye dog _______.
A.
only in the country
B.
only in small cities
C.
all over the world
D.
only on the busy street
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据Now we can see this kind of dogs all over the world可知，现在在世界各地都能看到这种导盲犬，所以本题选C。
43
What can the Seeing Eye dog do?
A.
Look after sheep.
B.
Help blind people.
C.
Find lost children.
D.
Train blind people.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通过 They are working for the blind可知，导盲犬是为盲人服务的，也就是帮助盲人的。所以本题选B。
44
If you want a dog to become a Seeing Eye dog, you must let him ________.
A.
go to a training school
B.
go to a middle school
C.
go to an evening school
D.
go to a children school
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据Before a dog becomes a Seeing Eye dog, he must go to a training school 可知，在一条狗成为导盲犬之前，应该先到训练学校加以训练。所以本题选A。
45
First the dog has to learn to sit or stay __________.
A.
when he hears the telephone call
B.
when he hears another dog's call
C.
when he hears the master's call
D.
when he hears the trainer's call
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据First the dog has to learn to sit or stay when he hears the trainer's call可知，当这条狗听到训练员的的口令时，首先要学会坐和待着。所以本题选D。
46
How long will it take the dog and his blind master to learn to work and live together?
A.
One year.
B.
Five years.
C.
About a month.
D.
One week.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据It takes the dog and his blind master about a month to learn to work and live together可知，这条狗需要用大约一个月的时间和盲人进行磨合。所以本题选C。
In the world ,soccer of football is the most popular sport. This is because many countries have wonderful teams for the World Cup. The World Cup is held every four years.
To remember 2002 FIFA World Cup ,children from different countries and more than 60 children from Japanese schools came together and spent three weekends drawing a big picture called"Dream(梦幻) World Cups" in Japan .The children drew animals, flowers and people playing soccer under a blue bright sky. They wished each football team good luck by drawing the flags(旗帜)of all the countries that will take part in the World Cup in Japan and South Korea. The picture was put up in a park near a playground in Yokohama .Some football teams will have games there.
Are you a football fan(迷)？The World Cup makes more and more people interested in football. Teenagers(青少年)like playing and watching football .Many of them love some football stars so much that they get the pictures of their favorite players on the walls of their rooms. That is the way to show their love for the World Cup as children in Japan.
47
If a country wants to take part in the World Cup ,she must have______.
A.
Many football fan
B.
a very good team
C.
many football player
D.
a big playground
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"In the world ,soccer of football is the most popular sport. This is because many countries have wonderful teams for the World Cup."理解可知。一个国家想要参加世界杯必须要有个好的球队，故选B。
48
From the passage, in the picture children drew many things except______.
A.
people playing football
B.
pictures of some football stars
C.
a sunny sky
D.
flowers
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句".The children drew animals, flowers and people playing soccer under a blue bright sky."理解可知。在这幅图画上没有球星，故选B。
49
In"Dream World Cup",the children drew the flags of some countries______.
A.
to show their love for their own country
B.
to tell the people their stories
C.
to show their good wishes for the football teams
D.
to show their new ideas about football.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"hey wished each football team good luck by drawing the flags(旗帜)of all the countries that will take part in the World Cup in Japan and South Korea."理解可知。小朋友画画的主要目的就是给予每支球队最好的祝愿，故选C。
50
Many teenagers have the pictures of some football stars because___.
A.
they are interested in football
B.
they are football fans
C.
they think their favorite players are great
D.
all of A,B and C
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
理解归纳题，根据文中语句理解可知，许多青少年拥有明星照片的主要原因就是他们认为球星很伟大，他们都是球迷对足球很感兴趣，故选D。
long ago people made fires from lightning(闪电)。 But they had to keep the fire burning, for they couldn't start it again if there was no lightning. Later, they found out hitting two piece of stone together could make a spark (火花). The spark could fire dry leaves. In this way they could make the fire again if it went out. Then people also learned to make a fire by rubbing. They made a hole on a big piece of wood and put a smaller stick into the hole. They turned the stick again and again. After a few minutes they got a fire.
As years went by, people learned other ways to make a fire. Sometimes they used the heat from sun. they held a piece of glass in the right way and made a piece of paper on fire.
About two centuries ago, people began to make matches (火柴). Matches brought people a quick and easy way to make fire. Today matches are still being used, but people have more new ways to make fires. One of them is to use an electric fire starter. Of course an electric fire starter is much more expensive than a box of matches. But it is more useful.
51
A spark can _________.
A.
fire any leaves
B.
burn anything
C.
burn dry leaves
D.
keep fires burning
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Later, they found out hitting two piece of stone together could make a spark (火花). The spark could fire dry leaves."理解可知。火花可以点燃干枯的树叶,故选C.
52
We can also get a fire by _________.
A.
making a hole on a big piece of wood
B.
putting a smaller stick into the hole
C.
turning the stick hard for a while
D.
doing all the above together
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句They made a hole on a big piece of wood and put a smaller stick into the hole. They turned the stick again and again. After a few minutes they got a fire.理解可知，钻木取火的过程，故选D。
53
Matches have been used _________.
A.
for about two thousand years
B.
for about two hundred years
C.
since people began to use fire for cooking
D.
since people used the heat from the sun.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"About two centuries ago, people began to make matches (火柴)."理解可知。火柴的应用出现在聚焦取火以后,已有200多年的历史了,故选B
54
From this passage we know _______.
A.
using matches is the easiest and most useful way to make fires
B.
people don't use matches any more since they had electric fire starters
C.
today there are only two ways to make fires
D.
some forest fires happen from lightning
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
理解归纳题，根据文中语句理解可知,现在很多的森林火灾都是雷电引起的,故选D。
55
Choose the right order of the ways to make fires people got to know _________. a. with a match b. from the sun c. from lightning d. by rubbing e. with an electric fire starter.
A.
d ,b, c, a, e
B.
d, c, b, a, e
C.
c, d, b, a, e
D.
c, b, d, a, e
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
理解总结题，根据文中语句理解可知人类取火的大致过程是雷电取火,火石取火,钻木取火,聚焦取火,火柴和电子打火器,故选C。
A recent study offers a picture of how dangerous it is to get a lift from a teenage driver. Indeed, a 16-year-old driver with three or more passengers is three times as likely to have a fatal（致命的）accident as a teenager driving alone. However, the possibility of death for drivers between 30 and 59 decreases with each additional (added) passenger.
It was also found that the death rates for teenage drivers increased greatly after 10 p.m., and especially after midnight. With passengers in the car, the driver was even more likely to die in a late night accident.
Robert Foss, a scientist at the University of North Carolina Highway Safety Research Center, says the higher death rates for teenage drivers have less to do with "really stupid behavior" than with just a lack of driving experience. Both he and the author of the study believe that the way to help solve the problem is to have states setting up so-called graduated licensing systems（等级执照制）. A graduated license requires that a teenager first prove that he/she is able to drive in the presence of an adult, followed by a period of driving with a limited number of passengers, before graduating to full driving on his own. About half of the states now have some sort of graduated licensing system in place. The systems have reduced teenage driver crashes（相撞）, according to recent studies.
56
Which of the following situations is most dangerous according to the passage?
A.
Adults giving a lift to teenagers on the highway after 10 p.m.
B.
A teenager driving after midnight with passengers in the car.
C.
Adults driving with three or more teenage passengers late at night.
D.
A teenager getting a lift from a stranger on the highway at midnight.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。由第二段It was also found that the death rates for teenage drivers increased greatly after 10 p.m., and especially after midnight.研究发现青年司机的死亡率在晚上10点之后大大的增加了，尤其是在午夜之后。可知答案选B。
57
According to Robert Foss, the high death rate of teenage drivers is mainly because __.
A.
their preference for driving at night
B.
their lack of driving experience
C.
their careless way of driving
D.
their driving with passengers
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。由第三段the higher death rates for teenage drivers have less to do with "really stupid behavior" than with just a lack of driving experience。青年司机由于愚蠢的驾驶习惯导致的高死亡率比由于缺乏驾驶经验导致的死亡率要少。可知，死亡率主要是由于缺乏驾驶经验引起的。故选B
Tired of bad handwriting, Richie decided to perfect his penmanship (书法) last January. Though the year progressed, his writing didn't. "My penmanship just got worse," he says. "I get tired of trying to write neatly."
Like Richie, many teenagers make resolutions in the New Year. More than half of Americans say they make a New Year's resolution – but only one-third of them keep to it, reports the University of North Carolina, US.
Demanding (追求) perfection stops people working on their resolutions, says Chicago life coach Alison Miller.
Resolutions sometimes can be unrealistic (不现实).. Going for a goal that's too hard to achieve can leave a person feeling sad. "Saying ‘I'm going to look like a super-model' is going to make you unhappy," she says.
Sure, it's a great idea to aim for improvement, but not all resolutions are helpful. The difference between good and bad resolutions is whether you expect too much from yourself, Miller says. For example, it's OK to say, "I'm going to eat fewer French fries," but striving (力争) for a perfect body isn't reasonable.
Timing can also damage a resolution. Kevin M., 16, says he doesn't set resolutions because 12 months is unrealistic. "It's too long and you start putting off keeping your resolution during summer," he says.
He's considering a career in music, but says school is his main focus. Knowing how hard he has to work, he says he'll "be lucky to get 30 minutes a day" of practice. But a bit is better than nothing, and making reminders can help you make progress. Miller says teenagers should write down their goals and say to themselves, "What can I do today to make my goal a reality?"
"It's just small steps along the way. It's not about doing it all at once," Miller says.
58
What's the writer's purpose by talking Richie in the first paragraph?
A.
To advise people to keep their New Year's resolutions.
B.
To show that some people fail to keep their New Year's resolutions.
C.
To tell readers why Richie isn't a good hand writer.
D.
To show why New Year's resolutions are important.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通过阅读这一段可知里奇的新年计划坚持不下去了，故选B，有人无法坚持他们的新年计划了。
59
Many Americans stop working on their New Year's resolutions because ______.
A.
they think it is silly to make resolutions
B.
they find keeping resolutions is boring
C.
the time of keeping resolutions is too short
D.
their choice of resolution turns out to be unrealistic
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据Resolutions sometimes can be unrealistic (不现实).. Going for a goal that's too hard to achieve can leave a person feeling sad.描述，这些人的新年计划往往不现实，故选D。
60
Which of the following statements would Miller probably agree with?
A.
Teenagers should set themselves perfect goals.
B.
To achieve your goals, you needn't write them down.
C.
People should try to realize their goals step by step.
D.
A good resolution helps people realize their possibility.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据"It's just small steps along the way. It's not about doing it all at once," Miller says.及上文描述，可知米勒认为人们应该逐步实现他们的目标。故选C。
Everyone would like to be remembered. A few people even try to do something that no one else in history has ever tried to do. These people sometimes have their names recorded（记录）in the Guinness Book of Records.
Often it takes a group of people to do something unusual. One such team paddled（用桨划）a bathtub（浴缸）145 kilometers for 24 hours. This group had 13 members. They paddled their bathtub on a river near Ashford, Great Britain on May 28 and 29. 1983. A month later, a racing team of hospital bed pushers in Avon, Great Britain, pushed a hospital bed 16 kilometers in just 50 minutes! However, the distance（距离）record for hospital bed pushing is still held by the men of Bruntsfield Bedding Center. This team from Edinburgh pushed a hospital bed 5,203 kilometers in 1979. It took the team 35 days to cover the distance.
Another group of record makers held the highest dinner party in the world. Nine people from Sydney,Australia, climbed Mountain Huascaran on June 28, 1989. The climbers carried a dinner table. chairs, and a meal up the mountain. When they reached the top, they all put on warm suits for dinner.
People all over the world are trying hard to do something unusual to make a record. It should be understood, however, that now not all the records will be kept in the Guinness Book of Records.
61
According to the passage, what record was made near Ashford in May, 1983?
A.
A record for paddling a bathtub.
B.
A record for climbing a mountain.
C.
A record for pushing a hospital bed
D.
A record for swimming across a river.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据One such team paddled（用桨划）a bathtub（浴缸）145 kilometers for 24 hours. This group had 13 members. They paddled their bathtub on a river near Ashford, Great Britain on May 28 and 29. 1983.描述，可知选A。
62
The word cover in the passage means _______.
A.
start
B.
go through
C.
keep
D.
know
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系下文the distance 距离，可知选B，通过。
63
What was unusual about the highest dinner party held by the nine people in the passage?
A.
The people who held the dinner party all came from Sydney.
B.
Only nine people held the highest dinner party.
C.
They had a meal on the mountain.
D.
They carried a dinner table and chairs up the mountain to hold the dinner party.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第四段The climbers carried a dinner table. chairs, and a meal up the mountain. When they reached the top, they all put on warm suits for dinner.描述，可知选D，
64
Which of the following shows the right order（顺序）of what happened in the passage? a. A group of 13 members paddled a bathtub on a river near Ashford. b. A team from Edinburgh made a distance record for hospital bed pushing. c. A group of nine people from Sydney had a dinner party on the top of Mountain Huascaran. d. A racing team pushed a hospital bed 16 kilometers in just 50 minutes in Avon.
A.
a-b-c-d
B.
d-b-c-a
C.
a-d-b-c
D.
b-a-d-c
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文描述，可知a发生在1983年5月28日，b发生在1979年，c发生在1989年，d发生在1983年6，故选D。
65
Which of the following is mentioned（提及）in the passage?
A.
Hospital bed pushing was a popular sport in Edinburgh.
B.
People living in Ashford usually used a bathtub to carry things.
C.
Two different records for hospital bed pushing were given.
D.
Hospital bed pushing was held twice a year in Avon, Great Britain.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第二段描述，可知本文提及了两条关于抬病床的记录，故选C。
Today more and more cars go into families. Which car is the best for people? Different people have different ideas.
Some people like the bright colour car made in China. It's really a good choice(选择). The bright colour car made in China is cheap, nice and safe. This kind of cars is suit for(适合于) the general income (收入一般的) family.
Some people love famous foreign cars like Japanese cars, American cars and German cars. They're good but too expensive. But most people think famous foreign cars of better quality are better in safety. These are suit for the high income family or for business.
Some people like sports cars, because they're fast and exciting. Some sports cars are very nice but very expensive. Only rich people can afford them.
Some people like travelling, so they need a travel car. Travel cars are comfortable. But they use much oil(油).
What's the best car for us? Maybe it's a new and popular topic in life.
66
What does the writer think of the bright colour car made in China?
A.
It's nice but expensive.
B.
It's good but too expensive.
C.
It's cheap, nice and safe.
D.
It's comfortable.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章第二段The bright colour car made in China is cheap, nice and safe.颜色鲜艳的国产车又便宜，又好看又安全。故选C
67
To the writer, the famous foreign car is suit for _________.
A.
the high income family
B.
the general income family
C.
people like traveling
D.
people like sports
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章第三段These are suit for the high income family or for business.进口名牌车适合于高收入家庭或者用于商业。故选A
68
Some people like sports cars because they're _________.
A.
cheap and nice
B.
comfortable and save oil
C.
good but too expensive
D.
fast and exciting
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章第四段Some people like sports cars, because they're fast and exciting.一些人喜欢跑车，因为它们速度非常快，又很刺激。故选D
69
Which is NOT true about cars?
A.
Cars made in China are cheap.
B.
famous foreign cars are too expensive.
C.
Sports cars are also cheap.
D.
Travel cars are comfortable.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节判断题。根据第二段可知，国产车是便宜的。故A正确。根据第三段They're good but too expensive.进口名牌车是好，但是非常贵。可知，B正确。根据第四段Some sports cars are very nice but very expensive.一些跑车非常漂亮但是非常贵。故C错误。根据第五段Travel cars are comfortable.越野车是舒适的。故D正确。所以，本题选C
70
The passage tells us _________.
A.
some expensive cars
B.
famous foreign cars
C.
some cars made in China
D.
different cars
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
主旨题。根据文章大意，我们知道了这篇文章主要介绍了几种不同的车。故选D
Would you like to go to Beijing, our capital? It's far away from Guangdong. It's 2313 kilometers from Beijing to Guangdong. The city of Kunming is 2216 kilometers away from Guangdong. It's always very warm there. But it's very hot in summer in Wuhan. It's 1084 kilometers from Guangdong to Wuhan. Changsha is near Guangdong. It's 726 kilometers from Changsha to Guangdong. Do you know which city is the biggest in China? It's Shanghai. It's 1811 kilometers from Guangdong to Shanghai. If you travel (旅行) by air, you'll find it very interesting and fast enough to fly from Guangdong to Beijing. It only takes you about four hours and you'll get there easily, safely and unhurriedly(从容不迫).But traveling by train is quite different. You have to stay on the train for over thirty hours to arrive in Beijing. More and more people like to travel by air. You can see why, can't you?
71
How far is it from Changsha to Guangdong?
A.
1084 kilometers
B.
2216 kilometers
C.
726 kilometers
D.
706 kilometers
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知It's 726 kilometers from Changsha to Guangdong.从长沙到广东有726公里。故选C
72
If you go to Beijing, our capital, you'll know _________.
A.
It's not far away from all the other cities in China.
B.
You have to travel long by train from Guangdong to Beijing.
C.
It's not far away from us all.
D.
It's not far away from Guangdong.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，广东离北京很远，如果你乘火车去北京的话，将要行使30个多个小时的路程。故可知，本题选B
73
From the passage, we know ______ has the longest way to Guangdong except Beijing.
A.
Wuhan
B.
Changsha
C.
Shanghai
D.
Kunming
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题，根据文章可知，除过北京，昆明到广东最远了，有2216公里。故选D
74
Which one is WRONG?
A.
Wuhan is very hot in summer.
B.
It's as warm in winter in Kunming as Beijing.
C.
It's 1084 kilometers from Wuhan to Guangdong.
D.
It's warm in winter in Guangdong.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节判断题。根据文章 可知it's very hot in summer in Wuhan.武汉的夏天非常热。故A正确。北京的冬天很冷，与昆明不同。故B错误。从武汉到广东距离1084公里。广东的冬天和暖和。故C,D正确。故本题选B
75
It takes more than 30 hours to arrive in Beijing from ______ by train.
A.
Guangdong
B.
Kunming
C.
Changsha
D.
Shanghai
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知You have to stay on the train for over thirty hours to arrive in Beijing.乘火车从广东道北京需要30多个小时。故选A
Volunteering means that you work to help people without being paid. There are many different volunteers. They help people who really need help. There are many places where you can be volunteers. Here are just a few places for you.
Hospital---ask if you can go and visit people who are really sick. Sometimes what they need is someone to talk to, or someone to give them hope
Orphanage (孤儿院) ---the children living there really need someone to play with them.
Food Shelter（救助站）---many food shelters need people to clean up the shelters and help give out food or water to those who need it.
Seniors' Home (敬老院) ---help the elderly people clean up their homes.
Community (社区) Center ---a lot of community centers are very well run. However, some of them really need extra help, especially cleaning and repairs.
As a student you can also do a lot of things to help others at school. Maybe you could start a support group. Here is some advice:
Help students give up smoking, drinking or other bad habits.
Help students who come from poor families.
Help new students get used to their school life soon.
Provide graduating students with information on future studies.
76
Volunteers don't want to get ________ when they help others.
A.
everything
B.
money
C.
some presents
D.
a job
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第一段Volunteering means that you work to help people without being paid.描述，可知选B。
77
How many places are mentioned for you to be volunteers in according to this passage?
A.
Six
B.
Five
C.
Four
D.
Three
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据短文描述，可知短文提到了六个你可以做志愿者的地方，故选A。
78
The volunteers can ________ in the community center.
A.
give the sick person hope
B.
give out food or water to the people who need it
C.
play with the children in orphanage
D.
clean up the yard
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据Community (社区) Center ---a lot of community centers are very well run. However, some of them really need extra help, especially cleaning and repairs.描述，可知选D。
79
From the passage, you know the following volunteer jobs can be done at school except _______.
A.
helping students who come from poor families
B.
helping the students who have bad habits
C.
helping the student to copy others' homework
D.
helping the students in trouble with their studies
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据As a student you can also do a lot of things to help others at school. Maybe you could start a support group. Here is some advice:下文描述，可知志愿者的工作不包括帮助学生抄作业，故选C。
Bicycles, a long-forgotten vehicle that seems to belong to the last century, are returning to the streets of Guangzhou, as the city starts to ban the running of motorcycle in urban Guangzhou.
"Business has never been so good for my shop," said Chen Yongwu, a bicycle shop owner at the city's Donghua West Road, "I have to work 12 hours a day to meet the demand of my customers. "
"Even my wife and brother-in-law have to give me a hand lately. "
Chen originally ran a motorcycle repair shop. He grasped the opportunity of the motorcycle ban, and started his bicycle business soon after hearing about the banning.
"I sold 23 bicycles on January 2 alone. " Said Chen.
Bicycle is more convenient and healthier
"My home is one kilometer from the metro station," said a middle-aged man who is waiting for his bicycle at Chen's shop, "it is too tiresome to walk to the station, but taking a bus for such a short distance is a waste of money. "
"So I decided to buy a bicycle. "
The bicycle costs around 600 yuan, which is equal to the bus fare of half a year.
"Besides, riding a bicycle to work is much healthier than riding a bus. "
The bicycle buyers can be categorized into two groups. One group of buyers buy the bicycles for the transportation of small commodities; the other ride the bicycles to work.
Arising problems
Riding a bicycle to work may be healthy, but it is not without problems.
The lack of bicycle lanes has posed a big threat to the safety of the bicycle riders in Guangzhou.
"I was riding my bicycle on Huifu West Road on day," said Mr. Zhang, "then suddenly the bus pulled over besides me near the bus station. "
"I was so frightened at the time, because the bus nearly hit me. "
The sideways in Guangzhou are usually crowded with foot passengers, so citizens also could not use the sideways.
"It is worse than walking. "
Besides, finding a place a park the bicycles could be very difficult, much more difficult then finding a place to park your car.
80
What is the min topic of the passage?
A.
Motorcycle ban.
B.
Bicycles'returming
C.
Convenience of riding a bicycle
D.
Problems brought by bicycles
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文第一段及下文描述，可知本文主要讲的是自行车的回归，故选B。
81
What is the purpose of the 2nd paragraph to the 5th paragraph?
A.
To prove that more people choose to ride bicycles.
B.
To persuade people into buying bicycles.
C.
To ensure that there are enough bicycles to buy.
D.
To prove that the bicycle business helps get a lot more profit.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
这几段话主要介绍了骑自行车的一些好处，故选A，为了证明更多的人选择骑自行车。
82
Which of the following statements is TRUE?
A.
A lot of motorcycle repair shop started their bicycle business after the ban.
B.
Taking a bus is much healthier than riding a bike.
C.
Guangzhou has designed lanes particularly for bicycle riders.
D.
Finding a parking space for bikes can be more difficult than for cars.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据最后一段Besides, finding a place a park the bicycles could be very difficult, much more difficult than finding a place to park your car. 描述，可知选D。
83
Where can the passage most likely come from?
A.
A magazine
B.
A newspaper
C.
A textbook
D.
A booklet
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
这篇短文主要介绍了在广州越来越多的人开始骑自行车及由此引发的一些问题，故最有可能出自一篇报纸，选B。
Most American families are smaller than the families in other countries. Most American families have one or two parents and one or two children each.
Children in the US will leave their parents' home when they grow up. They usually live far from their parents because they want to find good jobs. They often write to their parents or telephone them. And they often go to visit their parents on holiday.
Parents usually let their children choose their own jobs. Americans think it important for young people to decide on their lives by themselves.
Children are asked to do some work around their house. And in many families, children are paid for doing some housework so that they learn how to make money for their own use.
84
The size of most American families is __________ that of other countries.
A.
larger than
B.
smaller than
C.
as big as
D.
as small as
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Most American families are smaller than the families in other countries."理解可知。美国的家庭比其他国家的家庭都小，故选B。
85
When children grow up, they leave their parents' home to __________.
A.
go to better schools
B.
make more friends
C.
find jobs
D.
spend a holiday
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"They usually live far from their parents because they want to find good jobs."理解可知。美国青年人远离父母的主要原因就是找工作，故选C。
86
They visit their parents __________.
A.
on weekdays
B.
on weekends
C.
every day
D.
on holiday
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"And they often go to visit their parents on holiday."理解可知。他们在假期去探望父母，故选D。
87
Which of the following statements is NOT true?
A.
Children have the freedom to choose their own job.
B.
Parents don't ask their children to do the housework.
C.
Parents think it important for children to make their own decision.
D.
When children grow up, they usually live far away from their home.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Children are asked to do some work around their house."理解可知。有时家长让年轻人做点家务，因此不让学生做家务的句子是错误的，故选B。
88
Some parents pay their children for doing housework because __________.
A.
children can learn how to make money for themselves
B.
their children wanted them to do so
C.
they are rich
D.
they live far from each other
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"And in many families, children are paid for doing some housework so that they learn how to make money for their own use."理解可知。给孩子做家务的费用是让他学会自己挣钱，故选A。
Beijing is planning to build an international food street beside the Olympic Park before the 2008 Olympic Games. There will be restaurants offering（提供）foods from all over the world in this street.
Beijing welcomes thousands of foreigners（外国人）every day. It is the home of many foreigners. However, Beijing does not have enough western--style（西式）food restaurants. It has much fewer western-style food restaurants than some other major（主要的）cities in China like Shanghai and Guangzhou .
Beijing hopes the international food street will meet foreigners' demands（要求）, show more western food to Chinese people and offer good service to the 2008 Olympics.
89
The international food street will be built_____.
A.
in Shanghai
B.
beside the Olympic Park
C.
in Guangzhou
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Beijing is planning to build an international food street beside the Olympic Park before the 2008 Olympic Games.北京计划在2008年之前在奥林匹克公园旁边建立一个国际性的美食街。故选B
90
Beijing doesn't have enough western-style_____.
A.
food streets
B.
food restaurants
C.
supermarkets
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Beijing does not have enough western--style（西式）food restaurants.可知，北京没有足够多的西餐馆。故选B
91
What is the international food street?
A.
It offers all kinds of Chinese food in this street.
B.
It offers foods from the western countries only.
C.
People can enjoy different kinds of food from all over the world there.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章There will be restaurants offering（提供）foods from all over the world in this street.国际美食街将会提供全世界的各种食物。故选C
92
There are _____ foreigners in Beijing.
A.
few
B.
a few
C.
many
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，将会有很多的外国人在北京。故选C
93
Beijing want to build the international food street because_____.
A.
more and more Chinese like western-style food
B.
it'll show more western food to Chinese and offer good service to the 2008 Olympics
C.
many foreigners only like to eat western food
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Beijing hopes the international food street will meet foreigners' demands, show more western food to Chinese people and offer good service to the 2008 Olympics.可知，北京建立国际美食街是为了满足外国友人的需求，也是向中国人展示更多的西式美食，为200年奥运会提供更多的服务。故选B
Popular music in America is what every student likes. Students carry small radios with earphonesand listen to music before class, after class and at lunch. Students with cars buy larger speakers and play the music loudly when they drive on the street.
Adult(成年的) drivers listen to music on the car radio when they drive to work. They also listen to the news about sports, the weather, and the life of American people. Most of the radio programs play music.
Pop or popular music singers make much money. They make a CD or tape which radio stations use in many places. Once(一旦) a popular singer is heard all over the country, young people buy his or her tapes. Some of the money from these tapes goes to the singer. Wherever the singer goes, all the young people want to meet him or her. Now the singer has become a national star.
There are other kinds of music that are important to Americans. One is called folk music. It tells stories about the common life of Americans. Another is called western or country music. This was started by cowboys who would sing at night to the cows they were watching. Today, any music about country life or the love between a country boy and a girl is called western or country music.
94
How many kinds of music are mentioned (提到) in this passage?
A.
Two.
B.
Three.
C.
Four.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题，文章中提到了民族音乐，西方音乐，乡村音乐。故选B
95
What's the meaning of "earphone" in Chinese?
A.
电话.
B.
收录机.
C.
耳机.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章Students carry small radios with earphones。学生们携带者有耳机的小型收音机。故选C
96
Do all the radio programs in America play music?
A.
Yes, they do.
B.
No, not all.
C.
We don't know.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Most of the radio programs play music.大部分的收音机节目播放音乐。故选B
97
What is the country music about in America?
A.
It tells stories about the common life.
B.
It's popular.
C.
It is about country life or love stories.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章music about country life or the love between a country boy and a girl is called western or country music.关于一个乡村男孩和一个女孩的乡村生活和爱情的音乐称为西方或者乡村音乐。故选C
98
What is the best title(标题) of the passage?
A.
American Music.
B.
Pop Music.
C.
Folk Music.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨题。这篇文章讲述的是美国的流行音乐。故选A
You may not have heard the words "freshman fifteen" before, but they are very important for students who are entering university. A freshman is a first-year college student. "Fifteen" refers to fifteen pounds—the fifteen pounds added to a student's weight in his or her first year. There are a number of reasons why first-year university students gain (增力n) weight; but it's encouraging to know that freshmen don't have to add these harmful fifteen pounds.
Mistakes choosing food
University kitchens serve(供应）many kinds of food. Some students choose unhealthy food，because now their parents are not nearby to help them choose. Some students visit the kitchen many times while studying. Late at night, some students get harmful fast food such as fish and chips with Coke to drink. Students also have less time for walking, running, and doing sports because of their schoolwork.
Eating right
If you，re careful, you don，t have to add fifteen pounds. Here are some ideas：
Think more about what you eat.
Eat plenty of vegetables and healthy meats.
Don't eat desserts full of sugar； have fruit after dinner.
Try not to eat so much unhealthy food while you study.
It，s all right to have a little fast food sometimes—but not often.
Write down the foods you eat.
Walk, run, do sports—move and you will feel better!
Remember that the "freshman fifteen" can happen to anyone. Talk to your friends about it. Together, try to eat healthy food and not to eat unhealthy food. Walking, running, and playing sports is always more fun with friends. Help each other and you can have a healthy and happy freshman year.
99
The "freshman fifteen" is ______.
A.
weight that high school students gain
B.
weight that first-year university students can gain
C.
fifteen pounds of food that first-year students eat
D.
fifteen students who eat unhealthy food
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章A freshman is a first-year college student. "Fifteen" refers to fifteen pounds—the fifteen pounds added to a student's weight in his or her first year.可知，"freshman fifteen"是指进入大学第一年的新生，都会增加15磅的体重。故选B
100
The main idea of this reading is to ______.
A.
get students ready to gain fifteen pounds
B.
sell healthy food to new students
C.
help new university students not to gain fifteen pounds
D.
show the mistakes students make in studying
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据try to eat healthy food and not to eat unhealthy food. Walking, running, and playing sports is always more fun with friends.这篇文章告诉大学新生要选择健康的饮食，多做运动，不要增加15磅的体重。故选C
101
Which of these mistakes students make choosing food is not mentioned in the reading?
A.
Choosing unhealthy food.
B.
Visiting the kitchen while studying.
C.
Getting fast food at night.
D.
Eating too much chocolate.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章提到了大学新生往往会选择不健康是食物，在学习时总是去食堂，在晚上常常吃快餐。文章没有提到大学新生吃过多的巧克力。故选D
102
Which of these ideas would the writer of the reading probably agree with?
A.
You'd better not eat unhealthy food.
B.
Not eating unhealthy foods is easier with friends' help.
C.
Gaining fifteen pounds can help you study better.
D.
Some students can eat anything they want.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨题。作者通过这篇文章是想告诉我们不要选择不健康的食物，也要增加体育锻炼。故选A
Each country has many kind people who volunteer to take care of others. For example, some high school and university students in the US often spend many hours as volunteers in hospital or old people's homes. They read books for the people or they just visit them and play games with them or listen to their problems.
Other young volunteers go and work in the homes of the sick people. They clean up their houses or do the shopping. For boys who don't have fathers there is an organization called "Big Brothers". University students and other people take these boys to play baseball games and help them get to know things that boys usually learn from their fathers.
Each city has a lot of clubs where boys and girls can go to play games or take part in other activities. Some of these clubs show movies or have short trips to the mountains, the beaches or the museums. Most of these clubs use a lot of high school and university students as volunteers because they can understand the problems of these boys and girls more easily.
Volunteers believe that some of the happiest people in the world are those who help to bring happiness to others.
103
Which place is not mentioned about volunteering in the US ?
A.
Sick people's homes.
B.
Hospital.
C.
Old people's homes.
D.
Zoos.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题，根据文章可知，很多志愿者通常去医院，敬老院，或者病人家里去帮助他们。并没有说道动物园。故选D
104
What is "Big Brothers" ?
A.
It's a name of a club.
B.
It's the name of famous movie.
C.
It's the home for children who have no brothers.
D.
It's an organization for boys who don't have fathers.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章For boys who don't have fathers there is an organization called "Big Brothers"针对没有父亲的男孩子，专门有一个名为"大哥哥"的组织。故选D
105
Why do most of the clubs use a lot of high school and university students as volunteers?
A.
Because they can understand the problem children.
B.
Because they are young enough to get on well with the child.
C.
Because they know the things the young children usually learn from their fathers.
D.
Because they have more free time.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章because they can understand the problems of these boys and girls more easily.可知，需要俱乐部用高校生和大学生做志愿者，是因为他们能很容易的理解这些男孩子和女孩子的问题。故选A
106
What do volunteers believe ?
A.
The happiest people in the world are those who join some clubs.
B.
Bringing happiness to others make them the happiest people in the world.
C.
The happiest people in the world are those who make themselves happy.
D.
The happiest people in the world are those who are young and healthy.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Volunteers believe that some of the happiest people in the world are those who help to bring happiness to others.可知，志愿者们想相信那些给他人带来幸福的人是最幸福的。故选B
In China, the traffic keeps on the right. But when you are in England, you must be very careful because the traffic drives on the left. Before you cross a street, you must look to the right and the left. In the morning and in the evening, when people go to or come from work, the streets are very busy. Traffic is the most dangerous（危险）then.
When you are in some English cities, there are big buses with two floors, you can sit on the second floor. From there you can see the city well. It's very interesting.
107
In England the traffic moves ________.
A.
on the right
B.
on the left
C.
in the middle
D.
in the park
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章But when you are in England, you must be very careful because the traffic drives on the left.可知，英国的车辆是左行的。故选B
108
When you cross a street, you must look to _________.
A.
the front
B.
the right
C.
the left
D.
B and C
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Before you cross a street, you must look to the right and the left.可知，你过马路之前，必须先看右边，再看左边。故选D
109
It is ______ to cross the streets in the morning and in the evening.
A.
dangerous
B.
interesting
C.
easy
D.
safe（安全）
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章In the morning and in the evening, when people go to or come from work, the streets are very busy. Traffic is the most dangerous（危险）then.可知，在早晨和傍晚，人们都去上班或者下班，街道是非常繁忙的。交通那时候是最危险的。故选A
110
You can see the cities very well on the ______ floor of the bus.
A.
first
B.
second
C.
third
D.
fourth
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章you can sit on the second floor. From there you can see the city well.可知你可以坐在大巴的第二层，在那里你能够更好的看这个城市。故选B
111
In most parts of China, the traffic are on the ___________.
A.
front
B.
left
C.
right
D.
back
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章In China, the traffic keeps on the right.在中国，交通都是靠右行使。故选C
Some people think only school children do not agree with their parents, however, it is not true.
Communication is a problem for parents and children of all ages. If it's hard for you to communicate with your parents, don't worry about it. Here are some advice for you to bridge the generation gap (代沟).
Don't argue with your parents. Don't get to your parents when you are angry. Your parents probably won't consider your ideas if you are shouting at them. And you can't express yourself well if you are angry. Go someplace to cool off. Make sure you understand why you are unhappy. Then think about what you want to say to your parents. If you don't think you can speak to them at the moment, try writing a letter.
Try to reach a compromise (和解). Perhaps you and your parents disagree on something. You can keep your disagreement and try your best to accept each other. Michael's mother didn't agree with him about buying a motorcycle. They argued over it. But they finally came to a compromise. Michael bought the motorcycle, but only drove it on certain days.
Of course, your parents might refuse to compromise on something. In these situations, it is especially important to show love and respect (尊敬) to them. Showing respect will keep your relationship strong.
Talk about your values. The values of your parents are probably different from those of your own. Tell your parents what you care about, and why. Understanding your values might help them see your purposes in life.
A good relationship with your parents can make you a better and happier person. It is worth having a try!
112
According to the passage who have a communication problem?
A.
parents and other people
B.
only school kids and their parents
C.
teachers and their students
D.
parents and children of all ages
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Communication is a problem for parents and children of all ages."理解可知。父母和孩子之间的沟通问题在任何年龄段都存在，故选D。
113
How many pieces of advice does the writer give us to bridge the generation gap?
A.
5.
B.
4.
C.
3.
D.
2.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
理解归纳题，通读文中语句理解可知，作者给我们提了三条建议，故选C。
114
The underlined word "bridge" in the passage means "______".
A.
建立
B.
消除
C.
通过
D.
到达
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义理解推断题，根据文中语句"Here are some advice for you to bridge the generation gap (代沟)"理解可知，作者提供的是如何消除代沟的建议，故选B。
115
If the values of your parents are different from those of yours, you'd better ______.
A.
argue with them
B.
keep away from them
C.
agree with them all the time
D.
tell your parents what you care about
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"The values of your parents are probably different from those of your own. Tell your parents what you care about, and why."理解可知。让父母了解你的价值观，可以帮助父母更加的了解你，故选D。
116
The best title for the passage is______.
A.
How to bridge the generation gap
B.
How to deal with family problems
C.
How to be good parents
D.
How to be a good child
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
标题理解归纳题，通读全文中的语句理解可知，本文主要介绍怎样消除代沟的建议，故选A。
Can animals do work for us? Some scientists think that animals may do a lot of jobs. They say that we may see many elephants, monkeys, dogs, bears and other animals do a lot of things. Animals can get something to eat if(如果) they do some work for people.
Some scientists say that many different animals may do lots of jobs if they know they will get something to eat. Of course, dogs can guard a house, and elephants can do some heavy jobs. And we can also teach animals to work in factories. In America apes(猿) can help people make cars. Scientists believe that these big monkeys may drive cars.
117
Many different animals may do many jobs if ___.
A.
they can go to the wild. (野外)
B.
they learn they can get something to eat
C.
they have a good place to live in
D.
they are happy
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Some scientists say that many different animals may do lots of jobs if they know they will get something to eat."理解可知，很多动物如果知道干完活就有东西吃，他们都会干活，故选 B。
118
___ can work for us.
A.
Only a few animals
B.
Lots of animals
C.
Few animals
D.
No animals
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Some scientists say that many different animals may do lots of jobs if they know they will get something to eat."理解可知。很多动物都能干活，故选B。
119
What kind of animals can guard(看护) a house?
A.
A dog
B.
An elephant
C.
An ape
D.
A monkey
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Of course, dogs can guard a house,"理解可知。小狗可以看家，故选A。
120
What jobs can elephants do?
A.
Doing heavy jobs.
B.
Guarding a house
C.
Making cars
D.
Driving cars
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"and elephants can do some heavy jobs."理解可知，大象可以干重活，故选A。
121
Which of the following is true?
A.
In China apes can help people make cars.
B.
Scientists believe that monkeys may play the piano
C.
All the animal can do work.
D.
Apes may drive cars
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Scientists believe that these big monkeys may drive cars."理解可知。猴子可以开车，而不是猿，故D是错误的。
Who's building the new China? It's not the factory owners or the business men and women of China. It's someone else. We see them every day, They work day and night in the terrible working conditions and weather. They build the roads, the theaters, the cinemas and the supermarkets. They even clean up our rubbish. They are China's migrant workers(民工).
More than 140 million workers have left their homes in the countryside to look for jobs in big cities all over China. They hope to be rich, but they realize they have many difficulties in making enough money. And one of the difficulties that these workers have is the pride and discrimination (歧视) from the people in cities. When night falls, everywhere I look I see the sad faces of the migrant workers. Many are living far away from those whom they love. Yes，they dress differently, they speak differently, and they have different habits, but they work hard .The people in cities regard them as outsiders, and most governments refuse to give them medical care and public schooling for their children. If China hopes to move into the future, many things need to change. The first is discrimination! We need to stop our discrimination against the migrant workers of China! They may not make as much money as some people in cities, but they are good honest people just trying to survive this game of life. These workers are very important and necessary to China's economic (经济) development and have become an important force for the change of Chinese society. They are building the new China, so we should help them.
122
The journalist think __________ is building the new China.
A.
the factory owners of China
B.
the business men and women of China
C.
the migrant workers of China
D.
the people in Chinese cities
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Who's building the new China? It's not the factory owners or the business men and women of China. It's someone else. We see them every day, They work day and night in the terrible working conditions and weather. They build the roads, the theaters, the cinemas and the supermarkets. They even clean up our rubbish. They are China's migrant workers("理解可知。农民工是新中国的建设者，故选C。
123
Which is the best title for the fourth and fifth paragraphs?
A.
Moving forward
B.
The discrimination from the people in cities.
C.
How to make more money.
D.
A lonely life.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句""理解可知。
124
The word "survive" here in Chinese means "________".
A.
活过来
B.
挺过来
C.
活得累
D.
活得长
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
理解归纳题，根据文中第四和第五自然段的语句理解可知本部分主要描述了城市人对农民工的歧视，故选B。
125
Which one is NOT TRUE about China's migrant workers according to the report?
A.
They should be helped by us.
B.
More than 1.4 billion migrant workers have been in big cities to make money.
C.
They are not welcomed by the people in cities because they regard them as outsiders.
D.
They have become quite important to the change of Chinese society.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
词义理解题推断题，根据文中语句"but they are good honest people just trying to survive this game of life."理解可知。Survive表示生存困难，故选C
126
What does the report mainly tell us? .
A.
Though China's migrant workers work hard, their condition is terrible.
B.
The condition of China's migrant workers needs to be changed for China's development.
C.
The people in cities aren't polite to the migrant workers.
D.
China's development only depends on the migrant workers.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
理解归纳题，根据文中语句理解可知，主要讲解了农民工所面临的困境，故选B。
Life in the future will be different from life today. Between then and now many changes (改变)will happen. But what will the changes be?
The population (人口) is growing fast. There will be many people in the world and most of them will live longer than people live now.
Computers will be much smaller and more useful, and there will be at least (至少) one in every room. And computer studies will be one of the important subjects in schools then. People will work fewer hours than they do now and they will have more free time for sports, watching TV and travel. Traveling will be much cheaper and easier. And many more people will go to other countries for holidays.
There will be changes in our food, too. More land will be used for building new towns and houses for all the people. Then there will be less room for cows and sheep, so meat will be more expensive. Maybe no one will eat it every day. Instead they will eat more fruit and vegetables. Maybe people will be healthier. Work in the future will be different, too. Robots will do dangerous and hard work. Because of this, many people will not have enough work to do. This will be a problem.
127
In the future there will be _______.
A.
much more fruit
B.
more people
C.
less vegetables
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"The population (人口) is growing fast. There will be many people in the world"理解可知。将来的社会将有更多的人口，故选B。
128
Every family will have at least a _____________ in the future.
A.
robot
B.
cow
C.
computer
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Computers will be much smaller and more useful, and there will be at least (至少) one in every room."理解可知。将来每个家庭至少要有一台电脑，故选C。
129
In the future people don't have to __________________
A.
work long hours
B.
work fast
C.
walk on foot
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"People will work fewer hours than they do now and they will have more free time for sports, watching TV and travel."理解可知。人们的工作时间将会缩短，故选A。
130
People may not eat _________ as much as they do today.
A.
fruit
B.
fish
C.
meat
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Maybe no one will eat it every day. Instead they will eat more fruit and vegetables."理解可知。或许人们将来不会天天都吃肉，故选C。
131
One big problem in the future is that ___________.
A.
many people will not be able to find work
B.
people have to work fast
C.
all the work will be done by robots
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Because of this, many people will not have enough work to do. This will be a problem."理解可知。很多人没有工作可做，故选A。
Mobile phone has become a problem for middle schools. Some middle schools in Australia have banned（禁止）students from carrying mobile phones during school hours.
Mobile phone use among (在….之间)children has become a problem for the school this year. Several children have got mobile phones as Christmas gifts， and more students will want them.
Mary Bluett，an official，said mobile phone use is a distraction（分心） to students during school hours and it also gives teachers so much trouble in their classrooms. Teachers were also saying that sometimes students might use phone messages to cheat during exams.
She said some schools had tried to ban mobile phones. Some parents felt unhappy because they couldn't get in touch with their children.
Many teachers said students should not have mobile phones at school， but if there was a good reason， they could leave their phones at school office. They also said there were many reasons why the students should not have mobile phones at school：they were easy to lose and were a distraction from studies.
Many people say that they understand why parents would want their children to have phones， but they think schools should let the students know when they can use their mobile phones.
132
Some middle schools in Australia have banned students from carrying mobile phones______。
A.
because they are students
B.
when they are free
C.
when they are at school
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Some middle schools in Australia have banned（禁止）students from carrying mobile phones during school hours."理解可知。澳大利亚的许多学校禁止学生在校期间带手机，故选C。
133
We know from the passage that some children get mobile phones from_______。
A.
the makers and sellers
B.
the passers-by（路人） and strangers
C.
their parents and friends
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Several children have got mobile phones as Christmas gifts， and more students will want them."理解可知。孩子们的手机就是来自父母，故选C。
134
What does the underlined word cheat mean in the passage？
A.
聊天
B.
作弊
C.
查询
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义理解推断题，根据文中语句"Teachers were also saying that sometimes students might use phone messages to cheat during exams."理解可知。Cheat表示作弊，故选B。
135
Some parents felt unhappy because they couldn't_______ during school hours.
A.
use their mobile phones
B.
leave their mobile phones at school office
C.
get in touch with their children
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Some parents felt unhappy because they couldn't get in touch with their children."理解可知。许多家长不同意的主要原因无法与孩子交流，故选C。
136
The passage tells us that _______。
A.
students shouldn't have mobile phones at school except for some special reasons
B.
it is impossible to ban students from using mobile phone at school
C.
some parents felt unhappy because they couldn‘t use their phones at school
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Many teachers said students should not have mobile phones at school， but if there was a good reason， they could leave their phones at school office."理解可知。在特殊情况下，学生在校可以带手机，故选A。
When you are in England, you must be very careful in the streets because the traffic drives on the left.
Before you cross the street, you must look to the right first and then the left.
If the traffic lights are green, the traffic can go. People on foot mustn't cross.
In the morning and in the evening when people go to or come from work, the streets are very busy. The traffic is most dangerous then.
When you go by bus in England, you have to be careful, too. Always remember the traffic moves on the left. So you must be careful. Have a look first or you will go the wrong way.
In many English cities, there are big buses with two floors. You can sit on the second floor. From there you can see the city very well. It's very interesting.
137
The traffic in England __________ that in China.
A.
is the same with
B.
is different from
C.
is better than
D.
is worse than
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，the traffic drives on the left.英国的交通是靠左行驶，所以和中国的交通是不同的。故选B
138
You can cross the road when _____________.
A.
there is little traffic
B.
the traffic lights are green
C.
you've looked to the right
D.
the traffic lights are red
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章If the traffic lights are green, the traffic can go. People on foot mustn't cross.可知，当交通灯是红色时，行人可以过马路。故选D
139
When are there the most cars, buses and people in the streets?
A.
In the morning when people go to work.
B.
At noon when people are having lunch.
C.
In the evening when people come back from work.
D.
Both A and C.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章In the morning and in the evening when people go to or come from work, the streets are very busy.可知，在早上和晚上，人们上下班的时候，交通是最繁忙的。故选D
140
If you ride a bicycle in England, you must go __________.
A.
on the left side of the road.
B.
on the right side of the road.
C.
in the middle of the road
D.
very fast
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知英国的交通是左行，如果你骑自行车的话，应该在马路的左边。故选A
141
The visitors to English cities usually like to _________ when they go by bus.
A.
ride a bicycle
B.
take a car
C.
sit on the second floor
D.
sit on the first floor
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章You can sit on the second floor. From there you can see the city very well. It's very interesting.可知，在英国旅行时，当游客乘坐公交车时，他们更喜欢坐在第二层，因为从那里可以更好的欣赏英国的风景。故选C
Americans usually eat three meals a day. Breakfast usually comes before eight o'clock in the morning. They usually have eggs, some meat, bread, fruit juice and coffee. Lunch is between twelve and one o'clock. It is like a light meal and working people must take lunch with them or get it near workplace.
Children in school take sandwiches, fruit, and cookies with them or eat in school. Supper, the main meal, is between six and eight in the evening. People cook it carefully. They may have meat or chicken, turkey and duck. They may all have potatoes or rice, vegetables or salad. The drink is coffee, tea or milk. Then comes the dessert.
142
Americans have breakfast ________.
A.
after eight o'clock
B.
at eight o'clock
C.
before eight o'clock in the morning
D.
in the morning
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Breakfast usually comes before eight o'clock in the morning.可知，美国人通常在早上八点之前吃早餐。故选C
143
________is the most important meal in a day.
A.
Breakfast
B.
Lunch
C.
Meals
D.
Supper
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Supper, the main meal, is between six and eight in the evening.可知，在美国，晚餐是最重要的一餐。故选D
144
"light" mean ________in Chinese.
A.
重的
B.
有用的
C.
轻的
D.
不太重要的
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Lunch is between twelve and one o'clock. It is like a light meal and working people must take lunch with them or get it near workplace.可知，午餐是一顿不是很重要的饭，上班族必须带午餐或者在附近吃。故选D
145
Americans usually have breakfast and supper at ________.
A.
home
B.
office
C.
in school
D.
workplace
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，美国人通常在家里吃早餐和晚餐。故选A
146
When Americans have supper, ________ comes last.
A.
drink
B.
meat
C.
dessert
D.
Vegetables
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Then comes the dessert.可知，当美国人吃晚餐的时候，最后都是吃甜点。故选C
You've probably known the crazy traffic in Beijing. Sometimes the cars could hardly move for a long time. The terrible traffic is caused by the poor road and China's ability to cope with (对付) so many cars on the road at the same time.
With more Chinese people buying cars every day, the problem seems to only get worse. But a design company called Shenzhen Hashi Future Parking Equipment has a possible solution: the super bus.
The super bus would carry up to 1,400 people in its passenger compartment (隔间). It would travel on a rail system that would be elevated (升高的) above the roads, so cars could drive under it. The bus will run on electricity and solar power, creating far less pollution than that from the cars it would be replacing (代替).
Beijing authorities haven't decided whether to create railways for the super bus throughout the city. But they are willing to give it a test drive. Later 2010, the company will test for the first time and in 2011 and 2012, the company will test the super bus with passengers.
According to the government, Beijing is probably to have five million cars on the road by the end of 2010. So it seems to be necessary to start taking the bus instead soon.
147
__________ caused the terrible traffic in Beijing.
A.
The drivers
B.
The roads
C.
The buses
D.
The government
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章The terrible traffic is caused by the poor road.可知，贫乏的道路导致了北京糟糕的交通。故选B
148
__________ cars will be on the road by the end of 2010.
A.
1,400 million
B.
2,000 million
C.
5 million
D.
50 million
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Beijing is probably to have five million cars on the road by the end of 2010.可知，在2010年末，北京的路面可能会有五百万辆汽车。故选C
149
What is Shenzhen Hashi Future Parking Equipment?
A.
It is an interesting park.
B.
It is a super bus.
C.
It is a kind of equipment.
D.
It is a design company.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章a design company called Shenzhen Hashi Future Parking Equipment has a possible solution: the super bus.可知，深圳的这个设计公司设计了一种超级公车。故选D
150
Which is TRUE about the super bus according to the passage?
A.
The super bus will travel above the roads.
B.
The super bus will produce more pollution.
C.
The super bus will only hold several people.
D.
The super bus is very small.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节判断题。根据文章可知，这个超级公车会在路面上空行使，它将使用电能和太阳能行使，能够承载1400人在里面，这个车非常大。故选A
Like schools in China, American schools begin in September after a long summer vacation. The first term is from September to January and the second is from February to June. Usually American children begin to go to school when they are five years old. Most students are seventeen or eighteen years old when they finish high school.
But unlike middle school students in China, high school students in America take only four or five subjects each term. They usually go to the same classes every day and have homework for every class. After class they do all kinds of interesting things.
After high school, many students go to college. They may go to a small or a large one. They usually have to pay a lot for their higher education. So lots of students work after school to make money for their studies.
151
In America, summer vacation lasts（持续）___________________.
A.
one month
B.
two months
C.
three months
D.
more than three months
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，美国的第二个学期是从2月份到6月份，第一个学期是从9月份到1月份，可知，暑假持续两个月。故选B
152
The underlined（下划线的）word "college" means _________________ in Chinese.
A.
大学
B.
公司
C.
研究院
D.
高中
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章After high school, many students go to college.可知，高中毕业之后，许多学生就去上大学。所以college的意思是大学。故选A
153
Many American students work after class, because they ___________________.
A.
want to see interesting things
B.
have to help the other people
C.
want to make more friends
D.
have to get money for their studies
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章So lots of students work after school to make money for their studies.可知，很多学生课后去打工是为了为他们的学习赚一些钱。故选D
American boys and girls like watching TV. Some children spend six hours a day at school and four to six hours a day in front of the TV sets. Some children even watch TV for eight hours or more on Saturday.
Television（电视）is like books and films . A child can learn good things and bad things from it. Some TV programs help children to understand the news, the people and places from other countries. With TV, children do not have to go out to see films, they can hear interesting music or watch a game at home. But some programs are bad for children, so parents sometimes help them to find other interesting and useful things to do.
154
In America, some children spend eight hours or more _____ on Saturday .
A.
studying
B.
playing games
C.
watching TV
D.
helping their parents
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Some children even watch TV for eight hours or more on Saturday.可知，在美国，在周六一些孩子甚至花费8小时以上的世界看电视。故选C
155
With TV, children can ________ at home.
A.
play football
B.
hold a sports meeting
C.
see some films
D.
have a swim
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，通过电视，孩子们可以看电影，但是不同踢足球，举办运动会和游泳。故选C
156
What does the underlined word "programs" mean?
A.
频道
B.
节目
C.
新闻
D.
小品
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章Some TV programs help children to understand the news可知，一些电视节目帮助孩子们理解新闻。Programs的意思是节目。故选B
The French spend more time sleeping and eating than anyone else among the world's rich people, according to a survey.
The average French person sleeps almost nine hours every night, more than an hour longer than the average Japanese and Korean, who sleep the least in a survey.
And while more and more French people have meals at fast food restaurants, they still spend more than two hours a day eating.
That means their meals are twice as long as those of the average Mexican, who spends just over an hour a day on food.
The Japanese spend close to two hours a day eating and drinking, placing them third behind New Zealanders. The Japanese like to spend their free time watching television or listening to the radio. This takes up 47 percent of free time in Japan.
Turks, on the other hand, spend more than a third of their free time staying with their friends.The survey showed that the difference between work and free time within certain countries is clear.
As for Italians, men have nearly 80 minutes a day of free time more than women. Much of the additional work time of Italian women is clearly cleaning the house.
157
Japanese and Korean people usually sleep about _______ a night.
A.
six hours
B.
eight hours
C.
nine hours
D.
ten hours
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章The average French person sleeps almost nine hours every night, more than an hour longer than the average Japanese and Korean, who sleep the least in a survey.可知，法国人每晚睡9个小时，比日本和韩国人要多一个小时。故选B
158
The third paragraph mainly tells us _________.
A.
French people are used to having fast food
B.
French people are used to having sandwiches
C.
French people spend much time eating
D.
French people spend little time eating
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推断题。文章第三段的意思是法国人吃饭花费的时间很多。故选C
159
How long does a Mexican spend in eating?
A.
One hour
B.
Two hours
C.
Three hours
D.
Four hours
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题，根据文章第三段That means their meals are twice as long as those of the average Mexican, who spends just over an hour a day on food.可知，墨西哥人吃饭花一个小时。故选A
160
It takes Japanese _______ of free time to watch TV or listen to the radio.
A.
two thirds
B.
about half
C.
one third
D.
all
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章This takes up 47 percent of free time in Japan.可知，日本人大约花费一半的空闲时间看电视或者听收音机。
A Manchester teenager has received a phone bill (账单)for over ￡450 after sending 3 ，500 text messages in just one month.
Tony Russell has had his new mobile phone for only three months, but now his father, Lionel, has taken it away.
He's been asking me for a mobile for years because all his friends have got one，" explained Lionel. "I finally bought one for his birthday because he's been doing so well at school, but he and his friends are crazy (疯狂的)about sending text messages. They do it all the time. They even text each other from different sides of the school playground.
Tony said, "I thought texting was much cheaper than phoning, so I've been texting my friends all day long and even into the early hours of the morning. I've been going to bed at 2 ： 00 most nights. Sometimes my hand hurt because I pressed the buttons so much, but I was having such good fun that I couldn't stop！"
His father said,"! have forgiven him, but I am angry with the phone company as they are encouraging this crazy behaviour. " He has made his son promise to pay back the money, so Tony has been working on Saturdays. He has found a job in a shoe shop. "I think it will take me about a year to clear this debt(债务)，"he said.
A Xiangtan teenager has received a phone bill for over 350 yuan after sending 3,500 text messages in just one month.
Tan Wei has had his new mobile phone for only three months, but now his father has taken itaway
He's been asking me for a mobile for years because all his friends have got one," explained Tan Wei's father. "I finally bought one for his birthday because he's been doing so well at school, but he and his friends are crazy about sending text messages They do it all the time. "
Tan Wei said, "I thoughttexting was much cheaper than phoning, so I've been texting my friends all day long and even into the early hours of the morning, Sometimes my Angers hurt because I pressed the buttons(按键)so much, but I was having such good fun that l couldn't I stop！"
His father said, "I am angry with the phone company as they are encouraging this crazy behaviour.' He has made his son promise to pay back the money, so Tan Wei has been working on Saturdays He has found a pan-time job in a shoe shop 'I think it will take me about half a year to clear this debt(债务)he said.
161
Tan Wei got the mobile phone because_____
A.
he's been asking for it for years
B.
all his friends have got one
C.
he's been doing well at school
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据最后一段"I finally bought one for his birthday because he's been doing so well at school, 描述,可知选C.
162
The underlined word "texting" probably means_____
A.
读课文
B.
短信
C.
发邮件
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系上文描述,可知这个单词是短信的意思,故选B.
163
When he sent text messages, Tan Wei_______ .
A.
made friends at school
B.
got himself injured
C.
felt quite happy
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据but I was having such good fun that l couldn't I stop！"描述,可知选C.
164
How much money does Tan Wei get for his job every month?
A.
About 40 yuan
B.
About 60 yuan
C.
About 80 yuan
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据前文350多元的话费单及下文it will take me about half a year to clear this debt(债务)he said.计算可知,350/6约等于60,故选B.
The label（标签）, Made in China, is one that is becoming increasing common in shopping centers all over the world.
In the United States, shoppers at Wal-Mart, the nation's largest retailer（零售商）, have a wide selection of products mostly produced in China. The large amount of Chinese imports have created a large selection of goods in other countries as people begin to buy more and more products made in China. These goods are even widely available in other Asian nations, where Chinese-made goods are quite popular. Chinese brand names are also becoming more well-known outside China.
When Chinese Americans visit family and friends in their homeland, gifts from the U.S. are a must. But TVs and fashionable clothes aren't rare any more, and anything 'Made in China' shouldn't be considered in any case.
"When I decide to visit my family members in China, I will have a big headache. What should I buy for them? They may not all speak English, but everyone in China knows those three words," a Chinese American said. "When they see the label 'Made in China,' they will think, 'Why do you send me this?' "
The development of China has surprised the world with its growth. As a result, the other countries are beginning to try to reduce Chinese goods with the use of taxes（税）and import restrictions. However, the development on the Chinese economy still affects the world in many ways.
165
Around the world, the products made in China are ________ in the shopping malls.
A.
unwelcome
B.
expensive
C.
popular
D.
rare
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。从文章第一段The label（标签）, Made in China, is one that is becoming increasing common in shopping centers all over the world.可知中国制造非常流行，故选C
166
What is the Chinese meaning of the underlined word "brand" in the second paragraph?
A.
品牌
B.
明星
C.
生产地
D.
树枝
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。从文章Chinese brand names are also becoming more well-known outside China.及第二段可知，中国制造的东西在全球非常常见，同样的中国的品牌也很常见，故选A
167
Why do Chinese Americans usually have a headache if they come back to China?
A.
Because their Chinese friends can not speak English.
B.
Because their friends will be unhappy if the gifts are made in China.
C.
Because they should give their friends rare gifts.
D.
Because they should give their friends fashionable gifts.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。从文章They may not all speak English, but everyone in China knows those three words," a Chinese American said. "When they see the label 'Made in China,' they will think, 'Why do you send me this?' 可知，他们的朋友或是家人如果知道是中国制造的将会不高兴，，故选B
168
How do other countries try to reduce the Chinese goods in their own countries?
A.
By developing the qualities of their own products.
B.
By telling their shoppers not to buy Chinese goods.
C.
By importing more Chinese goods.
D.
By using taxes and import restrictions.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。从文章the other countries are beginning to try to reduce Chinese goods with the use of taxes（税）and import restrictions.可知别的国家通过用税收和进口限制来减少中国制造的东西，故选D
169
From the passage, we can know that________.
A.
products made in China are more and more popular all over the world
B.
TVs and fashionable clothes are ideal gifts for Chinese people
C.
everyone in China can speak English
D.
the other governments don't welcome any Chinese goods
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推断题。从文章第一段和最后一段可知，中国生产的东西在全世界都非常流行，故选A
Classes resumed (恢复) Thursday for the students of a school in Newtown, Conn, where a gunman last month killed 20 children and 6 adults in the second-largest school shooting in U.S. history.
With their school still being treated as a crime scene, more than 400 students of Sandy Hook Primary School attended classes in neighbouring Monroe.
Returning students, teachers and administrators were met by a large police presence outside their new school. Several officers guarded the entrance and checked IDs of parents dropping off children.
Law-enforcement officers guarding the new school called it "the safest school in America."
Students found the same chairs and desks, when possible. Their classroom walls were painted the same colours and hung with the same pictures. Other details, such as the location of bookshelves and cubby holes, were replicated (复制) as much as possible.
The school district said parents who wanted to be close to their children were welcome to visit and stay in classrooms or an auditorium.
Newtown superintendent Janet Robinson said officials would do their best to make the students feel at ease.
"We will be doing a normal day." She said.
170
The students of Sandy Hook Elementary School resumed classes in a new school in Monroe because ___________.
A.
their school fell down because of a natural disaster
B.
the government needs to use the land of their school
C.
their school is too small to hold more than 400 students
D.
a shooting crime happened in their school and it was still treated as a crime scene
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章With their school still being treated as a crime scene, more than 400 students of Sandy Hook Primary School attended classes in neighbouring Monroe.可知，Sandy Hook学校的学生在门罗的一个学校上学是因为他们的学校发生了枪杀事件，现在仍然被看作是犯罪现场。故选D
171
Why do the law-enforcement officers call the new school "the safest school in America?
A.
There are few policemen outside the new school.
B.
The school has the newest classrooms and buildings.
C.
Any adult who is near the new school needn't be checked his I
D.
There are some officers who guarded the entrance of the new school.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Several officers guarded the entrance and checked IDs of parents dropping off children.可知，有一些办公人员守卫着学校入口，检查送孩子上学的家长的身份证。故选D
172
A lot of things in the new school were replicated as much as possible except ___________.
A.
chairs and desks
B.
classroom walls
C.
the location of the fans and air conditioners
D.
the location of bookshelves and cubby holes
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，教室的课桌课椅，墙面，书架和小房间的洞的位置都是一样的，故选C
173
"… to make the students feel at ease." The phrase "feel at ease" most likely means ___________.
A.
feel at home
B.
feel fresh and curious
C.
feel happy and lucky
D.
feel safe and relaxed
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章大意可知，feel at ease是工作人员会尽他们最大的努力让孩子有安全感，能够很轻松。故选D
174
Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A.
The students have resumed classes in a new school.
B.
A shooting crime happened in an American primary school.
C.
The officials will do their best to make the students feel at ease.
D.
The school children's parents are not allowed to stay with their children in school.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节判断题。根据文章可知，这个学校的学生现在已经在一所新学校复课了；这个枪击事件发生在美国的一所学校；办公人员会尽他们最大的努力让学生感到安全；家长们也允许在学校里和孩子们呆在一起。故选D
We had one class for computers when I was in school, which was also introduced new in school and all the students did not attend it. I took it because I had free period and was interested in taking it. In those days we could not image that computers will become so important in our lives otherwise most of the students would have joined the computer class.
Computers are beneficial for almost anyone and the present generation is growing in an atmosphere(氛围) where you need the computers for doing almost everything .If they are not made computer literate(精通) they will lag behind in all the activities. Nowadays almost all schools have some kind of computer courses for the students so that they learn the fundamentals of the computer. It will not be possible to do it if they don't have computer classes. Most of the homes have personal computers now and most children are already aware of the basics before they join school.
Computing courses are also good for adults who are not familiar with the computer as most of the jobs which are available today have the use of computer in some way or the other. Adults who have not used the computer before are generally quite anxious, but an easy computing course will be able to change the way they think in a few weeks.
If you are interested, you can join a computing course which is longer and teaches you more than the basics, but you may have to spend more time in the completing course. They are very useful courses as it teaches you ways to use the fundamental programs which are typically used in various jobs.
It is also possible you may like to do the computing course for enjoyment as some of the classes are also free .There are courses which charge a fee for skills like graphic design and photo editing . They are a lot of fun too and may also be useful when you do a job , depending on the kind of career ，someone you choose or have . You will find these courses in the colleges, as well as online, if you already are familiar with the use of computer.
175
Most of the students didn't attend the computer course probably because ___________.
A.
they were not interested in computer
B.
they were busy with their homework
C.
they thought computers were useless
D.
they didn't have computers at all
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章In those days we could not image that computers will become so important in our lives otherwise most of the students would have joined the computer class.可知，很多学生没有参加电脑课，是因为他们认为电脑无用。故选C
176
Which of the following is the main idea of the second paragraph?
A.
The number of the computers is larger than before.
B.
The computers are very important in our daily life.
C.
The students are forced to learn computer at school.
D.
Everyone has a personal computer at home.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章第二段可知，现在电脑对我们每一个人都有用，在我们的日常生活中非常重要。故选B
177
According to this passage most of the jobs can be done by ___________.
A.
attending computing courses
B.
changing the way people think
C.
learning all aspects of the computer
D.
using the computer
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章the present generation is growing in an atmosphere(氛围) where you need the computers for doing almost everything .可知，通过使用电脑就可以做大部分的工作。故选D
178
The underlined pronoun "it" (in paragraph 4) refers to ___________.
A.
the computer course
B.
the usage of word
C.
the basic program
D.
the word processing
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章They are very useful courses as it teaches you ways to use the fundamental programs which are typically used in various jobs.电脑课程非常有用，它教给你使用基本程序的方法，这些通常应用与各种工作。可知，it指代的是电脑课程。故选A
179
Which of the following is TRUE according to the last paragraph?
A.
It costs some money to learn skills of computer.
B.
All the classes for enjoyment are free online.
C.
Photo editing is always useful to your job.
D.
It is difficult to look for computer courses.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章最后一段可知，你可以花钱学一些电脑技能，像平面设计和图像编辑，非常有趣，在工作中也非常有用。故选A
We see 3D movies, games, TVs, and so on. Do you hear of (听说起)3D newspapers? Yes, here is a kind of newspaper from Belgian. And it was born（产生） on March 3rd, 2010. This is the first 3D newspaper in the world.
Huber Leklein with his friends began to make the 3D newspaper in January,2010. They worked really hard. And they finished (完成) in March.
If you buy this newspaper ,you can get a pair of free(免费的) 3D glasses. All the pictures and ads(广告) in the newspaper are in 3D,but the articles(文章) are not in 3D.You can read this 3D newspaper by holding( 拿着 ) the newspaper 50cm away from the eyes. In fact, if people don't wear the 3D glasses, they can't read the newspaper very well because the pictures and words in it are not clear.
People like reading 3D newspaper very much. But Hubert Lekein and his friends don't want to continue(继续) with it because they spent too much money and time.
180
The first 3D newspaper is in _____________________
A.
England
B.
Belgian
C.
German
D.
France
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章here is a kind of newspaper from Belgian. And it was born（产生） on March 3rd, 2010. This is the first 3D newspaper in the world.可知，第一份3D报纸出自于比利时。故选B
181
Hubert and his friends spent ________________ making the newspaper.
A.
two days
B.
two weeks
C.
two months
D.
two years
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Huber Leklein with his friends began to make the 3D newspaper in January,2010. They worked really hard. And they finished (完成) in March.可知，Huber Leklein和他的朋友花费了两个月的世界完成了3D报纸的制作。故选C
182
The word " clear" means ___________________.
A.
清晰的
B.
干净的
C.
有用的
D.
好看的
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章In fact, if people don't wear the 3D glasses, they can't read the newspaper very well because the pictures and words in it are not clear.可知，如果人们不带着3D眼镜的话，就不能清楚的读报纸，因为报纸上的图片和字不清晰。故选A
183
What's the disadvantage(缺点) of the 3D newspaper?
A.
It's too big.
B.
It's difficult to read.
C.
It's bad for eyes.
D.
It's too expensive（昂贵的）.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章because they spent too much money and time.可知，3D报纸非常贵。故选D
184
Which of the following is True(对)?
A.
the pictures, ads and the articles in the newspaper are all in 3D.
B.
You have to wear 3D glasses to read the newspaper.
C.
People don't enjoy reading 3D newspaper.
D.
You can read the 3D newspaper by holding the newspaper 5cm away from the eyes.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，报纸上的图片和广告是3D的，但是文章不是3D的，你必须带着3D眼镜才可以读报纸，人们非常喜欢这种报纸。你得把报纸放在距离眼睛50cm处才能读。故选B
Chen Jie, 14, from Ningbo, Zhejiang is a lucky girl. She got 3600 yuan as gift money this Spring Festival. However, her grandmother took away all the money and put it in a bank account.
Many students experienced the same thing as Chen. They got their gift money, only to immediately have it taken away.
Xiong Shengyue, 14, from Nanjing, doesn't agree with the practice. "I think the money should be the children's, " she said. " We should take care of it by ourselves."
It is not that simple, said Chu Chaohui, a researcher at national Institute of Education Sciences.
Giving gift money is used to show social status (地位)and develop relationships, he told Beijing Legal Evening News. Gift money has lost its traditional meaning of good will and has "little to do with the children". What's more, children don't earn the money through work. So he thought that parents should still play a big part in dealing with the money.
But Yan Honglan, a mother of a 14-year-old boy in Beijing, has let her son be responsible (承担责任的)for his gift money since the age of 8. "I want to develop his financial(理财) skills, ' Yan said.
She also added:"No matter how you deal with the money, the most important thing is to make the children feel they're respected(尊重) and trusted.
Chen supported Yan's idea. She said that though she knew her grandmother wouldn't waste her gift money, she would feel happier if she could at least know how the money is spent.
"It would make me feel a little bit more grown-up," she said.
185
Chen Jie's grandmother ________.
A.
took away all her money and put it in a bank
B.
let her take care of all her money
C.
gave all her money to her parents
D.
spent all her money
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段However, her grandmother took away all the money and put it in a bank account.描述,可知选A.
186
Chu Chaohui thought the gift money should be dealed with by _________
A.
children
B.
grandmother
C.
parents
D.
friends
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据So he thought that parents should still play a big part in dealing with the money.描述,可知选C.
187
Yan Honglan thought___________ is the most important thing.
A.
to make children feel a little bit more grown-up
B.
to take care of the gift money by themselves
C.
to put the gift money in a bank account
D.
to make the children feel they're respected and trusted.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据She also added:"No matter how you deal with the money, the most important thing is to make the children feel they're respected(尊重) and trusted.描述,可知选D.
188
Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A.
Chen Jie got 3600 yuan as reward this Spring Festival.
B.
Xiong Shengyue thought children should take care of the gift money.
C.
Chu Chaohui thought parents shouldn't play a big party in dealing with the money.
D.
Yan Honglan has let her son be responsible for his gift money since the age of 9.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Xiong Shengyue, 14, from Nanjing, doesn't agree with the practice. "I think the money should be the children's, " she said. " We should take care of it by ourselves."描述,可知选B.
Car accidents happen everywhere every day and are the main cause of injury in the United States. In order to control the increasing（增长） accidents, many states have passed tough laws. Also, car manufacturers（制造商） have been trying to make safer cars to save lives.
However, as there are more and more cars and drivers on the road, these safety measure （安全措施）are not enough to stop the increasing car accidents. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration （管理部门）reports that a car accident happens every 10 seconds in the United States.
Car accidents may be caused by different reasons. Some accidents are caused by driver's tiredness and illness or drunk driving. Some may be caused by speeding or running a red light. When this happens, by the time the driver realizes what has happened, it is usually too late. As for ages, young drivers usually have enough experience while elderly drivers of react slowly. Mechanical defects （机械毛病）such as a broken brake（刹车） are another cause of car accidents. Poor road and weather conditions can also be a cause.
Talking about different causes of car accidents can help us know what precautions（预防措施） to take beforehand. We should tell our friends or family members not to drive in poor health or after drinking wine. We should tell teenager drivers to be careful with road and weather conditions and let elderly friends understand their driving limitation(局限性)。Besides, we should have our car checked regularly（规律地）. The most important thing for us to remember, however, is that we should always follow the traffic rules.
189
What has the government done to try to control the increasing car accidents?
A.
They try to make safer cars.
B.
They try to build more roads.
C.
They have passed tough traffic laws.
D.
They make drivers have their car examined every month.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章In order to control the increasing（增长） accidents, many states have passed tough laws.可知，为了控制交通事故的增长，国家已经通过了交通法规。故选C
190
What does the underlined word" elderly" possibly mean?
A.
Middle-aged
B.
Young
C.
Rather old
D.
Teenage
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章As for ages, young drivers usually have enough experience while elderly drivers of react slowly.对于年龄，年轻的司机通常有着足够的经验，而年龄大的司机的反应就缓慢。所以，elderly的意思是上了年纪的。故选C
191
Which of the following causes is different from the other three?
A.
Tiredness
B.
Illness
C.
Drinking
D.
a broken brake
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，疲劳，疾病和饮酒是司机导致的交通事故，但是一个坏掉的刹车，是汽车自身的毛病。故选D
192
Which has nothing to do with a driver's age?
A.
Teenager drivers.
B.
Not knowing the traffic rules
C.
Reacting slowly
D.
Driving slowly.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，青少年司机，反应程度，驾驶速度都与司机的年龄有关，认识交通规则与司机的年纪无关。故选B
193
In order to avoid accidents caused by mechanical defects, we should ___________.
A.
not run a red light.
B.
drive the car when we are in good health
C.
not drive when we are too old.
D.
have our cars examined regularly.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章we should have our car checked regularly.可知，为了避免由于机械缺陷产生的交通事故，我们应该定期检查我们的汽车。故选D
Spider-Man 3 (《蜘蛛侠3》)got $29.15 million on the very first day in 16 overseas markets and beat the first two Spider-Man movies.
"The movie had the best opening day ever in some countries on Tuesday, including France, Italy and South Korea." a man from Sony Pictures said.
"Spider-Man 3 will open during the next few days in many other countries, including the United States on Friday. We certainly hope the same thing will happen in North America," said Jeff Blake, Sony vice chairman, on Wednesday.
2002's Spider-Man opened with $114.8 million in its first weekend, a debut record that stood until Pirates of the Caribbean: Dead Man's Chest broke it last year with $135.6 million a weekend.
Spider-Man 2 opened on a Wednesday before the fourth weekend of July in 2004, and set a record of $180.1 million in its first six days.
In France, Spider-Man 3 took in $6.8 million on the opening day, more than the first days for Spider-Man and Spider-Man 2 combined.
It earned $4.6 million in Germany, $4 million in Italy, $3.7 million in Japan, $3.4 million in South Korea, $1.1 million in the Philippines and $1 million each in Hong Kong and Thailand.
194
Spider-Man 3 ____________when it was shown on the first day.
A.
was not very popular
B.
was enjoyed by the people in Canada
C.
earned more money than Spider-man 2
D.
got $29.15 million in America
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，《蜘蛛侠3》在它首映时，非常受欢迎，比《蜘蛛侠2》获得更多的票房，在16个市场总共获得两千九百一十五万美金的票房，文章并没有说首映在加拿大放映。故选C
195
Jeff Blake hopes that ________.
A.
more and more people can see the movie
B.
Spider-man 3 will be enjoyed by children
C.
Spider-man 3 will make as much money as the first two movies
D.
Spider-man 3 will be as popular in North America as it was in other places
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章We certainly hope the same thing will happen in North America可知，Jeff Blake希望《蜘蛛侠3》在美国像其他城市一样受欢迎。故选D
196
In which country did Spider-man 3 earn the most money?
A.
Germany.
B.
Italy.
C.
South Korea.
D.
America.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，《蜘蛛侠3》在德国获得的票房最高。故选A
197
The main idea of the passage is that ______.
A.
people expect to see Spider-Man 4 soon
B.
Spider-man 3 is more popular in South Korea than in Germany
C.
Spider-man 3 cost lots of money
D.
Spider-man 3 is very popular all over the world
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
主旨题。这篇文章主要表达了《蜘蛛侠3》这部电影比起前两部，在全世界更加受欢迎。故选D
198
You would probably read this passage from ______.
A.
a talk show
B.
a movie magazine
C.
an ad
D.
a notice
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推断题。这篇文章是围绕《蜘蛛侠3》这部电影在全世界非常受欢迎展开的，我们可推断出，它很可能是出自一份电影杂志。故选B
For the British, the home is private place in which he or she goes to hide away from the troubles of life. It is very seldom that one would be invited to a British person's home. It is rude to knock on a person's door if you are not invited. If you are invited, don't ask to see more than the downstairs that your British host invites you into. Never ask how much the house or any of the items in if cost.
To the American, most of them want their home to be a place where they can entertain (款待) and share their lives with their friends. They may be delighted to give you a full tour of their houses. They may also be pleased when you show your interest and pleasure in their houses.
Both British and American people will engage in quite a bit of chat and a drink or two before the meal is served. After the first mouthful, you should say how delicious the food is and ask something about it. Remember, never eat with your mouth open and make very little noise while eating. It would be nice of you to help your host in any way. Maybe offer to pour some drinks or clear up after the meal.
199
If your British friend invites you to his home, you can _________.
A.
see anything you like
B.
ask how much his house is
C.
ask the cost of any of the items in it
D.
only see the downstairs that you are invited into
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章If you are invited, don't ask to see more than the downstairs that your British host invites you into. Never ask how much the house or any of the items in if cost.可知，如果你的英国朋友邀请你去他家，你只能看楼下，也不要看房子的价格和任何东西的价格。故选D
200
When you show your interest and pleasure in American people's house, they may be _________.
A.
angry
B.
happy
C.
sad
D.
worried
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章They may also be pleased when you show your interest and pleasure in their houses.可知，当你在美国人的家里，表现出你对房子的兴趣和喜爱，他们会很高兴。故选B
201
What does the underlined "engage in" mean in Chinese?
A.
陷入
B.
参与
C.
回避
D.
限制
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章Both British and American people will engage in quite a bit of chat and a drink or two before the meal is served.可知，英国人和美国人都喜欢在饭前聊天并且喝上一两杯酒。所以，engage in的意思是参与。故选B
202
What's the main idea of the passage?
A.
Some manners on visiting British and American people's home.
B.
Different table manners between British and American people.
C.
Different ideas about the home between British and American people.
D.
Different ideas about how to get along well with neighbors between British and American people.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。这篇文章给我们介绍了去英国人家里做客，和去美国人家里做客一些不同的礼仪。故选A
We each have a memory(记忆力). That's why we can still remember things after a long time. Some people have very good memories and they can easily learn many things by heart, but some people can only remember things when they say or do them again and again. Many of the great men of the world have got surprising memories.
A good memory is a great help in learning a language. Everybody learns his mother language when he is a small child. He hears the sounds, remembers them and then he learns to speak. Some children are living with their parents in foreign countries. They can learn two languages as easily as one because they hear, remember and speak two languages every day. In school it is not so easy to learn a foreign language because the pupils have so little time for it, and they are busy with other subjects, too.
But your memory will become better and better when you do more and more exercises.
203
Some people can easily learn many things by heart because _____.
A.
they always sleep very well
B.
they often eat good food
C.
they read a lot of books
D.
they have very good memories
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Some people have very good memories and they can easily learn many things by heart可知，一些人能够非常容易的用心记住很多事情，是因为他们的记忆力非常好。故选D
204
Everybody learns his mother language ______.
A.
at the age of six
B.
when he is a small child
C.
after he goes to school
D.
when he can read and write
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Everybody learns his mother language when he is a small child.可知，每个人在他还是个小孩子的时候，就开始学习母语了。故选B
205
Before a child can speak, he must ______.
A.
read books
B.
write words
C.
hear and remember the sounds
D.
think hard
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章He hears the sounds, remembers them and then he learns to speak.可知，一个孩子会讲话之前，得先听声音，并记住。故选C
206
In school the pupils can't learn a foreign language well because ______.
A.
they have no good memories
B.
they have no recorders(录音机)
C.
they have too much time for it
D.
they are busy with other subjects
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章In school it is not so easy to learn a foreign language because the pupils have so little time for it, and they are busy with other subjects, too.可知，在学校孩子们不能很轻易的学习一门外语，是因为他们的时间太少了，他们要忙于其他科目。故选D
207
Your memory will become better and better ______.
A.
when you have enough good food
B.
when you do more and more exercises
C.
when you do morning exercises every day
D.
when you get up early
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章your memory will become better and better when you do more and more exercises.可知，当你锻炼的越多，你的记忆力就会变得更好。故选B
Both the young and the old may feel lonely. A three-year-old child will feel lonely when it is left alone, and an old man over eighty years old is often afraid to live alone, too.
Some people feel lonely because they may not have enough time to make friends. Not only the quiet, shy people may feel lonely. Some people are active and outgoing, but they are sometimes afraid to talk and make friends with others. They always try to hold other people away from them. They may seem to have lots of friends, but inside they are hurting.
Are you lonely? If your answer is "yes", you may need to work hard enough! Here are some tips to think about:
To be wanted and needed is a big answer to loneliness. Is there any way you can help other people? Try to do something helpful for others even if you are very busy. By helping other people, we find friends and lose loneliness.
Do you have an interest or hobby? Find a group of people with this interest and join them.
Live in the real world! The world on the Internet is not a real world and it is very different from the real life. The students asleep in class are mostly those who often surf the net through the night. As a result, they'll get lost in the real world.
Don't wait for someone to phone, or write, or email you, you call them. And if they seem too busy, it doesn't mean you are not welcome. Try another time!
When you've done anything wrong to other people, don't be too proud to say sorry. You must do that even if you find it hard to open your mouth.
208
The main topic of this passage is about ____________.
A.
happiness
B.
friends
C.
loneliness
D.
sickness
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
这篇文章讲述了在生活中，很多人都有孤独感并告诉我们减轻孤独感的方法。故选C
209
According to the passage, some people feel lonely because ___________.
A.
they stay at home all day
B.
they have too many friends
C.
they have too much time to meet friends
D.
they don't have enough time to make friends
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Some people feel lonely because they may not have enough time to make friends.可知，一些人感到孤独，是因为他们没有足够的时间去交朋友。故选D
210
If you have done something wrong, you should ___________.
A.
say sorry to others
B.
do it again
C.
open your mouth
D.
leave at once
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章When you've done anything wrong to other people, don't be too proud to say sorry.可知，如果你对他们做错了事情，你应该向他们说对不起。故选A
211
If you don't want to be lonely, you should __________.
A.
never help others
B.
find some people with the same interest and join them
C.
surf the net all the time
D.
wait for someone to call you
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Do you have an interest or hobby? Find a group of people with this interest and join them.可知，如果你不想孤独的话，你应该找到一组与你有相同爱好的人，并且加入他们。故选B
Every year, the French town of Menton hosts an event called the Lemon Festival in the world. The Lemon Festival usually takes place between mid-February until March. During the festival, around 145 tons of oranges and lemons are sent into the town. Over 300 workers work together to make giant sculptures(雕塑) out of fruits.
Menton became the first producer of lemons in 1929. The lemons are loved by the world's best cooks. In the late 19th century, a town parade was held to encourage Menton's winter tourism. Kings, princes and artists filled the great and comfortable hotels or their own fantastic houses. Because of its great success, the streets were beautifully planted with oranges and lemons in the following years. In order to develop tourism, in 1934 the Lemon Festival was officially born.
Sleepy Menton becomes a world of color during the festival time. People find it very exciting and full of fun. The festival is enjoyed for three whole weeks. Along with a daily Lemon and Orange Exhibition, parades on Sundays, fireworks on Thursday nights.
Every year there will be a special theme for the Lemon festival. This year the theme of the Lemon Festival is: "The regions of France". Some of the events are free, but you need to buy tickets to see the parades.
212
Why was the Lemon Festival officially born?
A.
To encourage people to plant more lemons.
B.
To help people enjoy the winter months.
C.
To develop winter tourism in Menton.
D.
To cerebrate the success of orange planting.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章In order to develop tourism, in 1934 the Lemon Festival was officially born.可知，为了发展冬季旅游业，1934年，柠檬节正式诞生了。故选C
213
What is the writer trying to tell us in the second paragraph?
A.
The history of Menton.
B.
The tourist attractions in Menton.
C.
The special taste of the lemons in Menton.
D.
The history of the Lemon Festival.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推断题。在文章第二段，作者是想告诉我们柠檬在芒通的特殊意义。故选C
214
You can enjoy the following activities EXCEPT_______ during the Lemon Festival.
A.
lemon and orange shows
B.
a town parade
C.
fireworks
D.
a concert
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Along with a daily Lemon and Orange Exhibition, parades on Sundays, fireworks on Thursday nights.可知，在柠檬节，人们肯定会喜欢观看柠檬和橘子的展览，城镇游行还有烟火。故选D
215
In which part of a newspaper can you find the passage?
A.
Travel
B.
Family
C.
Advertisement
D.
Sport
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推断题。这篇文章讲述了芒通的旅游项目—柠檬节。所以，它很可能是出自于一片旅游指南。故选A
What is your favorite English letter? Many of you may say QQ. Why? Because so many of you chat with your friends on QQ. What do you like about QQ? What do you talk about? The CCTV reporter Miss Wang interviews three kids. Let's listen to what they say.
When do you chat on QQ? What do you talk about?
Lin Yuhan, Xi'an: On weekends. We talk about homework and chat with each other.
Tang Xuting, Shanghai: At weekends and when I don't have much homework. We exchange test answers and chat.
Yang Yuhang, Dalian: Our class goes online together at 4-6 pm on weekends. We complain about homework, chat and talk about computer games.
What do you put on your QQ blog ?
Lin: I put good articles I have found online on my blog. I also write articles myself. They are about funny things that have happened in my class.
Tang: I put pictures on my blog. Not my own photos, but pictures from my favorite Japanese cartoons like Tennis Prince and Conan.
Yang: I put DV films on my blog. I shoot them during sports meetings and school parties. The most popular one is about a dancing teacher. It is so funny that everyone watches it.
How do you like QQ?
Lin: It's a good space for us to make a record of our lives, of both good times and sad times.
Tang: My friends and I may not have time to chat at school. But we can do it on QQ. It's very helpful to our friendships.
Yang: If you chat with friends on the telephone, your parents sometimes listen to your conversation. There's no such problem with QQ. You can relax and talk freely.
216
How many kids are interviewed about QQ?
A.
Nine.
B.
Six.
C.
Three.
D.
Two.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"The CCTV reporter Miss Wang interviews three kids."理解可知。王小姐访问了三个小孩,故选C.
217
________ comes from Shanghai.
A.
Miss Wang
B.
Lin Yuhan
C.
Yang Yuhang
D.
Tang Xuting
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Tang Xuting, Shanghai: At weekends and when I don't have much homework. We exchange test answers and chat."理解可知。Tang Xuting来自上海,故选D.
218
What does Lin Yuhan put on her QQ blog?
A.
Some pictures.
B.
Good articles.
C.
DV films.
D.
Japanese cartoons.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Lin: I put good articles I have found online on my blog. I also write articles myself."理解可知。林将一些文章放在博客中,故选B.
219
Which one is TRUE according to this article?
A.
Lin says QQ is very helpful to their friendships.
B.
Yang says he can chat freely with many friends and relax on QQ.
C.
Tang says QQ is a good space for them to make a record of their lives.
D.
Tang says he chats on QQ on weekdays though he has lots of homework.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Yang: If you chat with friends on the telephone, your parents sometimes listen to your conversation. There's no such problem with QQ. You can relax and talk freely."理解可知。选项B是正确的.
Many people like to travel（旅行）by plane, but I don't like it because an airport（飞机场）is usually far from the city. You have to get there early and wait for(等待）hours for the plane to take off（起飞） and it is often late. You can't open the windows. You can't choose（选择）the food. Planes are fast, but they still take hours to go out of the airport and into the city.
I like traveling by train. I think trains are safe. Railway stations are usually in cities. When you are late（晚的）for a train, you can catch another one. You can walk around in the train and open the windows. You can see many interesting things on your way. I know it takes a little more time.
I also like cars. You can start your journey（旅行）when you want to, and you don't need to get to a railway station or a bus stop. Also you can carry many things with you in a car. But sometimes there are too many cars on the road.
220
Why do many people like to travel by plane?
A.
Because it's fast.
B.
Because it's safe.
C.
Because you can walk around in the plane.
D.
Because it's cheap.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Planes are fast可知，许多人旅行时喜欢做飞机，是因为飞机很快。故选A
221
Which is NOT the good thing about the train?
A.
It is safe.
B.
It takes a little more time.
C.
You can open the windows.
D.
You can walk around in the train.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题，根据文章第二段可知，火车很安全，在火车上可以打开窗户，还可以在上面行走，如果没赶上火车，你可以做下一趟。故选B
222
If you want to take a lot of things with you, what do you take to go out?
A.
A bus.
B.
A car.
C.
A train.
D.
A bike.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Also you can carry many things with you in a car.可知，如果你要带很多东西的话，你可以开车。故选B
223
What is the bad thing about the car?
A.
You needn't go to a station.
B.
You can start your journey when you want to.
C.
There are too many cars on the road.
D.
You needn't go to a bus stop.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章sometimes there are too many cars on the road.可知，如果你开汽车的话，你就会在路上遇到非常多的车。故选D
224
What does the writer think of the plane, train and car?
A.
He thinks it takes a lot of time to go to and get out of the airport.
B.
He likes to take a train because it takes a little more time.
C.
He likes to take a car because he has a car.
D.
He likes to take a plane because it's fast.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，作者觉得去飞机场和出飞机常都要花费很多的时间。故选A
We each have a memory（记忆力）. That's why we can still remember things after a long time. Some people have very good memories and they can easily learn many things by heart, but some people can only remember things when they say or do them again and again. Many of the great men of the world have got surprising memories.
A good memory is a great help in learning a language. Everybody learns his mother language when he is a small child. He hears the sounds, remembers them and then he learns to speak. Some children are living with their parents in foreign countries. They can learn two languages as easily as one because they hear, remember and speak two languages every day. In school it is not so easy to learn a foreign language because the pupils have so little time for it, and they are busy with other subjects, too.
But your memory will become better and better when you do more and more exercises.
225
Some people can easily learn many things by heart because_______.
A.
they always sleep very well
B.
they often eat good food
C.
they read a lot of books
D.
they have very good memories
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Some people have very good memories and they can easily learn many things by heart, 由于记忆力好很容易地记住许多东西，故选D。
226
Everybody learns his mother language_______.
A.
at the age of six
B.
when he is a small child
C.
after he goes to school
D.
when he can read and write
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Everybody learns his mother language when he is a small child. 大家都是在很小的时候就学自己的母语，故选B。
227
Before a child can speak, he must_______.
A.
read and write
B.
make sentences
C.
hear and remember the sounds
D.
think hard
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据He hears the sounds, remembers them and then he learns to speak.故选C。
228
In school the pupils can't learn a foreign language well because_______.
A.
they have no good memories
B.
they have no recorders
C.
they have too much time for it
D.
they are busy with other subjects
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据because the pupils have so little time for it, and they are busy with other subjects, too.因为他想学习其他的功课，故选D。
229
Your memory will become better and better_______.
A.
if you have plenty of good food
B.
if you do more and more exercises
C.
if you do morning exercises every day
D.
if you get up early
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据But your memory will become better and better when you do more and more exercises.但是你的记忆会变得更好,更当你做越来越多的练习，故选B。
You can see waste（浪费）everywhere in the school. Some students ask for more food than they can eat and others often forget to turn off the lights when they leave the classroom. They say they can afford these things. But I don't agree with them.
Waste can bring a lot of problems. Although China is rich in some resources（资源）, we are short of others, for example, fresh water. It is reported（据报道） that we will have no coal （煤）or oil to use in 100 years. Think about it. I think we should say no to the students who waste things every day. Everybody should stop wasting as soon as possible.
In our everyday life, we can do many things to stop waste . For example, turn off the water taps when we finish washing, turn off the lights when we leave the classroom and try not to order more food than we need. Little by little, everything will be changed. We can stop waste one day if we do our best to form（养成）the habit of saving.
230
From the passage we know that some students often _________ in the school.
A.
eat too much
B.
don't work hard
C.
waste things
D.
throw rubbish everywhere
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章You can see waste（浪费）everywhere in the school.可知，一些学生在学校里总是浪费东西。故选C
231
Which is NOT mentioned（提及） in this passage?
A.
Fresh water.
B.
Forest.
C.
Oil.
D.
Coal.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章for example, fresh water. It is reported（据报道） that we will have no coal （煤）or oil to use in 100 years.可知，这篇文章提到了淡水，煤，油，没有提到森林。故选B
232
What may happen （发生）in 100 years?
A.
We may still have enough oil.
B.
We may still have enough coal.
C.
We may have a little oil.
D.
We may have no coal or oil to use.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章It is reported（据报道） that we will have no coal （煤）or oil to use in 100 years.可知，100年后，将没有足够的煤或者油让我们使用。故选D
233
Which of the following is TRUE?
A.
Waste brings problems.
B.
Waste won't bring problems.
C.
China is rich in fresh water.
D.
Students never waste things.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，浪费产生问题。中国很缺乏淡水，学生总是浪费东西。故选A
Chinese are very generous in educating their children. Not caring about the money, parents often send their children to the best schools or even abroad to England, the United States and Australia. They also want their children to take extra-course activities such as musical instrument learning or ballet classes, or other classes. They think these will give them a good future. The Chinese believe that the more expensive an education is, the better it is. So parents will spend much unreasonable money on education. Even poor parents will buy a computer for their son or daughter.
However, most parents don't understand that the best early education they can give their children is usually very cheap.
Parents can see that their children are very good in some areas while poor in others. Parents can also see some children are good at these skills and others do well in others. Most parents don't realize that today's children lack self-respect and self-confidence.
The problem is that parents are only educating their children on how to take tests and how to study well, but parents are not teaching them the most important skills that they need are to be confident, happy and clever.
Parents can achieve this by teaching skills like cooking, sewing and doing other housework. Teaching a child to cook will improve many of the skills that he will need later in life. Cooking needs patience and time. It is an enjoyable but difficult experience. A good cook always tries to improve his cooking, so he will learn to work hard and finish his job successfully. His result, a well-cooked dinner, will give him much satisfaction and lots of self-confidence.
Some old machines, such as a broken radio or TV set that you give your child to play with, will make him curious(好奇的) and improve his interest. He will spend hours looking at them, trying to fix them. Your child might become an engineer when he grows up. These activities are not only teaching a child to read a book, but rather to think, to use his mind. And that is more important.
234
We know from this passage parents in China __________.
A.
are too strict with their children
B.
are too rich to educate their children
C.
are too poor to educate their children
D.
have some problems in educating their children correctly
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
主旨题。这篇文章讲述了中国的父母在对孩子的教育问题上，他们认为花的钱越多，就会获得更好的教育成果，其实这是不对的。故选D
235
We learn from the passage that __________.
A.
the cheaper an education is, the better it is
B.
children today should learn difficult skills
C.
practical skills are helpful to children's growth
D.
school education can't meet parents' expectations
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章The problem is that parents are only educating their children on how to take tests and how to study well, but parents are not teaching them the most important skills that they need are to be confident, happy and clever.可知，父母应该教孩子一些实践技能，这对他们的成长是很有好处的。故选C
236
Doing some cooking at home helps children __________.
A.
benefit (有益于) from it and prepare themselves for the future
B.
learn how to serve their parents
C.
learn how to become strong and fat
D.
make their parents believe that they are clever
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Teaching a child to cook will improve many of the skills that he will need later in life.可知，教孩子学会做饭，将会从中学到很多在他们的未来生活会需要到的技能。故选A
237
What is the main idea of the last paragraph?
A.
Broken things are useful for children
B.
Interest is necessary for everything
C.
Learning to think is very important.
D.
Using hands helps improve thinking ability
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章These activities are not only teaching a child to read a book, but rather to think, to use his mind. And that is more important.可知，学会思考是非常重要的。故选C
Spain is famous for its tomato festival, called La Tomatina. It happens in a small town Hanoi on the last Wednesday of August every year. During the festival there are all kinds of activities, but the most exciting part is the tomato fight. It takes place at the end of long celebration (庆祝). You are encouraged to throw tomatoes in the fight. There're many stories about how the festival began. One of the stories goes that during the 1940's, some friends started a tomato fight, while another story is about a local band. Anyway, everyone in Bunol seems to have a different story.
Before the tomato fight, there are parades (游行)，musical bands, street parties and so on. On the day of the fight, shopkeepers cover their windows and doors in order to keep away from the tomato fight. At the same time, thousands of tourists and local people come to the town square together. Then large trucks (卡车) full of tomatoes arrive. From theback of the large trucks, a great town band start to throw tomatoes at others. Then the crowds fight back, throwing the tomatoes at anything and anyone. Soon the streets are in the sea of red tomato juice.
Everyone is supposed to obey a small number of rules: You must squash (压烂) the tomato before throwing it and you are allowed to throw nothing but tomatoes.
It is usually over in less than half an hour. Everyone then sets off to the river to clearup. Sounds like fun!
238
The most exciting activity of the festival is ________.
A.
parades
B.
street parties
C.
the tomato fight
D.
the musical bands show
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章During the festival there are all kinds of activities, but the most exciting part is the tomato fight.可知，最有趣的活动是西红柿大战。故选C
239
The stories about how the festival began are ________.
A.
quite different
B.
rather sad
C.
very famous
D.
very clear
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章There're many stories about how the festival began. 可知，关于这个节日的起源的故事是不同的。故选A
240
On the fight day, _________.
A.
all the buses are filled with tomatoes
B.
you can see lots of red apples on the streets
C.
shopkeepers are not allowed to watch people fight
D.
lots of tourists and local people take part in the fight
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章第二段可知，在西红柿大战当天，许多游客和当地的居民都参与了战斗。故选D
241
Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A.
You can throw tomatoes at others but others can't throw back.
B.
The tomato must be squashed before throwing it.
C.
The fight usually lasts more than thirty minutes.
D.
People can throw everything on the fight day.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节判断题。根据文章可知，你可以向他人扔西红柿，他人也可以还击；扔西红柿之前必须压扁；这个战斗一般不到半个小时。人们只可以扔西红柿。故选B
242
The best title of the passage can be________.
A.
Travel in Spain
B.
The Tomato Festival in Spain.
C.
The History of Spain
D.
Rules of the Tomato Festival
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
主旨题。这篇文章讲述的的是西班牙的西红柿大战节日。故选B
Childhood is a time of fun and games. Many people still remember when they were young, they often played games like hide-and-seek and chess. Playing teaches children how to get with others, and it also helps to exercise the mind and body. However, children today spend most of their time in front of the computer, playing video games.
A recent survey found that in the US. Children between 8 and 12 spend at least 13 hours a week playing video games or "gaming". Boys of this age spend even more time, almost 16 hours a week. Although some people will say that gaming is helpful, it brings many problems as well.
One big problem is that kids who spend most of their time on games might have difficulty communicating with real people. They might have trouble sharing and resolving (解决) problems because they do not practice these skills when sitting alone at a computer.
Another problem is about health. Game players usually sit for hours without doing any exercise. And they might not eat healthily. As a result, they might be out of shape.
Next, game players might have trouble with their lessons. Many of them spend more time playing games than working on their homework. In the end, they fail in the exams.
Finally, it is always possible that the gamers become addicted. Some people play four or five hours a day or even all day. This happened to a 28 - year - old Korean man. He spent about 50 hours playing an online game without sleeping or eating well. He died while gaming!
This is one example of the dangers of video gaming. It tells us that video gaming, like everything else, should not be done too much. A few hours a week should not hurt, but several hours a day just might be dangerous to your health.
243
Children of 8 to 12 in the US spend at least _________ hours a week playing video games.
A.
13
B.
16
C.
28
D.
50
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Children between 8 and 12 spend at least 13 hours a week playing video games or "gaming".可知，8到12岁的儿童一周至少花费13个小时玩电子游戏。故选A
244
How many problems about playing video games are mentioned in the passage？
A.
Two.
B.
Three.
C.
Four.
D.
Five.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。文章提到了四点玩电子游戏的会产生的问题。故选C
245
If game players spend lots of time playing games without doing their homework, they might __________.
A.
become ill
B.
lose their friends
C.
die at once
D.
get lower grades at school
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Next, game players might have trouble with their lessons. Many of them spend more time playing games than working on their homework. In the end, they fail in the exams.可知，如果孩子们花费过多的时间玩电脑游戏，不做作业，他们考试就不会得到好的成绩。故选D
246
What does the underlined word "addicted" mean in Chinese?
A.
悲伤
B.
无聊
C.
成瘾
D.
沮丧
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章Finally, it is always possible that the gamers become addicted.可知，游戏玩家很可能会变得上瘾。Addicted的意思是成瘾。故选C
247
What does the writer want to tell us by writing this passage?
A.
Video gaming has quite a lot of advantages.
B.
Video gaming might be a dangerous thing.
C.
Childhood is a time of fun and games.
D.
Children should learn how to get along with others.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
主旨题。根据文章可知，电子游戏是一件非常危险的事情，我们应该少玩。故选B
Life in the 21st century is different from that in the 20th century because there are many changes in the new century.What will our life be like in 20 years?Maybe we will have robots at home. Here is my ideal robot.
I hope it'll look like a pretty Barbie doll,with long blonde hair and bright blue eyes. She will be tall and slim. She will be able to speak English, Chinese, Japanese, German and French. When I travel around the world, she will be my guide. She will do most of the things for me. We will be also good friends.
Every morning she will wake me up and cook a healthy breakfast for me. After breakfast she will drive me to school. While I am studying at school, she will do some chores such as washing my clothes,cooking the dishes,cleaning the room and feeding my dog. When I come back from school, a delicious meal will be ready. If my mother is busy, my robot will go shopping with me. She will give me some advice when I don't know which one to buy. She will also help me with my school work.
My robot will be smart and kind. If I feel sad, she will talk to me and make me happy. Most of all, she'll never feel tired or angry, I hope I can have a robot like that. But my mum says it's just my daydream and I should learn to do them all by myself.
248
What will the robot look like?
A.
It will have short blonde hair.
B.
It will have long black hair.
C.
It will be short and heavy.
D.
It will be tall and slim.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章I hope it'll look like a pretty Barbie doll,with long blonde hair and bright blue eyes. She will be tall and slim.可知，机器人将是金发碧眼，又高又瘦。故选D
249
How many languages will the robot be able to speak?
A.
Two
B.
Three
C.
Four
D.
Five
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章She will be able to speak English, Chinese, Japanese, German and French.可知，机器人能讲五种语言。故选D
250
What will the robot do after breakfast?
A.
Drive the writer to school.
B.
Read English with the writer.
C.
Go shoppping with the writer.
D.
Give the writer some advice.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章After breakfast she will drive me to school.可知，早饭后机器人会送作者去上学。故选A
Experts(专家) say that students usually need eight to ten hours' sleep at night, but most Chinese students do not get enough sleep. Some Chinese parents are usually glad to see their children studying late. They will think their children work very hard, but not all parents are happy about this. Once a mother told us that every morning her 10-year-old boy put up one finger with his eyes still closed, begging for one more minute to sleep. Like thousands of students " early birds" in China, he has to get up before six every morning.
A report shows that without a good night's sleep, students seem to be weaker (虚弱)than they should be. Many students have fallen asleep during class at one time or another. Too much homework is not the only reason why students stay up late. Some watch TV or play the computer games late into the night.
Experts have ever said that the students should develop good study habits. So some clever students never study late, they are able to work well in class.
251
The 10-year-old boy begged for more minute to sleep because__________
A.
he didn't have enough sleep
B.
it wasn't time for him to get up
C.
he didn't want to go to school
D.
he wanted his mother to wake him up
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，一个10岁的男孩子求再睡1分钟，是因为他晚上睡觉不足。故选A
252
In this passage we know if students don't get enough sleep, they may________
A.
become too weak to sleep
B.
not work well in class
C.
go to bed early
D.
be weak in English
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Many students have fallen asleep during class at one time or another.可知，如果学生没有足够的睡觉，他们在课堂上就状态不好。故选B
253
In this passage "early birds" means "persons who ______________"
A.
get up early
B.
get up late
C.
sleep less
D.
don't want to sleep
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Like thousands of students " early birds" in China, he has to get up before six every morning.可知，early birds的意思是早起的学生。故选A
254
According to the passage, which of the following is right?_________
A.
If you want to study better, you must work hard at night.
B.
Sleeping less means working hard.
C.
Some clever students are able to work well in class because they have good study habits.
D.
Students don't have enough sleep because they have lots of homework to do.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Experts have ever said that the students should develop good study habits. So some clever students never study late, they are able to work well in class.可知，一些聪明的学生因为有着好的学习习惯，所以他们的能够学的很好。故选C
Many children use the Internet to get useful knowledge and information, and to relax in their free time. But some of them are not using in a good way. Here are some rules to make sure you are safe and have fun on the Internet.
Make rules for Internet use with your parents. For example, when you can go online, for how long and what activities you can go online.
Don't give your password (密码) to anyone else, and never leak out the following information---your real name, home address, age, school, phone number or other personal information.
Check with your parents before giving out a credit (信用) card number.
Never send a photo of yourself to someone in e-mail unless your parents say it's OK.
Check with your parents before going into a chat room. Different chat rooms have different rules and attract different kinds of people. You and your parents must make sure it's a right place for you.
Never agree to meet someone you met on the Internet without your parent's permission (允许). Never meet anyone you met on line alone. Always remember that people online may not be who they say they are. Treat everyone online as strangers.
If something you see or read online makes you uncomfortable, leave the site. Tell a parent or teacher right away.。Treat other people as you'd like to be treated. Never use bad language.
Remember—not everything you read on the Internet is true.
255
If you want a true friend on the Internet , you can ____________ .
A.
tell the people what your name is .
B.
meet the people on line alone.
C.
write an e-mail about yourself .
D.
get your parent's permission.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文描述,可知如果要交一个真正的网友,需要得到父母的同意,故选D.
256
It's good for children to ________ on the Internet.
A.
give password to others
B.
get useful knowledge and information
C.
give out a credit card number
D.
go into a chat room as they'd like to
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据Many children use the Internet to get useful knowledge and information,及下文描述,可知作者认为孩子们上网获取有益信息是有好处的.故选B.
257
The underlined phrase "leak out" in the second paragraph may mean "________."
A.
赠送
B.
泄露
C.
拿走
D.
出示
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系下文the following information,可知此处指的是泄露信息的意思,故选B.
258
If your parents don't agree, never ________.
A.
read anything on the Internet
B.
relax in your free time
C.
have a face-to face meeting with anyone you met online
D.
treat other people as you'd like to be treated
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据Never agree to meet someone you met on the Internet without your parent's permission.描述,可知选C.
259
This passage is mainly about "________".
A.
How to use Computers
B.
Surfing on the Internet
C.
Information on the Internet
D.
Internet Safety Rules
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
这篇短文主要针对青少年上网问题,向他们提出了几点需要注意的上网安全规则.故选D,网络安全守则.
There is one word you must learn before you visit the USA. That is "Freeze". Remember it has a special meaning besides the usual one. It means "stand still and don't move". Often policemen use it when they are ready to use their guns. If one doesn't obey the order and moves, he or she will be shot to death.
One evening in Los Angeles, someone rang the bell of a house. It was a dangerous area at night, so the owner of the house took his gun with him when he answered the door. He opened the door and saw a strange man. But the man turned round and started walking away from the house. The owner cried: "Freeze", but the young man went on walking without obeying the owner's order. The owner thought he was trying to run away, so he shot at the young man and he was killed.
Later, police found that the dead man was a Japanese student who was studying in Los Angeles University. He went to visit a friend, but unluckily could not remember the number of the house. When he realized he went to the wrong house he turned round and left. He didn't know much English and so didn't understand the word "Freeze". What a lesson we should get for this!
260
According to the article, what does the word "Freeze" mean?
A.
It means "be covered with ice".
B.
It means "very cold".
C.
It means "dangerous".
D.
It means "Stand still, or I will shoot you".
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章It means "stand still and don't move".可知，Freeze的意思是站住，不许动，否则我将会射击你。故选D
261
The meaning of the word "owner" here means _________.
A.
a policeman
B.
a man with a gun
C.
a person who possesses something
D.
a dog of a house
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章the owner of the house took his gun with him when he answered the door.可知，房子的主人带着枪去看谁在敲门。Owner的指的是带着枪的男人。故选B
262
Which of the following is right?
A.
When you hear the police or someone say "Freeze" in the USA, you must stop moving.
B.
Don't ring the bell of anyone's house in the USA at night.
C.
At last, the police found the dead man was a thief.
D.
The owner of the house was put into prison.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。通过文章可知，在美国如果你听到一个警察或者其他人说"Freeze"，你就要停下来不要动。故选A
263
Which of the following is NOT true according to the article?
A.
Police say "Freeze" when they are going to use their guns.
B.
The story happened in Los Angeles in the morning.
C.
The dead man was a Japanese student.
D.
The dead man couldn't understand the meaning of "Freeze".
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节判断题。根据故事可知，当警察说"Freeze"的时候，就是让你站住，如果你继续走的话，就会被射击。故选A
264
What's the best title of the article?
A.
A Japanese Student
B.
American Police
C.
Freeze
D.
The Owner of a House
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
主旨题。这篇文章通过一则故事告诉我们去美国之前，一定要知道"Freeze"这个单词的意思。故选C
If you have dinner with people in the west, I think you must pay more attention to the table manners. Here are some good table manners for you.
When you eat something, try not to make a noise or burp (打嗝) at the table. Because people think that is not polite. People will say "Excuse me" when they want to burp.
Talking with food in the mouth is very rude. So you must eat the food quietly and slowly. If you eat too fast, people think you are rude too. Do not talk with others when you have food in your mouth.
It is good to eat all the food on your plate. This means you like the food very much. Remember to say the food is nice. And this can make the host very happy. When you finish eating, you can place your knife and fork together.
265
The topic of this passage is ________ in the west.
A.
how to burp
B.
what to eat
C.
school rules
D.
table manners
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Here are some good table manners for you.可知，这篇文章的主题是西方国家的餐桌礼仪。故选D
266
Which of the following is NOT good manners?
A.
To eat all the food on your plate.
B.
To eat the food quietly and slowly.
C.
To talk with others when you have food in your mouth.
D.
To place your knife and fork together after finishing eating.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，在西方人家了吃饭时，应该吃光你盘子里的食物，应该安静慢慢地吃，如果嘴里有食物的时候不要说话，吃完饭后要把你的刀子和叉子放在一起。故选C
267
According to the passage, which of the following is good?
A.
To eat the food on the plate quickly.
B.
To tell the host that the food is not tasty.
C.
To say "Excuse me" when you want to burp.
D.
To talk with people loudly when you have food in your mouth.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，在当你想打嗝的时候，要说"对不起"。故选C
In Germany there are different kinds of high schools. Some prepare students for workers, others prepare them for college. All schools are great places for making friends and learning German.
Short days
Most high schools in Germany begin at about 8:00 a.m. and end at about 3:30 p.m. This means your morning will be busy with classes. You will have time to do homework and take part in private(私人的) clubs after school.
Formal setting
In Germany, teachers and students' relationship is more formal than you might be used to. Teachers are respected and students must use the formal "Sie（德语，您）" when talking to teachers.
Getting to school
Most students take public transport to school or ride a bicycle. Some areas have school buses. It is not common for parents to drive students to school.
Private clubs
In many countries, schools offer official sports and after-school activities. This is less common in Germany. After-school activities are usually organized through private clubs. There are clubs for things like soccer, dance, choir, theatre and almost everything else. Once you are in Germany, ask around at school and talk to other students to find out what private clubs are in your area and meet your interests.
Different states, different schools
Each of Germany's 16 states has its own slightly different school systems. The school system in Brandenburg will be a little different from the system in Bavaria for example. Where you live, your knowledge level and your age will decide what school you can attend.
268
For high school students in Germany, which is NOT the common transport to school?
A.
School buses.
B.
Parents' cars.
C.
Public transport.
D.
Students' bicycles.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Most students take public transport to school or ride a bicycle. Some areas have school buses. It is not common for parents to drive students to school.可知，在德国，学生们上学通常是乘校车，公家车或者骑自行车。故选B
269
In Paragraph 3,the underlined word "respected" can be best translated into __________.
A.
受人尊敬的
B.
令人害怕的
C.
高收入的
D.
有权势的
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Teachers are respected and students must use the formal "Sie（德语，您）" when talking to teachers.可知，在过过，老师很受尊重的，当学生和老师说话前必须实用"您"。Respected是受人尊重的意思。故选A
270
From the passage, we can learn that in Germany _______.
A.
all kinds of high schools are for college
B.
age is not important for attending schools
C.
students can take part in after-school activities from 8:00 a. m .to 3:30 p.m.
D.
students can join private clubs to meet their interests by themselves
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节判断题。根据文章可知，有一些学校是为参加工作的学生开设的，求学也与年龄有关，在早上8点到下午3点半学生在学校上课，学生可以参加私人俱乐部满足自己的爱好。故选D
Values join us together and set us apart. Today, our society has a terrible lack（缺乏）of values. Here are some social values that everyone needs.
◆Respect
Respect means to respect（尊重）others in everyday life. Even if you are against a person, it is important to have respect. It is this respect that makes us human. Without this respect, we become animals. We need to respect our friends for our friendships. We even need to respect our enemies, because they help us to grow up and be stronger. Respect is one of the crucial values in a relationship.
◆Love
Love is everything. With love in our hearts, we feel no need to hurt another. With love in our hearts, we will pay more attention to the similarities in opinions rather than the disagreement. If we want others to be good to us, we need to be good to them. After all, we give love to get love, right?
◆Loyalty
People often forget the meaning and importance of loyalty（忠诚）. Loyalty is necessary for people to believe in each other. In no matter what kind of relationship, we need to believe in each other so that we can work together towards the same goal.
◆Honesty
Honesty is to show other people who we really are. Honesty helps us do better, because it makes us realize our problems and find ways to solve them. It is this honesty, that will make others help you out, not because you need it. But, because they have problems too, which you can help out with. This honesty will help us follow the other values in society and, truly, "heal the world"!
271
The Chinese meaning of the word "value" in the passage is probably "___________".
A.
价格
B.
价值观念
C.
生活习惯
D.
爱好
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
联系下文join us together and set us apart.让我们聚在一起,也让我们分离.及下文,我们的社会缺少……，可知此处指的是价值观，故选B。
272
According to the passage, we are different from animals because of ____________.
A.
Loyalty
B.
Honesty
C.
Love
D.
Respect
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据It is this respect that makes us human. Without this respect, we become animals.描述，可知选D。
273
With love in our hearts, we will ____________.
A.
grow up and become stronger
B.
believe in each other
C.
never hurt another and be good to others
D.
realize our problems and find ways to solve them
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第二天价值观念◆Love描述，可知选C，永远不要伤害别人，善待他人。
274
The best title of the passage can be "___________".
A.
Values we need for our society
B.
Love and honesty
C.
Our society
D.
How to change our society
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段Today, our society has a terrible lack（缺乏）of values.几下文描述，可知本文主要介绍的是我们社会中缺少的一些价值观念，故选A。
Little Tom likes cartoons (动画片) very much .When the cartoons begin on TV, he does nothing until they' re over. Sometimes he'd rather wait for a long time and go to bed late. In the morning his mother has to wake him up, or he will be late for school.
Yesterday Tom heard there would be an interesting cartoon today. This morning, as soon as he got up, he turned on the television, but didn't receive the programme. He had to have breakfast and then went to school. After school he ran home while his mother was cooking supper in the kitchen (厨房). He hurried to the sitting room and turned on the television again, but he couldn't find the cartoon. He rushed into the kitchen and asked his mother to help.
"It's only five now," said the woman. "Your programme will be after supper."
"Well, let's have supper right now!"
275
Tom goes to bed late sometimes, so______ .
A.
he's late for school
B.
he goes to school by bus
C.
he can't wake up himself in the morning
D.
he has to go to school without breakfast
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第一段Sometimes he'd rather wait for a long time and go to bed late. In the morning his mother has to wake him up, or he will be late for school.描述,可知选C.
276
Tom spends much time _____ when he is free.
A.
playing football
B.
watching football matches on TV
C.
doing his homework
D.
watching cartoons on TV
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据.When the cartoons begin on TV, he does nothing until they're over. 描述,可知他有空时花费大量时间看卡通电视,故选D.
277
Tom _____,so he turned on the television after getting up this morning .
A.
thought he had some time left
B.
didn't know when the cartoon would begin
C.
wanted to know the important news
D.
hoped to watch TV play
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文第二段描述,可知汤姆不知道这个节目什么时候开始.故选B.
278
Tom was afraid _____, so he ran home.
A.
to miss the interesting cartoon
B.
to miss the last bus
C.
he would be hungry
D.
he had little time to finish his homework
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
联系上下文,可知他害怕错过这个有趣的节目,故选A.
279
Tom thought _____.
A.
supper should be ready
B.
his mother's watch was slow
C.
the cartoon would be as soon as he finished supper
D.
his mother cooked super too late
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段描述,可知选C,他认为只要吃完晚饭,这个节目就会开始.
It is reported by Chinese Xinhua News that students waste more food than the national average. So the campaign on school food waste is getting popular across the country. The move is part of a national campaign started by students at different schools.
At East China University of Science, students who finish their food in the school dining hall get a special card when they return their plates after meals. Students can collect cards and exchange them for small gifts, such as books, schoolbags, magazines and umbrellas. "It's been such a surprise," said Liang Zhaoyun, 19, a student in Shanghai. "It has given us one more motivation to eat up our food."
"The purpose of the campaign is not only to encourage students to finish their food. We hope it can also teach students to choose a more environment-friendly and healthy lifestyle," said Tao Siliang from University of Traditional Chinese Medicine.
Other schools also pay attention to the quantity of food. At Nanjing No.9 Middle School, rice is divided into three different-sized bowls that students can choose from according to their own need. "It's great because I can try different dishes at half price and don't waste so much food," said Fan Peng, 15, a student from this middle school.
What if you really can't finish all your food? At Changchun Normal College, they provide a take-away service. "If you can't finish all your food, you can get a box to take the left food home. Even if you feed the cat, it's not wasted," said Zhou Zeyong, a student who learns Chinese education.
"I'm happy that we've cut down waste since joining the school 'eat-up' meeting. But some food is poorly cooked, meaning that students are not willing to finish it all. Some schools have taken note of this. So if we hope students try to waste less food, we should also improve the service and keep an eye on the meal quality on weekdays at school. If not, you can't complain students for throwing away much food," said Wang Guangji, the head-teacher of Beijing No. 29 Middle School.
280
Why did we start the campaign on food waste at schools? Because __________.
A.
food waste at school is very serious.
B.
students should not eat more food
C.
it is students' duty to eat less food
D.
it's easy for schools to start a campaign
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据第一段It is reported by Chinese Xinhua News that students waste more food than the national average.描述,可知选A.
281
Who can get some gifts at East China University of Science?
A.
Students who buy some special cards.
B.
Students who eat up all the food.
C.
Students who do some dishes.
D.
Students who spend money on gifts.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文第二段At East China University of Science, students who finish their food in the school dining hall get a special card when they return their plates after meals. Students can collect cards and exchange them for small gifts, such as books, schoolbags, magazines and umbrellas.描述，可知选B。
282
What's Tao Siliang's idea in the passage?
A.
Getting small gifts is surprising.
B.
Different-sized bowls make students happy.
C.
Students should take a healthy lifestyle.
D.
It's a good idea to feed a cat with left food.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第三段We hope it can also teach students to choose a more environment-friendly and healthy lifestyle," said Tao Siliang from University of Traditional Chinese Medicine.描述，可知选C。
283
Which of the followings is true according to the passage?
A.
The campaign is only to encourage students to eat up food.
B.
We try to think up many good ways to help clear plates.
C.
We will make notes if students waste much food again.
D.
We shouldn't complain students for throwing away food
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据短文描述，可知为了让人们吃完盘子中的食物，我们想尽了各种办法，故选B。
Reading is the key to school success and, like any skill, it takes practice. A child learns to walk by practicing until he no longer has to think about how to put one foot in front of the other. An excellent sportsman practices until he can play quickly, correctly and without thinking. Educators call it "automaticity (自动性)".
A child learns to read by sounding out the letters and finding the meaning of the words. With practice, he stumbles less and less, reading by the phrase (短语). With automaticity, he doesn't have to think about the meaning of words, so he can give all his attention to the meaning of the text.
It can begin as early as first grade. In a recent study of children in Illinois schools, Alan Rossman of Northwestern University found that automatic readers in the first grade not only read almost three times as fast as the others, but also got better results in exams.
According to Rossman, the key to automaticity is the amount (数量) of time a child spends reading, not his IQ. Any child who spends at least 3.5 to 4 hours a week reading books, magazines or newspapers will probably reach automaticity. It can happen if a child turns off TV just one night for reading at home.
You can test yourself by reading something new which is suitable (适合) for your level. If you read aloud with expression, with a sense of the meaning of the sentences, you probably are an automatic reader. If you read brokenly, one word at a time, without expression or meaning, you need more practice.
284
Children with "automaticity" can read faster because they don't have to think about ________.
A.
how to read the words
B.
the meaning of the words
C.
reading by themselves
D.
the meaning of the text
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段With automaticity, he doesn't have to think about the meaning of words, so he can give all his attention to the meaning of the text。描述，可知选B。
285
Rossman tells that any child who ________ will possibly be an automatic reader.
A.
turns off TV one night 4 weeks
B.
reads books by the word quickly
C.
spends an hour reading every day
D.
gets the same grades as others in exams
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第四段Any child who spends at least 3.5 to 4 hours a week reading books, magazines or newspapers will probably reach automaticity.描述，可知选C。
286
The underlined word "stumble" in the passage means "________" in Chinese.
A.
结结巴巴地读
B.
全神贯注地读
C.
心不在焉地读
D.
声情并茂地读
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
联系下文reading by the phrase (短语).可知此处指的是随着练习，孩子们结巴得越来越少，故选A。
287
The best title for the passage is "________".
A.
IQ Is the Key to the Automaticity
B.
TV Is Bad for Children's Reading
C.
Automaticity Depends on Practice
D.
Automatic Reads Will Be Successful
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
这篇短文主要讲述了阅读中的自动性可以通过练习来提高，故选C。自动性依赖于练习。
The high school diploma (文凭) is losing its value quickly, as a growing number of students graduate (毕业) from school without the math and reading skills that colleges and companies require, according to a new report.
The high school graduation exams that most states (州) require students to pass before they graduate remain far too easy. Most of the exams generally test eighth-or ninth-grade level work.
Today, even high school graduates who are going to have blue-collar (蓝领) jobs need to study the math, research and writing courses. But in high school, only students who are going to college are now required to take these courses.
"If you want a good job with a good pay, it's a high-skill job," said Michael Cohen, a leading member of the America Diploma Project.
The project suggests that all graduates master a wide range (范围) of skills. "A high school diploma should mean something to a company and university," said Ohio Gov. Bob Taft, who is Achieve's co-chairman.
In Taft's state, about 30% students who go directly to college from high school have to take remedial classes of English or math, he said. It's easy to see that the present high-school graduating standards are not preparing students for college education.
And with high-skilled jobs increasingly headed overseas to places like India and Ireland, states need to act, he said.
To prove why math and reading skills matter, the report includes real-life examples of problems students meet in college and that workers must solve each day on the job. ?
Some states are taking actions to upgrade the high school diploma. In Texas, all high school students, starting with the 2008 graduating class, will have to take the college-prep curriculum (大学预备课程) - unless a parent agrees to an easier course load. Other states are planning similar moves.
The report includes examples of reading and math skills that high-school students should have. Project leaders say they hope parents will use those examples to judge (评定) the coursework at their kids' high schools.
288
Why is the high school diploma losing its value quickly?
A.
Because the number of high school students is growing fast.
B.
Because high school students fail to reach the standards.
C.
Because the graduation tests are easier than it should be.
D.
Because difficult courses are not required in high schools.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章The high school graduation exams that most states (州) require students to pass before they graduate remain far too easy.可知，因为毕业考试比它应该的要容易的多。所以，高中文凭贬值很快。故选C
289
Remedial classes in Paragraph 6 mean classes____.
A.
for good learners to study quickly and better
B.
for slower learners weak in the subject
C.
for learners to be taught one by one
D.
for learners to reach a higher standard
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章In Taft's state, about 30% students who go directly to college from high school have to take remedial classes of English or math,可知，remedial classes的意思是为那些学习薄弱的学生开设的课程。故选B
290
What can we learn from the passage?
A.
Colleges require higher math and reading skills than companies.
B.
It is easier for companies to find high-skilled workers in India.
C.
Math and reading skills help little for workers to solve daily problems.
D.
Parents ask high schools to offer college-prep curriculum in Texas.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据文章And with high-skilled jobs increasingly headed overseas to places like India and Ireland, states need to act可知，在印度，公司很容易找到一个高技能工人。故选B
291
What can be the best title for the passage?
A.
High School Diploma Means Little
B.
Give Students More High-skill Jobs
C.
Math and Reading Skills Really Matter
D.
Judge Coursework at High Schools
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨题。这篇文章主要讲的是如今高中文凭几乎没有什么价值。故选A
Now，an Internet game became more and more popular. People can "farm" on a piece of "land" and "grow"，"sell"(卖)"vegetables", "flowers" and "fruits" on the Internet. They can make some e-money and buy "houses".
What do people think of this game? Here are, some ideas.
Harold：I think they don't like the real world and it is hard for them to face the real world.
Allan：Having fun together is the most exciting thing about it.
Laura：People are looking forward to the life in the village. It can help them understand the real world.
Ivy：It's just waste(浪费) of time. People will not focus on(专注于)their work or study if they spend too much time on it.
292
What can people buy on the Internet farm?
A.
Vegetables.
B.
E-money.
C.
Farm.
D.
Houses.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"They can make some e-money and buy "houses"."理解可知。他们可以用虚拟币来买房子，故选D。
293
Who thinks "farm" games is very exciting?
A.
Harold.
B.
Allan.
C.
Laura.
D.
Ivy.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Allan：Having fun together is the most exciting thing about it."理解可知。Allan认为非常的有趣故选B。
294
What's Ivy's idea about "farm" game?
A.
Popular.
B.
Hard.
C.
Waste time.
D.
Have fun.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Ivy：It's just waste(浪费) of time. People will not focus on(专注于)their work or study if they spend too much time on it."理解可知。Ivy认为这是在浪费时间，故选C。
295
What is the passage about?
A.
"Farm" game.
B.
Real world.
C.
The life in the village.
D.
Work and study.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
理解归纳题，纵观文中语句理解可知本文主要介绍网络游戏，种菜，故选A。
Scientists who study the climate are still arguing about how fast the earth is warming and how much it will warm, but they do agree that the earth is warming and that it will keep warming if we don't do anything about it.
Scientists agree that the burning of fossil fuels (化石燃料) like oil and coal cause greenhouse gases to escape into the air and that these gases are causing most of the warming. Another cause is deforestation (cutting down trees) . Trees soak up carbon dioxide, one of the greenhouse gases, from the air.
There are already some changes happening because of global warming. Sea level is rising and some animals are already moving to new homes. It's already too late to stop global warming completely.
If the warming gets worse, as scientists expect, there may be some kinds of plants and animals that is disappearing because they can't move to new homes. There may be more storms and floods. Sea level may rise so much that people have to move away from the coasts. Some areas may become too dry for farming.
Global warming is a very difficult problem to fix. People are having a hard time agreeing on what to do about it. For example, everyone agrees that wasting energy is a bad thing to do. But some people think that the federal government (联邦政府) should make laws about it, while other people think it should be up to each person or business to decide what to do.
Many states and businesses in the United States are not waiting until the federal government decides what to do. They have already started working on the problem.
296
What are the scientists arguing about in the passage?
A.
How fast is the earth warming?
B.
How much will the earth warm?
C.
The earth will keep warming if we don't do anything about it.
D.
Both A and B.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据第一段Scientists who study the climate are still arguing about how fast the earth is warming and how much it will warm,描述，可知选D。
297
What does the underlined phrase "soak up" mean?
A.
take in
B.
grow up
C.
take off
D.
set up
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
联系上下文，可知此处指的是，树木吸收二氧化碳。故选A，吸收。
298
What may be the causes of global warming?
A.
The disappearance of plants and animals and the wasting energy.
B.
The burning of fossil fuels and storms and floods.
C.
The burning of fossil fuels and deforestation.
D.
The rising of sea level and deforestation.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第二段Scientists agree that the burning of fossil fuels (化石燃料) like oil and coal cause greenhouse gases to escape into the air and that these gases are causing most of the warming. Another cause is deforestation (cutting down trees) .描述，可知选C。
299
What is the best title of this passage?
A.
The reason for global warming
B.
How to stop global warming
C.
The changes to the world
D.
The global warming
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
这篇短文主要讨论了全球变暖的问题。故选D，全球变暖。
It's interesting that the arrival of snow has a different effect on people in different countries. For some countries it is an important happening to celebrate each year, while for others it is a catastrophe (灾难) or even a wonder.
There are countries between these two extremes (极端) that normally expect snow some time over the winter months, but never receive snow regularly or in the same quantities(数量) every year. Britain is one such country, for which the arrival of snow quite simply creates problems. Within hours of the first snowfall, however light, roads are blocked, trains and buses stop in the middle of traffic. Normal communications are affected as well, telephone calls become difficult and the post immediately takes more time than usual. Almost within hours, there are also shortages(不足) -- bread, vegetables and other things -- not because all these things can no longer be produced or sent to shops, but mainly because people are frightened, and go out to store up these commodities (日用品), "just for fear that something bad should happen."
Why then does snow have this effect? After all, the Swiss, Austrians and Canadians don't have such problems. It is simply because there is not enough planning and preparation. We need money to buy equipment to deal with snow and ice. To keep the roads clear, for example, requires snow ploughs and machines to spread salt. The reason why a country like Britain does not buy some ploughs is that they are only used for a few days in any one year, and the money could be more useful in other things such as hospitals, education or helping the old.
300
According to the writer, Britain is a country____.
A.
which has regular snow
B.
which is not well prepared for snow
C.
for which snow is not a problem
D.
for which snow is a wonder
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据. It is simply because there is not enough planning and preparation.可知，应该是一个对雪是没有准备的国家。所以本题选B。
301
The arrival of snow in Britain affects all of the following except____
A.
traffic
B.
communication
C.
food supplies
D.
service quality
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
通过阅读第二段可知，当大雪来的时候，会影响到交通、通讯和食物的供应。所以本题选D。
302
After a few hours' snowing there are often shortages of food because______
A.
shops have closed down
B.
people buy as much as they can
C.
farmers can't produce any more
D.
people eat more vegetables in winter
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据not because all these things can no longer be produced or sent to shops, but mainly because people are frightened, and go out to store up these commodities (日用品),可知，本题选B。
303
The first reason that the British don't buy snow ploughs is that______
A.
spreading salt is good enough
B.
old people need more money
C.
snow ploughs are not used often
D.
the hospital is more important
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据 The reason why a country like Britain does not buy some ploughs is that they are only used for a few days in any one year可知，之所以英国人不买雪犁，是因为不常用。所以本题选C。
China Youth says that more and more girl students have entered colleges to study in recent few years. As we know, once the number of boys was larger than that of girls, and the boys did much better than girls in our country for a long time. Now things have changed a lot.
In recent years, the proportion of girl students is growing fast. In 1998, about 39.7% of college students were girls. In 2000, it was 41.07% and in 2001, the number was 42.14%.
There are several reasons for this.
Firstly, there is little difference between boys and girls in their intelligence(智力). That's to say, girls are as clever as boys. And boys have more interests than girls, so they may not do well in their study.
Secondly, girls are more careful and more sensible than boys. They work harder at school and they do better in all exams.
Another reason is that with the development of society, people pay more and more attention to girls' education.
304
China Youth says that more and more ______
A.
boys are cleverer than girls
B.
boys can't go to school
C.
girls have entered colleges
D.
girls begin to study at school
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据短文第一句话China Youth says that more and more girl students……及下文描述，可知中国青年报说的是越来越多的女孩开始上大学了，故选C。
305
42.14% refers to the number of _________
A.
girls at schools at schools in 1998
B.
girls in colleges in 2001
C.
boys at schools in 2001
D.
boys in colleges in 1998
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。根据the proportion of girl students ……and in 2001, the number was 42.14%.可知这个百分数说的是２００１年女生在校的数字，故选B。
306
The writer gave us _________ reasons to explain the question.
A.
two
B.
three
C.
four
D.
five
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节题。通过Firstly, ……Secondly,……Another ……三个连接词，可知作者列出了三个原因，故选B。
307
The underlined word "proportion" means _________ in Chinese.
A.
身高
B.
比例
C.
特征
D.
速度
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
考查分析能力。根据下文几个百分数，可知这个词的含义是比例，选B。
308
Which of the following sentences is TRUE?
A.
Boys may not do as well in their study as girls because they don't like studying.
B.
Boys are much cleverer than girls because they're interested in many things.
C.
Girls' intelligence is the same as boys'.
D.
Girls study harder, but they couldn't get higher marks than boys.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节题。根据there is little difference between boys and girls in their intelligence(智力).男生和女生在智力方面几乎没有什么区别。选C。
Everybody can suffer from stress.No matter what your age is, you can feel stressed out by things that are happening in your life.Teenagers, however, have many more opportunities to get stressed than people in any other age group.Being a teenager is hard.You are not a child any more, but you are not an adult, even though you have to deal with some very grown-up problems and decisions.Families can be one of the biggest causes of stress, such as problems with parents arguing at home.or problems with brothers and sisters.Teenagers also have a lot of stress from school, either from their teachers or from their friends.Some teenagers also feel stressed about choosing their education after high school.Getting a place at university can be very difficult and some cannot afford to go to university.The stress about getting a job when finishing school is hard for some teenagers.There are so many young people finishing school and not enough jobs for them.Sadly, there is nothing we can do to remove these causes of stress from the 1ives of teenagers, but you can learn the best way to deal with it.Talking to people is one of the best ways to deal with stress.It may sound simple, but it is true.A problem shared is a problem halved.
309
Why is being a teenager often difficult?
A.
Because even though you are not an adult, you must deal with adult problems.
B.
Because even though you are an adult, you must deal with children's problems.
C.
Because even though you are a teenager, you must do a lot of homework.
D.
Because adults often make them feel stressed.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第三四行Being a teenager is hard.You are not a child any more, but you are not an adult, even though you have to deal with some very grown-up problems and decisions.描述，可知即使你成为一个大人了，你还要处理一些孩子们的问题，故选B。
310
Families can add to the stress a teenager might experience ______.
A.
by asking them to go to university
B.
by helping them with their homework
C.
as teenagers quarrel with their parents, and their brothers or sisters
D.
as families never support their children enough
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文四五行Families can be one of the biggest causes of stress, such as problems with parents arguing at home.or problems with brothers and sisters.描述，可知年轻人由于会和家人吵架，这增加了他们的压力。故选C。
311
Why can finding a job after finishing school be difficult?
A.
Because there is a lot of competition for jobs.
B.
Because there are no jobs.
C.
Because a job is more difficult than school work.
D.
Because there is a lot of competition for places at university.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据短文倒数第四行There are so many young people finishing school and not enough jobs for them.描述，可知年轻人在找工作中面临很多的竞争，故选A。
312
We can deal with the stress in our life ______.
A.
by not trying to find a job
B.
by forgetting about our problems
C.
by getting a place at university
D.
by sharing our problems with our friends
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文最后一句A problem shared is a problem halved.描述，可知我们可以通过和朋友分享问题来缓解我们的压力，故选D。
Many of us feel uneasy when someone stands too close to us, talks to us too loudly or makes eye contact(接触) with us for too long. But have you ever wondered why those things make you uncomfortable?
It's all about personal peace, which means not only an imaginary space around the body, but also the space around all the senses. People feel that their space is being violated(侵犯) when they meet with an unwelcome sound, smell or look. This is probably why a man on a crowded bus shouting into his mobile phone or a woman next to you putting on strong perfume(香水) makes you feel angry.
Whether people have had a stronger wish to protect their personal space in recent times is hard to say. Yet studies of airlines show that people have a strong desire(渴望) to have space to themselves. In a survey by TripAdvisor, a travel website, people said that if they had to pay more for some extra service, they would rather have larger seats than extra food.
Although people may need their personal space, some hardly realize it. For example, people on a bus who hold newspapers in front of their faces to read in fact keep a distance from strangers.
Go and watch a library table. You will notice that one of the corner seats will usually be taken first, because they are the farthest way. What if someone sits opposite to you? Maybe you will pile up books as if to make a wall.
Preference(偏好) for personal space are different from culture to culture. Scientists have found that Americans generally prefer more personal space than people from other cultures. In Latin(拉丁人的) cultures, however, people are more comfortable standing close to each other.
313
The writer mainly _________ in this article.
A.
tells us how to achieve personal space
B.
explains why people need personal space
C.
introduces some knowledge about personal space
D.
argues for the importance of keeping personal space
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第二段It's all about personal peace,及上下文描述,可知本文主要谈论的是个人空间的问题.故选C.介绍一些关于个人空间的知识.
314
Who might feel his personal space is safe according to the passage?
A.
A person who has to sit next to a lady putting on strong perfume.
B.
A person who has been watched by a stranger for a long time.
C.
A person who hears strange noises when reading at home.
D.
A Latin boy who is chatting with a friend sitting close to him.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段In Latin(拉丁人的) cultures, however, people are more comfortable standing close to each other.及上文描述,可知当彼此站得较近时,拉丁人感觉更舒服一些.故选D.
315
What can we know from the survey by TripAdvisor?
A.
People need a smaller personal space in recent times than before.
B.
People have a strong desire for personal space in recent times.
C.
There are not enough seats on the plane to meet people's needs.
D.
Food service is better provided than seats on the plane.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第三段In a survey by TripAdvisor, a travel website, people said that if they had to pay more for some extra service, they would rather have larger seats than extra food.描述,可知相对于额外的食物来说,人们更倾向于大的空间距离.故选B.
316
Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A.
The space around the body is more needed than that around all the senses.
B.
If you hold newspapers on the bus, your personal space won't be violated.
C.
People usually choose the corner seats first in a library for personal space.
D.
Different cultures share the same preferences for personal space.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段Go and watch a library table. You will notice that one of the corner seats will usually be taken first, because they are the farthest way. 描述,可知选C.
The common Chinese greeting of "Ni chi le ma?" may soon be replaced(代替) by a new greeting: "Have you cleaned your plate?"
The Clean Your Plate Campaign began on the Internet in January, 2013. It calls on people to reduce food waste. China in recent years has experienced serious problems with wasted food. CCTV reported in January that the food Chinese people waste every year is enough to feed 200 million people for a year.
Chinese people are well-known for their friendly behavior towards guests. Many even feel that they lose face if their guests have eaten all the food.
It's important for everyone to reduce food waste. However, wasting food is still a serious problem in China. We still have a long way to go.
President Xi Jinping is encouraging people to be less wasteful, and he told Party members to cut back on wasteful holiday banquets(宴会). He said they should be more careful when spending the people's money.
Wasting food certainly goes against what Xi Jinping calls, "the Chinese tradition of being hardworking and thrifty(节俭)." Having a "clean plate" is just a traditional and important thing to do.
Have you cleaned your plate?
317
The Clean Your Plate Campaign calls on people to ______.
A.
reduce food waste
B.
be more friendly to guests
C.
deal with serious problems
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
由"It calls on people to reduce food waste."可知。
318
Which of the following is True according to the passage?
A.
The Clean Your Plate Campaign began online in January, 2013.
B.
Chinese people waste food for 200 people in a year.
C.
Chinese guests like to eat up all the food on the table.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
通读全文可知。
319
We can learn from the passage that____
A.
plates must be kept clean
B.
Party members like to waste the people's money
C.
it's difficult to deal with food wasting problem
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
通读全文可知A、B两项错误。
320
The underlined phrase "cut back on" in the 5th paragraph(段落) probably means "______
A.
增加
B.
保持
C.
减少
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
在节日宴会上应该减少复合句意。
321
The passage is written to ______.
A.
introduce a new way of greeting
B.
encourage people to be less wasteful
C.
call on people to work hard for our country
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
通读全文可知是号召人们减少浪费。
The right name is important in the business world. All you have to do is think of the names for some of the products you buy every day and you'll agree that the name and the product are connected in the everyone's mind.
In many countries, successful trade or brand names are protected by law. This is so that other companies cannot make a product and, in fact, be buying something different. Businesses register a company or a product name with the government. In fact, more than 1,000 product and company names are registered every hour. Many companies spend a lot of money to find the right name for their products. A good example of this is. In the car industry. Some successful names for cars have powerful associations （联系）.The Ford Mustang and the Jaguar are only two examples of choosing the names of animals that are fast and strong.
When a U. S company decides to sell its product in another country, it has to make sure that the product name translates properly. When Coca-Cola introduced its soft drink to China, it looked for the right name. It wanted a name that would do two things. One was to present its image（形象）in Chinese and the second was to be close to its first brand name—Coke. It took some efforts before finding the right word —which sounds similar and translates as "happiness in the mouth". Asian company names are not new to the United States. The brand names of Samsung and Sony have been successful. Finding the right brand name is a big business. Asian companies that sell to foreign markets pay to find a name that will connect with its customers. There are even naming companies that specialize in inventing product names. These companies can charge （要价）up to $100,000 a word for their creations. But it's worth it. Successful companies know how important the right brand names are for their development.
322
Why are trade names protected by law in many countries?
A.
To make companies pay for naming service.
B.
To help people choose the best products
C.
To present good images of the products.
D.
To prevent good images from being copied
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"In many countries, successful trade or brand names are protected by law. This is so that other companies cannot make a product and, in fact, be buying something different."理解可知。保护商品名称的主要目的就是阻止别人进行侵权，故选D。
323
What can we learn from the passage?
A.
Many companies care about the cost of finding the right names
B.
Creative trade names can help companies to have a larger sale
C.
The government often does business with naming companies
D.
It is considered necessary for cars to be names after animals
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Successful companies know how important the right brand names are for their development."理解可知。一个好的名字可能给公司带来很多的效益，故选B。
324
What's the best title for the passage?
A.
The Business of Names
B.
The Development of Names
C.
The Rules of Naming Business
D.
The Methods of Choosing Names
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
理解归纳题，通读全文语句理解可知，本文主要介绍了商业中的公司和产品的命名，故选A。
At present, more and more people are crazy about travelling. Why do people travel? "To see more of the world," many people would say. But travelling abroad now means much more than that for the growing number of Chinese tourists. Of course it offers us good opportunities to meet people from other countries, learn about their culture and customs.
According to the United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO), more than 1 billion people travelled to another country in 2012. In 2012, Chinese people travelled abroad 30 percent more than in 2011. The prosperity (繁荣) of the tourism industry can also bring both our country and foreign countries great economic benefits (经济利益). Chinese people usually join large tourist groups and visit several countries in one trip.
Chinese people don't just travel for sightseeing. The China International Travel Service Company said that all their tour trips sold out a month before Christmas Day. Stores offered discounts (打折) during that time, so shopping in Europe and the United States is popular among Chinese travellers.
In December, China is going through a very cold winter. So many people like to go to some countries in Southeast Asia because the weather there is quite pleasant.
The improvement of living standards means more Chinese can travel abroad. But many of them don't have a sense of public manners. A report by Living Social website in March 2012 even listed Chinese as the world's second worst tourists.
If you want to change that bad name, remember to avoid the following: littering, spitting, snatching bus seats, line-jumping, taking off shoes in public, talking loudly and smoking in non-smoking areas. Besides, we should learn some necessary manners of foreign countries.
325
Chinese people travel abroad not to _________.
A.
go shopping
B.
see more of the world
C.
go sightseeing
D.
make money
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
通过阅读短文可知,中国人去国外旅游的目的包括购物,更多的了解世界以及观光等目的.但是没有人是去为了挣钱,故选D.
326
According to the United Nations World Tourism Organization, ________.
A.
30% of the people who travelled abroad are Chinese
B.
the number of people who travelled abroad rose by 30%
C.
more than 1 billion people travelled abroad in 2012
D.
more than 1 billion Chinese people travelled abroad in 2012
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据第二段According to the United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO), more than 1 billion people travelled to another country in 2012.描述,可知按照世界旅游组织的调查,在2012年有超过一亿人去国外旅行.故选C.
327
Which of the following is NOT true about Chinese people? _________
A.
Chinese people like joining large tourist groups.
B.
Many Chinese like to go to Southeast Asia in winter for sightseeing.
C.
More and more Chinese people can travel abroad now.
D.
Chinese are the second worst tourists in the world.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第四段So many people like to go to some countries in Southeast Asia because the weather there is quite pleasant.描述,可知中国人在冬季喜欢去东南亚旅行是因为那儿的气候宜人,故选项B,描述错误.
328
As a good tourist, you should ________.
A.
litter and spit here and there
B.
jump the line and take off the shoes in public
C.
have a sense of public manners
D.
speak loudly and smoke as you like
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段描述,可知作为一个好的旅客,我们应该具有公众礼仪的意识.故选C.
329
What's the best title of the passage? __________
A.
Travelling
B.
Travelling abroad
C.
Chinese tourists
D.
Chinese people like travelling
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
这篇短文主要论述了去国外旅行的话题,故选B,国外旅行.
People can find jobs in many ways. Sometimes you can find a job easily, by walking into a local store and looking at its notice board(布告栏). Local stores often have areas for people to put small signs telling the services that they need or they can provide. Such services include looking after children or cleaning houses.
Another popular tool for finding a job is the Internet. For example, people around the world can
use the Craigslist Web site to buy things, meet people or find a job. It is said that the site can receive two million new jobs each month.
Another useful way to find a job is through a university. For example, students at the University
of Texas can go to the job center to get help. Many college students like this way better.
At times, some experts(专业人士)can also help people find a job. Susan Miller has her own company called California Job Services in Los Angeles. She says her company helps people find a job by first helping them understand their strengths, goals and interests. Then she provides them with methods to help them find the right job. So with her help, many people have succeeded in finding a good job.
330
On the Craigslist Web site, you can't________ .
A.
find a job
B.
meet people
C.
sell your old things
D.
do some shopping online
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第二段For example, people around the world can use the Craigslist Web site to buy things, meet people or find a job.描述,可知在这个网站上不能买东西.故选C.
331
According to the passage, college students prefer to find jobs by _________
A.
visiting the Internet
B.
asking experts for help
C.
looking at the notice board
D.
going to a job center in the university
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文第三段For example, students at the University of Texas can go to the job center to get help. Many college students like this way better.描述,可知学生们更喜欢去劳务中心去找工作.故选D.
332
The underlined word "strengths" in the last paragraph means_________ .
A.
长处
B.
强度
C.
力量
D.
人数
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
联系上下文描述,可知此处指的是首先帮助他们了解自己的长处,目标和兴趣.故选A.
333
Which of the following statements is TRUE.？
A.
Local stores have few areas for people to put signs
B.
You can only get one service on the notice board
C.
The Craigslist Web site can get two million new jobs each week
D.
Susan Miller has helped many people find a good job successfully
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段So with her help, many people have succeeded in finding a good job 描述,可知她帮助很多人找到了工作.故选D.
334
The main idea of this passage is about________ .
A.
how to find experts
B.
ways of finding a job
C.
how to study and work
D.
ways of setting up a job center
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
这篇短文主要谈论了人们找工作的几种方法,故选B,找工作的方法.
We may know that there are four basic periods for human beings to pass through when you enter and live in another country. This process(变化过程) helps you deal with culture shock(文化冲击).
Culture shock begins with the "honeymoon period". This is the time when you first arrive in a place where everything about the new cu1ture is strange and exciting. You see new things, hear new sounds and language, eat new kinds of food. This period can last for quite a long time because you feel very happy.
Unluckily, the second period can be more difficu1t. After you have got used to your new life, you can become very tired and begin to miss your motherland, your family, your friends, your pets and so on. Al1 the little prob1ems in life seem to be much bigger and more worrying when you face them in a foreign country. This period can be very difficult and lead to moving backwards quickly.
The third period is called the "adjustment(调整) period". This is When you begin to realize that things are not so bad in the new country. Your sense of humor usually becomes stronger and you realize you are becoming stronger by 1earning to take care of yourself in the new place. Things are still difficult, but you are now a survivor(善于求生者).
The fourth period can be cal1ed "at ease at last". Now you feel quite comfortable in your new place. You can deal with most problems that you have. You may still have prob1ems with language,but you know you are strong enough to deal with them. At this time, you may feel a little uncomfortable if you go back to your motherland.
335
According to the passage, culture shock usually happens when you
A.
get married to a foreigner
B.
live in a big city
C.
go to live in a foreign country
D.
meet foreigners in your motherland
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文第一段描述,可知文化冲击通常发生在你去国外生活的时候,故选C.
336
During the first period of the process, you feel
A.
sad and lonely
B.
happy and excited
C.
angry but strong
D.
easy but uncomfortable
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
根据第二段This is the time when you first arrive in a place where everything about the new cu1ture is strange and exciting.描述,可知在文化冲击的第一个阶段,你感到陌生和兴奋.故选B.
337
You will find that you are a survivor in
A.
the lst period
B.
the 2nd period
C.
the 3rd period
D.
the 4th period
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
根据短文倒数第二段Things are still difficult, but you are now a survivor(善于求生者)描述,可知在第三个阶段你会发现自己是一个生还者.故选C.
338
The fourth period can be regarded as a period of being
A.
relaxing
B.
worrying
C.
tiring
D.
adjustable
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
根据最后一段The fourth period can be cal1ed "at ease at last". Now you feel quite comfortable in your new place. 描述,可知第四个阶段可以被当做一个很放松的阶段,故选A.
339
We can conclude(lgth$it) from the passage that
A.
Living in another country is fun
B.
it's boring to live in another country
C.
knowing about culture shock is hard
D.
it's not easy to dea1 with culture shock
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据短文对文化冲击四个阶段的描述,可知应对文化冲击不是件很容易的事情.故选D.
Last Monday we did a survey about how often the students do the housework in Shiyan High School. Here are the results.
Most students do the housework twice or three times a week. They often clean their rooms. Some students do the housework five times a week. They often clean the floor. Some students help their parents on the farm. They think their parents are too busy, so they help them.
The results for "wash clothes" are interesting. Some students wash clothes once or twice a week. They often wash clothes on Saturdays or Sundays. Some students wash clothes three or four times a week. They only wash their own clothes. But most students wash their clothes once a week. And they wash clothes on Sundays.
Liu Ying, a girl in Class 4, Grade 8, has lots of housework to do. She washes the dishes and cleans the floor every day. She often cooks, sometimes three times a day. She says, "My mother isn't healthy. My father works in another city. So I have to do most of the housework at home."
340
From the results we know _______ students do the housework five times a week.
A.
all
B.
most
C.
some
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。文中第二段Some students do the housework five times a week一些同学一周五次做家务，故选C。
341
Some students help their parents on the farm because _______.
A.
they think they are old enough
B.
they think their parents are too busy
C.
they don't have too much homework
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。文中第二段Some students help their parents on the farm. They think their parents are too busy, so they help them.一些学生帮助父母干农活，他们认为父母太忙了，所以他们帮忙，故选B。
342
How often do most students wash their clothes?
A.
Once a week.
B.
Twice a week.
C.
Three times a week.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。文中第三段But most students wash their clothes once a week.但大部分学生一周洗一次衣服，故选A。
343
From the passage we know that _______.
A.
Liu Ying is an unhealthy student
B.
Liu Ying is good at homework
C.
Liu Ying has to do much housework
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
判断推理题。从文中最后一段Liu Ying, a girl in Class 4, Grade 8, has lots of housework to do. So I have to do most of the housework at home.可得知她要做很多的家务事，故选C。
344
Which of the following is NOT true?
A.
They did the survery last Monday.
B.
Most students don't do the housework.
C.
Liu Ying is a student from Class 4, Grade 8.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
判断推理题。从文中的内容可知，Most students do the housework twice or three times a week.大部分学生在家做家务，故B选项是错误的。
Be careful! Some people may use the truth to deceive. When someone tells you something that is true, but misses important information that should be included, he can create a false impression(印象).
For example, someone might say, "I just won 100 dollars on the lottery(彩票). It was great. I took that ticket back to the store and they gave me 100 dollars!"
This man is a winner, right? Maybe, maybe not. We then discover that he paid 200 dollars for 200 tickets, and only one ticket won. He's really a big loser.
He didn't say anything that was false, but he didn't give the other important information. That's called a half-truth. Half-truths are not lies, but in fact they are dishonest.
Advertisements sometimes use half-truths. It's against the law to lie in advertisements, so they try to deceive with the truth. An advertisement might say, "Nine-tenths of doctors believe that Fancy Pills will be good to cancer. " It doesn't tell you that they only asked ten doctors and nine of them work for the Fancy Company.
This kind of thing happens too often. It's a sad fact of life: Lies are lies, and sometimes the truth can lie as well.
345
What does the underlined word "deceive" mean in Chinese?
A.
坦白
B.
引人注意
C.
获胜
D.
欺骗
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据第五段后两句描述，可知此处指的是，因此他们常识用事实来进行欺骗。故选D。
346
When people tell part of the truth, __________.
A.
they are really lying
B.
they are lottery losers
C.
they may want you to buy something
D.
they may not be honest
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第四段That's called a half-truth. Half-truths are not lies, but in fact they are dishonest.描述，可知指讲出一般事实的人，是不诚实的人。故选D。
347
Which of the following is TRUE?
A.
The truth can be used by dishonest people.
B.
All lies are hidden in the truth.
C.
Nine-tenths of doctors work for Fancy Company.
D.
Advertisements are full of lies.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段Be careful! Some people may use the truth to deceive.及下文描述，可知一些人可能利用事实来进行欺骗。故选A。
348
What does the writer clearly want people to do?
A.
Think carefully when they read or hear something.
B.
Spend no money on lottery tickets.
C.
Never trust anyone no matter what they say.
D.
Always tell the truth.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段Be careful! Some people may use the truth to deceive. 描述，可知作者要求人们在面对一些事情时要认真思考。故选A。
349
Which is the best title for the passage?
A.
Tell the Truth
B.
Everybody Lies
C.
Lie With the Truth
D.
Lies Are Lies
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
标题归纳题。阅读本文可知，本文主要讲述的是事实也可以被人用来撒谎。故选C，用事实撒谎。
Beijing—No Car Day was first started by 34 cities in France on September 22, 1998. It was started to protect the environment. By now, more than 1,000 cities around the world have had a No Car Day.
The first No Car Day in China was in Chengdu in 2001. Other cities, including Beijing, Taipei, Shanghai and Wuhan also support the day.
In Beijing, more and more people are joining in the activity. It asks drivers to leave their cars for one day each week and walk, take a bus or subway or ride a bike to work. The slogan（口号）for the activity is,"If we drive for one less day, we can have one more nice day." Beijing is trying to have 238 blue sky days this year. In the first quarter of this year Beijing only have 52 blue sky days. This was 11 days less than the number for the same period last year. Car exhaust(汽车尾气) is one of the most important reasons of the pollution. We must do more for No Car Day.
So far, more than 200,000 drivers have shown their support. "We can't control the weather, but we can choose not to drive." said Wu Zonghua, a car club chairman.
350
There are_______ cities in China that support No Car Day according to the passage.
A.
three
B.
four
C.
five
D.
six
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
判断推理题。文中第二段The first No Car Day in China was in Chengdu in 2001. Other cities, including Beijing, Taipei, Shanghai and Wuhan also support the day.2001年中国第一个支持无车日的城市是成都，其他城市，包括北京，台北，上海和武汉也支持。所以一共有6个城市，故选D
351
The activity of No Car Day encourages Beijing drivers ___________.
A.
not to work on No Car Day
B.
to enjoy having a one-day holiday
C.
to leave their cars at home to repair
D.
to take a bus, or subway, ride a bike or walk instead of driving to work
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。文中第三段It asks drivers to leave their cars for one day each week and walk, take a bus or subway or ride a bike to work.它让司机们每周一天不开车，而是走路，座公交，地铁或者骑单车上班，故选D
352
According to the passage there were blue sky days in the first quarter of last year in Beijing..
A.
52
B.
63
C.
41
D.
238
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
判断推理题。文中第三段In the first quarter of this year Beijing only have 52 blue sky days. This was 11 days less than the number for the same period last year.在今年的第一季度北京仅有52个蓝天日，这比去年同一时期少了11天。由此可判断，去年第一季是63个蓝天日，故选B
353
The air pollution in Beijing is mainly caused（导致）by ___________ according to the passage.
A.
cars
B.
dust
C.
weather
D.
rubbish
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。文中第三段Car exhaust(汽车尾气) is one of the most important reasons of the pollution.汽车尾气是造成污染最主要的原因之一，故选A
354
We can know from the passage that ___________.
A.
more and more people in Beijing are joining car clubs
B.
drivers should leave their cars for one day each month
C.
more than 1,000 cities around the world have a No Car Day.
D.
more people in the world won't drive any more
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
判断推理题。文中第一段By now, more than 1,000 cities around the world have had a No Car Day.到目前为止，全球超过1000个城市有无车日,故C 正确，其他选项与文章相悖。
A large number of people in the world eat fast food. Whenever you go into a fast food restaurant, you can see lots of people enjoying their meals there. But do you know in which country people like fast food best?
The English people are the world's biggest fans of fast food, while the French(法国人) are the least interedted in quick meals, according to a survey done last year.
The servery of thirteen countries shows 45% of the English people say they can't give up fast food because it's delicious. And 44% of Americans and 37% of Canadians say the same.
The French, proud of their delicious and high class cuisine, don't like fast food. 81% of them think it is unhealthy, followed by 75% of the Japanese.
How about the Chinese? How often do you have hamburgers or fried chicken? It doesn't matter whether you like western fast food or Chinese food. The most important thing is to keep a balanced diet.
355
From the survey we know _________ like fast food best.
A.
the Chinese
B.
the French
C.
the Japanese
D.
the English
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
判断推理题。The English people are the world's biggest fans of fast food英国人是全世界快速食品最大的粉丝。从而判断英国人最喜欢快速食物，故选D。
356
The survey shows _________ of Americans like fast food.
A.
37%
B.
44%
C.
75%
D.
81%
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题. 文中第三段And 44% of Americans and 37% of Canadians say the same.44%的美国人和33%的加拿大人也这么认为（不能放弃快速食品），故选B。
357
According to the survety, some people can't give up fast food because ________.
A.
it's cheap
B.
it's safe
C.
it's delicious
D.
it's healthy
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题. 文中第三段...they can't give up fast food because it's delicious.他们不能放弃快速食品因为它很美味。故选C。
358
_________ people are the world's biggest fans of fast food.
A.
English
B.
Chinese
C.
American
D.
French
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题.文中第二段The English people are the world's biggest fans of fast food, 英国人是全世界快速食品最大的粉丝。故选A。
359
The survey is about _________.
A.
western countries
B.
fast food
C.
restaurants in the world
D.
Chinese food
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
判断推理题。从文中的内容可判断，这篇调查主要是针对快速食品的，故选B。
Most people have jobs. They go to work nearly every day. Some people are lucky, because they have very interesting jobs. Some people must take a long time to learn how to do their jobs. For example, to be a doctor, one should study for at least five years.
Some young people have very interesting and high-paying jobs. Many young athletes are very successful. Football and tennis players are usually under 35 years old, for older people can't play these sports very well. They can't move fast enough. Golf, however, is a good sport for older people. Many golf players are quite old, but they can still play golf very well.
Most people work until they are about 60 years old. Then they retire and have a lot of free time. Some people never retire. These people usually have interesting jobs. Writers, artists, scientists and actors usually work till they are very old.
360
One should study for at least _________ years to be a doctor.
A.
three
B.
four
C.
five
D.
six
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。 文中第一段For example, to be a doctor, one should study for at least five years.例如要成为医生，必须至少学习5年，故选C。
361
Which sport can old people play?
A.
Football.
B.
Tennis.
C.
Basketball.
D.
Golf.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。文中第二段Golf, however, is a good sport for older people. 然而，高尔夫适合年纪大的人。故选D。
362
What does the underlined word "retire" mean in Chinese?
A.
锻炼
B.
学习
C.
退休
D.
养老
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
词义猜测题。联系前后文Most people work until they are about 60 years old. Then they retire and have a lot of free time. 大多数人一直工作到60岁，当他们退休后就有很多自由时间。据此可猜测为"退休"，故选C。
363
Which of the following is NOT true?
A.
Some people have interesting jobs, but some don't.
B.
People usually stop working when they are about 60 years old.
C.
Football and tennis players can work as long as they like.
D.
According to the passage, writers, artists and doctors have interesting jobs.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
判断推理题。从文中第二段Football and tennis players are usually under 35 years old, for older people can't play these sports very well足球和网球运动员通常在35岁以下，因为年纪大的人不能很好的进行这些运动，从而判断C选项错误。
364
What is the passage mainly about?
A.
Good jobs.
B.
Interesting jobs.
C.
Different jobs.
D.
High-paying jobs.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
主旨大意题。结合内容，这篇文章主要讲述了不同的工作，故选C。
A large number of people in the world eat fast food. Whenever you go into a fast food restaurant, you can see lots of people enjoying their meals there. How do you know in which country people like fast food best?
The English people are the world's biggest fans of fast food, while the French(法国人) are the least interested in quick meals, according to a survey done last year.
The survey of thirteen countries shows 45% of the English people say they can't give up fast food because it's delicious. And 44% of Americans and 37% of Canadians say the same.
The French, proud of their delicious and high-class cuisine, don't like fast food. 81% of them think it is unhealthy, followed by 75% of the Japanese.
How about the Chinese? How often do you have hamburgers or fried chicken? It doesn't matter whether you like Western fast food or Chinese food. The most important thing is to keep a balanced diet.
365
From the survey we know _____ like fast food best.
A.
the Chinese
B.
the French
C.
the Japanese
D.
the English
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段The English people are the world's biggest fans of fast food,英国人是全球最大的快速食品粉丝，从而得知英国人最喜欢快速食品，故选D。
366
The survey shows _____ of Americans like fast food.
A.
37%
B.
44%
C.
75%
D.
81%
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段And 44% of Americans and 37% of Canadians say the same.44%的美国人和37%的加拿大人也这么认为（不能放弃快速食品），故选B。
367
According to the survey, some people can't give up fast food because _____.
A.
it's cheap
B.
it's safe
C.
it's delicious
D.
it's healthy
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段they can't give up fast food because it's delicious他们不能放弃快速食品因为它们很美味，故选C。
368
The word "cuisine " in the passage means _______.
A.
food
B.
house
C.
water
D.
country
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
词意猜测题。结合本句句意The French, proud of their delicious and high-class cuisine, don't like fast food.一些法国人，对他们美味而高级的食物而自豪，不喜欢快速食品，故判断该词与food意义相近，故选A。
369
The survey is about _______.
A.
Western countries
B.
fast food
C.
restaurants in the world
D.
Chinese food
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇文章主要讲述了各国对快速食品的喜欢程度，所以调查是关于快速食品的，故选B
Being shy keeps many Chinese people from getting to know westerners. You may feel nervous about making language mistakes in front of a native English speaker.
But remember, westerners living in Asia know how it feels to try to communicate in a foreign language. They have made many mistakes when speaking Chinese!
So don't worry about speaking imperfect English. The important thing is just to communicate. Start talking, and make some foreign friends!
Many westerners value(注重) their privacy(隐私). Don't be surprised if your new friend doesn't want to include you in everything he does. This may seem strange to Chinese who worry about that their friends will get lonely.
Chinese people often expect their good friends to give advice and take care of them in many ways. If you expect this kind of care from westerners, you may be disappointed. Why? Because most westerners value independence. They feel insulted(侮辱的) if others think they can't take care of themselves. They will assume(假设) you feel the same way.
Of course, these tips(小提示) are just rules of thumb(经验之谈) and may not apply(适用) to all westerners. Each person you meet will have his or her own ideas about friendship. When you get confused(不明白), don't be shy and worry to ask questions. Your new western friends may also have many questions about Chinese culture, and they may be hesitant(犹豫) to ask. So encourage them to ask questions, too.
Be honest and open to your friends. Respect each other's differences. The friendships you make can be lifelong treasure both for you and your new friends.
370
Why do many Chinese people feel worried to speak to the foreigners?
A.
Being shy.
B.
Making a lot of language mistakes.
C.
Nothing to say.
D.
Can't speak a foreign language.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。文章第一句Being shy keeps many Chinese people from getting to know westerners.害羞使很多中国人不能很好的认识西方人。故选A。
371
What is the important thing to speak perfect English?
A.
Starting talking.
B.
Meeting foreigners.
C.
Communicating.
D.
Studying English.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。文章第二段The important thing is just to communicate.最重要的事就是交谈，故选C。
372
What do you think the foreigners may not be insulted with?
A.
Giving advice.
B.
Taking care of themselves.
C.
Getting care from good friends.
D.
Getting help.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
判断推理题。文章第五段They feel insulted(侮辱的) if others think they can't take care of themselves.如果别人认为他们不能照顾自己，他们会觉得受到侮辱。由此可判断，当他们能自己照顾自己时不会觉得受侮辱，故选B。
373
What does the underlined word "independence" mean?
A.
独立自主
B.
依靠
C.
失落感
D.
伤心
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
词意猜测题。结合前后文可知，西方人更尊重隐私，他们不希望别人认为他们不能照顾好自己，由此可知他们很独立。Independence独立，故选A。
374
What may help you to make lifelong friends?
A.
Be honest.
B.
Open to your friends.
C.
Respect each other.
D.
All of the above.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。文章最后一段描述Be honest and open to your friends. Respect each other's differences. The friendships you make can be lifelong treasure both for you and your new friends.诚实，向朋友敞开心扉，尊重别人可以保持长久的友谊，故选D。
Almost every Chinese person can recite the two lines of the famous poem," Every grain on the plate comes from hard work ( 谁知盘中餐，粒粒皆辛苦)."But sadly, many of us don't actually get the real meaning of these lines: Don't waste food.
A CCTV program, News One Plus One, reported that the food Chinese people throw every year is enough to feed 200 million people for a year.
Do we have too much food ? Of course not. According to the UN World Food program, there were 925 million hungry people around the world in 2010, especially in developing countries. Six million children die of hunger every year.
The Chinese people are well known for being hospitable ( 好客的 ) and generous ( 慷慨大方 ). Many even feel that they lose face if their guests have eaten all the food on the table.
Luckily, a number of people have realized the importance of saving food. Last November, Li Hong, a waitress in a restaurant in Nanjing, got fired because she took some leftover food home for her son. Many people stood by her side and criticized ( 批评 ) the waste of food.
What should we do in our daily life to waste less food ? Here are some tips :
Do not order too much in a restaurant. Only order as much as you want to eat. If you can not eat all the food you ordered ,take the rest of it home.
Don't be too picky ( 挑剔的 ) about food . Some food may not taste great, but your body needs it.
Keep an eye on what food you have at home. Don't buy too much, especially for vegetables and fruit.
375
How many people were hungry in the world in 2010 according to the UN World Food program?
A.
200 million
B.
Six million
C.
925 million
D.
625 million
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段， According to the UN World Food program, there were 925 million hungry people around the world in 2010。2010年世界上有九亿两千五百万挨饿的人。可知选C。
376
What does the writer want to show us through Li Hong's story?
A.
Many Chinese restaurants waste a large amount of food .
B.
Many Chinese people are kind—hearted and ready to help the weak .
C.
Chinese people feel that they lose face if their guests eat all the food.
D.
Many Chinese people don't agree with the behavior of wasting food.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第五段，Many people stood by her side and criticized ( 批评 ) the waste of food.，许多人支持她，批评浪费食物的行为。可知应选D。
377
The underlined word " leftover" means ________in Chinese.
A.
过期的
B.
剩余的
C.
腐烂的
D.
难吃的
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义猜测题。联系上下文描述，李红把剩饭带回了家。故选B。
378
According the passage , we shouldn't waste food because________.
A.
food comes from very hard work.
B.
six million children die of hunger every day.
C.
There is enough food to feed all the people.
D.
Chinese are hospitable and generous
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。第一段中指出"锄禾日当午，汗滴禾下土。"说明了，粮食种植不易。故选A。
379
Which of the following is a good way to save food ?
A.
Ordering more than you need at a restaurant.
B.
Taking home restaurant leftovers
C.
Not knowing what you already have at home when shopping
D.
Not eating the food you don't like even if it's healthy
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。通过文章最后归纳的三条，可以知道，应该把食物带回家，减少浪费，故选B。
Almost every Chinese person can recite(背诵) the two lines of the famous poem, "Every grain on the plate comes from hard work ". But sadly, many of us don't actually get the real meaning of these lines: Don't waste food.
A CCTV program reported that the food Chinese people throw away every year is enough to feed 200 million people for a year. Do we have too much food? Absolutely not. According to the UN World Food Program, there were 925 million hungry people around the world in 2011, especially in developing countries. Six million children die of hunger every year.
Chinese people are well-known for being friendly and generous. Many even feel that they lose face if their guests have eaten all the food on the table. Luckily, a number of people have realized the importance of saving food. What should we do in our daily lives to waste less food?
1. Don't order too much in a restaurant. Only order as much as you want to eat. If you cannot eat all the food you ordered, take the rest of it home.
2.Don't leave any food in your bowls, while having meals
3. Keep an eye on what food you have at home. Don't buy too much, especially for vegetables and fruit.
380
What's the real meaning of the underlined sentence?
A.
春种一粒粟，秋收万颗籽。
B.
谁知盘中餐，粒粒皆辛苦。
C.
吏禄三百石，岁晏有余粮。
D.
足蒸暑土气，背灼炎天光。
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
句意理解题。根据划线句子的内容，grain意为"谷物、庄稼"，而on the plate意为"在盘子上"，可知此句的意思与"谁知盘中餐，粒粒皆辛苦。"相吻合，故选B。
381
According to the UN report, how many hungry people were there in 2011?
A.
6 million.
B.
925 million.
C.
200 million.
D.
725 million.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
直接信息题。根据短文第二段According to the UN World Food Program, there were 925 million hungry people around the world in 2011, 一句可知2011年吃不饱肚子的人有9亿2500万（925million）
382
What should we do to waste less food?
A.
Order more food in a restaurant.
B.
Every time you eat, leave some food in your bowls.
C.
Take all the food you ordered home.
D.
Don't store too much food like vegetables and fruit.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文中最后提的建议第一条Don't order too much in a restaurant. 可排除A项；根据第二条Don't leave any food in your bowls, while having meals可排除B项；根据第一条If you cannot eat all the food you ordered, take the rest of it home.可排除C项；根据第三条Don't buy too much, especially for vegetables and fruit.可知，D项与此描述的最吻合，故选D。
383
Which of the following is NOT true?
A.
A number of people have realized the importance of saving food.
B.
The food Chinese people throw away every year is enough to feed 200 million people for a year.
C.
200 million children die of hunger every year.
D.
Many Chinese feel that they lose face if guests have eaten all the food on the table.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第三段Luckily, a number of people have realized the importance of saving food.一句可知A项正确；根据第二段A CCTV program reported that the food Chinese people throw away every year is enough to feed 200 million people for a year. 可知B项描述正确；第二段Six million children die of hunger every year.一句可知C项错误；第三段 Many even feel that they lose face if their guests have eaten all the food on the table.一句可知D项描述正确；故选C。
384
What's the main idea of this passage?
A.
Don't waste food.
B.
Chinese people are friendly and generous.
C.
We can't die of hunger.
D.
Every grain is grown by farmers.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据短文第一段最后一句话But sadly, many of us don't actually get the real meaning of these lines: Don't waste food.以及下文的描述，整篇文章都是围绕着节约粮食的重要性，及如何做到节约粮食展开的，故A项正符合本文的中心思想，其他三项都过于片面；故选A。
When I crossed a small road on my first day in Kolkata, I was surprised because I heard a bell-not a horn (喇叭). It was a tiny man pulling a rickshaw(人力黄包车).He stopped and picked up two children from the front door of their house and pulled them to school. For many people, the rickshaw in Kolkata has many advantages. When the traffic is bad, rickshaws find a way through the traffic. If your miss your bus and there aren't any taxis, you can always find a rickshaw in Kolkata. Rickshaws are from your house to the market and waits for you. Then he loads (装载)all your things, drops you off outside your home and helps you unload. No other type of public transport offers this kind of service.
From June to September, Kolkata gets heavy rain. Sometimes it rains for 48 hours without a break. In some parts of the city, the roads flood (水淹), and anything with an engine(发动机) is useless. But the rickshaw drivers never stop working, even with water all around them.
But not everyone thinks rickshaws are a good thing. The local government want to ban rickshaws. They believe it is wrong for one man to pull another person when there is modern transport in the city. However, there is a problemwith this plan. Many of the rickshaw drivers come from the countryside. The only job they can find in Kolkata is pulling a rickshaw. If the city bans rickshaws, these men won't have a job. So for the moment, the people of Kolkata still go by rickshaw.
385
What is the main idea of Paragraph 1?
A.
The rickshaw drivers carry things for local people in Kolkata.
B.
Parents need rickshaws for taking children to school in Kolkata.
C.
Rickshaws can find a way through the bad traffic in Kolkata.
D.
Rickshaws are very useful for the people's daily life in Kolkata.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。从For many people, the rickshaw in Kolkata has many advantages.得知人力在当地很有用，故选D。
386
Which type of transport may you take when the roads flood in Kolkata?
A.
A bus.
B.
A taxi.
C.
A car.
D.
A rickshaw.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。从第二段得知答案，故选A。
387
What does the underlined word "ban" mean?
A.
make
B.
increase
C.
forbid
D.
collect
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。ban 禁止 make制造increase增加forbid禁止collect收集，故选C。
388
What can we learn from the passage?
A.
The rickshaws in Kolkata have loud horns.
B.
The rickshaw is still a part of public transport in Kolkata.
C.
The local government offer many other jobs to the rickshaw driven.
D.
The people in Kolkata are supposed to take rickshaws instead of cars.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
主旨大意题。从第一段If your miss your bus and there aren't any taxis, you can always find a rickshaw in Kolkata.得知当地的交通工具除了bus和taxi，还有rickshaw，故选B。
Cosplay is great!
Cosplay is short for "costume play", which means play-acting in costumes. People who take part in cosplay are called cosplayers. They usually create or make costumes of their favorite animation characters by themselves or get a tailor to make them. Sometimes they even prepare small things, like knives and earrings, which the characters wear or use in the animation.
Cosplayers are creative and proud of their work. They spend a lot of money and energy on it. They not only dress up as their favorite characters in the animation, but also act like the characters.
New trend (趋势) is on!
While Chinese fans are busy cosplaying characters in Japanese animations or movies, Japan, as a big country of cosplay, now has a trend to cosplay non-Japanese movie characters. Japanese cosplayers like the characters in Star Wars and Lord of the Rings very much. But the most popular ones are from the Harry Potter films. They have a very large number of fans in Japan. The character who is liked the best by Japanese cosplayers in Harry Potter films is Draco Malfoy, though he is Harry's rival(对手) and always tries to get Harry and his friends into trouble.
Cosplay doesn't have anything to do with age. Whether you are 5 or 50 years old, you can be a cosplayer if you are creative enough!
389
We can infer that those who like to do cosplay must be ______ fans, too.
A.
movie
B.
music
C.
sport
D.
art
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
A推理判断题。问题"We can infer that those who like to do cosplay must be ______ fans, too.我们可以得出暗示，那些喜欢角色扮演的人一定也是……迷。"选项A. movie电影；B. music音乐；C. sport体育运动；D.art艺术。根据第一段中的角色扮演者扮演动画电影中的人物、制作他们的服装及装饰物来判断，可知答案是A。
390
The cosplayers ______.
A.
create the animation characters and make the costumes by themselves
B.
act like their favorite animation characters in common clothes in the cosplay
C.
dress up as the animation characters and act like them in the play
D.
always wear something like animals in the play.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
C细节理解题。A. create the animation characters and make the costumes by themselves创造动画人物自己制作服装；B. act like their favorite animation characters in common clothes in the cosplay在角色扮演中穿普通的服装像他们所喜爱的动画人物那样表演；C. dress up as the animation characters and act like them in the play装扮成动画人物并像他们那样演出；D. always wear something like animals in the play.在剧中总是穿些像动物一样的东西。根据第二段中的They not only dress up as their favorite characters in the animation, but also act like the characters.可知答案是B。
391
Which of the following statements is possibly TRUE according to the passage?
A.
It'll cost little time and energy to take part in cosplay.
B.
If you are not young enough, you can't be a cosplayer.
C.
Cosplayers are creative and enjoy their work.
D.
Only students may be cosplayers.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
C主旨大意题。下面哪一句可能符合文章？A. It'll cost little time and energy to take part in cosplay.参加角色扮演会花很少的时间和精力； B. If you are not young enough, you can't be a cosplayer.如果你不够年轻的话，你不能成为角色扮演者； C. Cosplayers are creative and enjoy their work.角色扮演者们有创意，喜爱他们的工作；D. Only students may be cosplayers.只要学生可以成为角色扮演者。根据标题、以及全文的意思，特别是第二段、第四段可归纳出cosplayers 都是有创意也很喜爱角色扮演。可知答案是C。
The United States is suffering its worst drought (干旱) in almost sixty years. The National Climatic Data Center also says high temperatures in June added to the warmest twelve-month period on record. Record-keeping began in 1895. The drought map showed that conditions improved in the Southeast in June compared to May. But the drought is expected to continue in large parts of the country. Last week, Agriculture Secretary Tom Vilsack met with President Obama. Mr Vilsack says the drought has seriously influenced some crops, such as corn and soybeans (大豆). And the United States is the world's leading producer.
The drought has made prices of com and soybeans increase. Both of them are used in food production and for animal feed. Last week the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization reported that corn and wheat prices increased by 20% over the past three weeks.
In the United States, farmers may quickly reduce the size of their animals rather than pay higher feed prices to keep them. That increased supply of meat would reduce meat prices in the short term. But those prices could increase in several months.
Mr Vilsack says the effect of the drought is hard to predict(预测). Some areas are getting rain, and drought-resistant (抗旱的) seeds have helped crops grow well in some areas.
392
We can know the drought record of the USA has been kept for ________years of the USA up to now.
A.
97
B.
207
C.
221
D.
117
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。从Record-keeping began in 1895. 得知答案，故选D。
393
Which of the following American presidents met with Tom Vilsack?
A.
George Washington.
B.
Abraham lincon.
C.
George Bush.
D.
Barack Obama.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。从Last week, Agriculture Secretary Tom Vilsack met with President Obama.得知答案，故选D。
394
If the price of a kilo of corn was 3 dollars last December, how much is a kilo of corn now?
A.
2.4 dollars.
B.
3 dollars.
C.
3.6 dollars.
D.
3.9 dollars.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。从Last week the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization reported that corn and wheat prices increased by 20% over the past three weeks.得知答案，故选C
395
Why is the meat price lower than before?
A.
Because there are more and more animals.
B.
Because farmers kill them to save their food.
C.
Because people don't like eating meat now.
D.
Because the government (政府) asks the meat price lower.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。从In the United States, farmers may quickly reduce the size of their animals rather than pay higher feed prices to keep them.可知答案选B。
396
What is the best title for the passage?
A.
US faces the worst drought in almost sixty years.
B.
Take action to help the USA.
C.
What does the country do in the drought areas?
D.
President Obama meets with Agriculture Secretary.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
标题归纳题。从The United States is suffering its worst drought (干旱) in almost sixty years. 以人及全文得知美国正遭受60年来最严重的干旱，故选A。
New York City is a very large city with 8 million people. How do so many people move on their way to work and school?
In New York you can travel by subways, bus, taxi and private (私人的) car. The subway runs on the railroad lines under the city. It crosses the city at different points and goes to all parts of the city. Travelling by subway is the fastest way to get around the city.
The second way to travel is by bus. It is a slower way to travel.
You can also travel by taxi. This is very expensive, but the taxi will take you to every place you want to go to. If traffic is heavy, the taxi will be slow. During the mornings and afternoons, there is the "rush hour". This is the time when the traffic is very heavy with people going to and from work..
The last way is to use your private car. It's not good to drive during the "rush hour". If there is an accident on the road, you will have to wait for a long time.
The best time to travel is from 9 a.m to 4.pm . Traffic will be less crowded during this time because most people are already at school or at work at that time.
397
How many ways of travelling are mentioned (提到) in the passage?
A.
Two
B.
Three
C.
Four
D.
Five
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。从In New York you can travel by subways, bus, taxi and private (私人的) car. .得知答案，故选C。
398
The word "rush hour" in Chinese means _____________.
A.
高峰时间.
B.
匆忙时间
C.
冲刺时间
D.
繁忙时间
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。从This is the time when the traffic is very heavy with people going to and from work..得知答案，故选A。
399
From the last paragraph we know that in New York City ____________.
A.
there is no "rush hour" from 9.am to 4 p.m.
B.
traffic is heavy at noon.
C.
most Americans have lunch at home.
D.
people go to work and school at 9:00.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。从 The best time to travel is from 9 a.m to 4.pm 得知答案，故选A。
400
Why do so many people go to work or school by subway, taxi, bus and private car?
A.
Because New York City is a modern city.
B.
Because New York City is a very large city.
C.
Because New York City is new.
D.
Because the people in New York City are very busy.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。从 New York City is a very large city with 8 million people.可得知答案，故选A。
Swimming is very popular in the world. Most people like swimming in summer, even in the other three seasons. Water makes people feel cool and swimming makes people keep healthy.
If you swim in a wrong place, it may not be safe. A lot of people died when they were enjoying themselves in the water, and most of them were students. Now some people are not careful enough in swimming. They often think they can swim so well that nothing will happen to them in water. If you go swimming in summer, don't forget that a lot of good swimmers have died in water. They died not because they couldn't swim, but because of their carelessness (粗心). Don't get into water when you are alone. If there is a "No Swimming" sign（标记）, don't get into water. If you remember these, swimming will be safe and enjoyable (舒服的).
401
____ like swimming in summer.
A.
Few people
B.
Most people
C.
Only students
D.
Only swimmers
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中描述Most people like swimming in summer大多数人喜欢夏天游泳，故选B。
402
Swimming can make people keep ____ .
A.
clean
B.
fat
C.
healthy
D.
thin
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中描述Water makes people feel cool and swimming makes people keep healthy水可以使人感到凉爽，而且游泳可以使人保持健康，故选C。
403
It's ____ to swim in a wrong place.
A.
wonderful
B.
interesting
C.
not safe
D.
not careful
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中描述If you swim in a wrong place, it may not be safe如果你在一个不合适的地方游泳，那将会不安全，故选C。
404
Some swimmers died in water because they are ____ .
A.
students
B.
children
C.
not strong
D.
too careless
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中描述They died not because they couldn't swim, but because of their carelessness (粗心).他们淹死的原因不是因为他们不会游泳，而是因为他们的粗心，故选D
405
If you go swimming, you shouldn't ____ when you are alone.
A.
get into water
B.
die in water
C.
swim too long
D.
swim too badly
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中描述Don't get into water when you are alone不要单独到水里去，故选A。
For the British, the home is a private place in which he or she goes to hide away from the troubles of life. It is very seldom that one would be invited to a British person's home. It is rude to knock on a person's door if you are not invited. If you are invited, don't ask to see more than the downstairs that your British host invites you into. Never ask how much the house or any of the items in it cost.
To the American, most of them want their home to be a place where they can entertain (款待) and share their lives with their friends. They may be delighted to give you a full tour of their houses. They may also be pleased when you show your interest and pleasure in their houses.
Both British and American people will engage in quite a bit of chat and a drink or two before the meal is served. After the first mouthful, you should say how delicious the food is and ask something about it. Remember, never eat with your mouth open and make very little noise while eating. It would be nice of you to help your host in any way. Maybe offer to pour some drinks or clear up after the meal.
406
British people _______ invite friends to their home.
A.
often
B.
always
C.
seldom
D.
never
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
C细节理解题 根据第一段的第二句"It is very seldom that one would be invited to a British person's home."可知。
407
If your British friend invites you to his home, you can ____.
A.
see anything you like
B.
ask how much his house is
C.
ask the cost of any of the items in it
D.
only see the downstairs that you are invited into
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
D细节理解题 根据第一段的倒数第二句"If you are invited, don't ask to see more than the downstairs that your British host invites you into."可知。
408
When you show your interest and pleasure in American people's house, they may be _____.
A.
angry
B.
happy
C.
sad
D.
worried
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
B细节理解题 根据第二段的最后一句"They may also be pleased when you show your interest and pleasure in their houses."可知。
409
What does the underlined "engage in" mean in Chinese?
A.
陷入
B.
参与
C.
回避
D.
限制
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
B语义推断题 根据句意可知在吃饭之前，英美的人们都会交谈或者喝点东西。
410
What's the main idea of the passage?
A.
Some manners on visiting British and American people's home.
B.
Different table manners between British and American people.
C.
Different ideas about the home between British and American people
D.
Different ideas about how to get along well with neighbors between British and American people.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
A主旨大意题 本文介绍了拜访英国或者美国朋友需要注意的问题。
In America, when people say "man's best friend", they don't mean another person. Instead, they are talking about a lovely animal—a dog! These words show the friendship between people and animals. Dogs and other pets can give joy to people's lives. Some people think of their pets as their children. Some people even leave all their money to their pets when they die!
Animals can help people, too. Dogs can be taught to be the "eyes" for a blind person (盲人) or "ears" for a deaf(耳聋) person. Scientists have found that pets help people live longer! They make people happier, too. Because of that, they bring animals into hospitals for "visits".
Americans hold "Be Kind to Animals Week" in the first week of May. Pet shows are held during the week. Even if you don't live in America, you, too, can do this. How? First think about how animals make your life richer. If you have a pet, take more time this week to play with it. Remember to give it delicious food.
If you don't have a pet, be kind to animals around you. For example, if you see a street dog, just leave it alone, or make friends with it. If others around you do bad things to animals, try to speak up. As people, we must protect animals who can't speak for themselves.
411
"Some people even leave all their money to their pets when they die!" is used to tell us that .[
A.
pets have the right(权利) to inherit(继承) money
B.
money can make pets happy
C.
it's the best way to spend money
D.
some pets are as important to their owners as their children
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。Some people think of their pets as their children. Some people even leave all their money to their pets when they die!一些人将他们的宠物看作是孩子，在他们死后有些甚至将钱留给宠物，是说明宠物在他们心中的地位，而不是在说宠物是否有继承遗产的权利，故选A.
412
Which of the following is NOT true?
A.
Dogs can help people in many ways.
B.
Dogs can help people live happier.
C.
Dogs can help people make everything.
D.
Dogs can make people's lives richer.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。第二段中Animals can help people, too. D. Scientists have found that pets help people live longer! They make people happier, too.等可以看出A/B/D都是合适的，故选C.
413
What is the main idea of the passage?
A.
A lot of people are interested in dogs.
B.
Dogs can help people do many things.
C.
Pets are lovely and need care and protection.
D.
We have done a lot of things for pets.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
大意归纳题。文章前三段分别谈了狗狗等宠物在人们心中的地位，狗狗可以在很多方面帮助人们，人们举办了善待动物周来善待动物，最后一段进行总结，要善待动物，故选D.
A popular shopping bag has been seen on the arm of some of the world's most beautiful women. It sells at an official price of ￡5, but as much as ￡400 online. The bag called "I'm Not a Plastic Bag" is made of cotton. It is so "hot" that now everyone wants to get one. It's fashionable, and it's green!
Supporters see the bag as a way to move away from throwaway(一次性的) plastic bags that are given away in large numbers by supermarkets every year.
When the bags were first sold, about 500 people waited in line to buy one. So far, 20,000 of the popular bags have been sold at the second largest supermarket in Great Britain. It is one of the ways to encourage shoppers to use the reusable(可再利用的) bags, rather than the plastic ones.
The bag has also become a must-have for many famous people who want to be fashionable, and at the same time care about the environment.
The designer of the bag has been asked to develop the bag by the "We Are What We Do" group. The group believes that each person in Great Britain uses about 167 plastic bags every year. It says that small lifestyle changes can have a strong effect on reducing waste and the environmental pollution. It also says that everyone should try his best to protect the earth from being polluted.
414
We can buy the popular bag at a price of ￡5 __________.
A.
on the Internet
B.
from the shops all over the world
C.
at the designer's home
D.
at the 2nd largest supermarket in Britain
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题.根据短文第三段So far, 20,000 of the popular bags have been sold at the second largest supermarket in Great Britain. 描述,可知在英国第二大超市能买到这种手提袋.故选D.
415
According to the passage, the "We Are What We Do" group most probably means ___________.
A.
those who want to do something by themselves
B.
those who design the new bags
C.
an organization that protects the environment
D.
a business that sells bags
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
句意猜测题.阅读短文可知,这种手提袋的设计者的目的就是为了减少塑料袋的使用,联系前文The designer of the bag has been asked to develop the bag描述,可见这是一个致力于保护环境的组织,故选C.
416
The purpose of designing the popular bags is __________.
A.
to make money
B.
to help famous people
C.
to make women fashionable
D.
to reduce the environmental pollution
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题.根据最后一段It says that small lifestyle changes can have a strong effect on reducing waste and the environmental pollution.及上文描述,可知设计这种手提袋的目的就是为了保护环境.故选D.
I am a mother of two children. Like many other parents, I worry(担心) that my children watch too much TV. Why? First, there are lots of bad programmes (节目) on TV. They may learn from them. Second, watching too much TV is bad for their eyes. Many students wear glasses because they watch TV for long hours. Third, watching too much TV makes children think little(少). I think it is very important for children to read some books. Reading books makes children think more. When I tell this to my children, they just don't listen to me. So I decide to sell the television set. Maybe it is a good idea.
417
Where are there a lot of bad programmes that the woman worries?
A.
In films.
B.
On the Internet.
C.
On TV.
D.
On books.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
C细节理解题。问题：那位女士担心在哪里有许多不好的节目?选项是：A电影里；B网上；C电视上；D书上。根据文中的First, there are lots of bad programmes (节目) on TV.句子，可以知道答案是C。
418
Why do many students wear glasses according to the passage(文章)?
A.
Because they study too hard.
B.
Because they read many books.
C.
Because they watch too much TV.
D.
Because they have a pair of glasses.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
C推理判断题。问题：根据文章的意思，为什么许多学生戴眼镜？选项A. Because they study too hard. 因为他们学习太用功；B. Because they read many books.因为他们读许多书； C. Because they watch too much TV.因为他们看电视太久；D. Because they have a pair of glasses.因为他们有一副眼镜。根据文章Second, watching too much TV is bad for their eyes. Many students wear glasses because they watch TV for long hours.第二，看电视太多对眼睛不好，许多学生戴眼镜是因为他们看电视的时间太久。故选C。
419
What is the best title of the passage?
A.
An interesting story.
B.
A mother's worry
C.
Bad programmes on TV
D.
Don't read books.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
B标题归纳题。本文最好的题目是：A. An interesting story. 一个有趣的故事； B. A mother's worry一位母亲的担心；C. Bad programmes on TV 电视上不好的节目； D. Don't read books.不要读书。答案是B。
A school bus is one that is used to take children to and from school.
In the USA, about 450,000 school buses take more than 25 million children to and from school. The yellow school bus is a US icon. Yellow became the color of school buses in the USA in 1939. Dr. Frank got the good idea. He said it was easy for people to see yellow buses and the black letters on them in early morning or late afternoon. That would make children safer.
There are not many school buses in Britain, and they are not yellow. They have trackers (追踪器) on them, so kids are being tracked while they travel to and from school by bus. The trackers let parents know where the school bus is and whether their kids are on the bus.
Kindergarten (幼儿园) is a difficult time for some kids. It's the first time for them to go away from their parents. To make kids love their school, Japanese kindergartens and schools have colorful buses. The buses can easily make children want to take them--and then, go to school. Even some parents want to take them, too!
School buses are becoming more and more popular in China now. It saves a lot of time for students to take a school bus. It's said that there will be 3,000 yellow school buses on the road by the end of this year in Chongqing.
420
According to Dr. Frank,__________ school buses are safer for the students.
A.
yellow
B.
black
C.
white
D.
colorful
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。从He said it was easy for people to see yellow buses and the black letters on them in early morning or late afternoon. That would make children safer.他说在清晨或傍明人们容易看到黄色的车身以及车身上的黑字，这使孩子们更安全，得知答案，故选A。
421
Children in Japan may easily __________ by taking the school bus.
A.
save time
B.
love their school
C.
play games
D.
do their homework
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。从To make kids love their school, Japanese kindergartens and schools have colorful buses.为了使孩子爱上学，日本幼儿园和学校有不同颜色的校车，得知答案，故选C。
422
Chinese students will save a lot of time to __________ to school.
A.
walk
B.
take a taxi
C.
ride a bike
D.
take a school bus
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。从 It saves a lot of time for students to take a school bus. 学生们乘校车节省大量的时间，得知答案，故选D。
423
This passage is mainly about __________.
A.
school buses
B.
school life
C.
popular colors
D.
students' safety
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。从第一句A school bus is one that is used to take children to and from school.校车是用来接送孩子们上下学的，可知本文主要讲的是校车，故选A.
424
According to the text, the underlined word "icon" means _____________ in Chinese.
A.
文明
B.
象征
C.
交通
D.
管理
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据下文中提到日本校车是五颜六色的，可知黄色校车是美国的象征，故选B.
In China, the National Holiday is a big festival and it is to celebrate the founding of the People's Republic of China by Mao Zedong in 1949.Besides from the Spring Festival, the National Holiday is the only other week-long public break from school and work.
As one of the only opportunities for workers to go home, visit their families or to travel around the country, all hotels, tourist attractions, trains, buses and airplanes around the country are completely packed with holidaying Chinese people.
Are you sorry for not traveling during the National Day ? If you stay at home at that time, I think you are very lucky. Why? Because there are too many people everywhere. In many places of interest in China, it's too crowded to do anything.
Look at the picture. It was too crowded on the Great Wall on October 1st, 2012. You even couldn't take photos for you or your friends. All that we could see were people. It was reported that there were about twenty people per meter on the Great Wall. My friends told me they could see nothing but many people on the Great Wall. "We couldn't walk if the people in front of us didn't walk," he said. He showed us a photo on the Great Wall. In the photo, we hardly found him out, there were too many people.
So some people give the advice that we should not have the gold week any more. But other people say no about this advice. What's your idea of it? Are you sorry now for not traveling during the gold week? I love staying at home more than traveling next National Day.
425
How did the writer feel about staying at home on National Day?
A.
He believed it was interesting to stay at home on National Day.
B.
He believed it was boring to stay at home on National Day.
C.
He felt lucky to stay at home on National Day.
D.
He felt sorry to stay at home on National Day.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第三段第二句 If you stay at home at that time, I think you are very lucky. 可知作者认为如果没有出去旅游而是呆在家里是幸运的；故选C。
426
How many days can people have a break on the Spring Festival.
A.
5 days
B.
7 days
C.
10 days D 15 days
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文第一段Besides from the Spring Festival, the National Holiday is the only other week-long public break from school and work.可知，除了春节之外，国庆节是另一个唯一的一周之久的长假；由此可推知，春节的假期应该在一到两周之间，即C项比较吻合；故选C。
427
Which of the following is TRUE about the Great Wall on National Day?
A.
You could find yourself easily on the photos you took that day
B.
You could walk as you like on the Great Wall
C.
There were about 30 people per meter.
D.
All that could you see on the Great Wall were people.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文中In the photo, we hardly found him out, there were too many people.可知要想从照片中找出好友是不容易的，A错误；作者好友的话"We couldn't walk if the people in front of us didn't walk," 可表明B项的说法错误； It was reported that there were about twenty people per meter on the Great Wall.据报道在长城上每米距离的人数在20左右而不是30，C项错误；第四段第四句话All that we could see were people. 可知D项的描述是正确的；故选D。
428
Where do you think is the article from?
A.
www.chinabus.com
B.
www.movies123.com
C.
www.chinatourist.com
D.
www.storyhouse.com
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。短文内容主要就是描述了国庆长假期间长城等旅游景点人满为患的情况，所以本文最可能的出处就是中国旅游网站，而不是中国公交、电影123或故事书屋等网站；故选C。
In America, when people say"man's best friend", they don't mean another person. Instead, they are talking about a lovely animal—a dog! These words show the friendship(友谊) between people and animals. Dogs and other pets can give joy to people's lives. Some people think of their pets as their children. Some people even leave all their money to their pets when they die!
Animals can help people, too. Dogs can be taught to be the"eyes"for a blind person (盲人) or"ears"for a deaf(耳聋) person. Scientists have found that pets help people live longer! They make people happier, too. Because of that, they bring animals into hospitals for"visits".
Americans hold"Be Kind to Animals Week"in the first week of May. Pet shows are held during the week. Even if you don't live in America, you, too, can do this. How? First think about how animals make your life richer. If you have a pet, take more time this week to play with it. Remember to give it delicious food.
If you don't have a pet, be kind to animals around you. For example, if you see a street dog, just leave it alone, or make friends with it. If others around you do bad things to animals, try to speak up. As people, we must protect(保护) animals who can't speak for themselves.
429
"Some people even leave all their money to their pets when they die!"is used to prove(证明) that __________.
A.
pets have the right(权利) to inherit(继承) money
B.
money can make pets happy
C.
it's the best way to spend money
D.
some pets are as important to their owners as their children
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章Some people think of their pets as their children. Some people even leave all their money to their pets when they die! 一些宠物和孩子对于主人一样都很重要，选D。
430
According(依照) to the passage, scientists bring the dogs to hospital because __________.
A.
they are ill and they need to see the doctor
B.
they can make the patients(病人) happier
C.
they can help the doctor find out the problems
D.
the doctors can do experiment(试验) on them
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章Scientists have found that pets help people live longer! They make people happier, too. Because of that, they bring animals into hospitals for"visits".这些狗能使病人更高兴，故选B。
431
During the"Be Kind to Animals Week", the people in America __________.
A.
hold pet shows
B.
play with the pets the whole week
C.
cook delicious food for pets
D.
make friends with other people's pets
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据文章Americans hold"Be Kind to Animals Week"in the first week of May. Pet shows are held during the week. 选A。
432
Which of the following statements(陈述) is NOT true?
A.
Dogs can help people in many ways.
B.
Dogs can help people live happier.
C.
Dogs can help people make everything
D.
Dogs can make people's lives richer.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章的第二段可判断A、B、D复合文意，题干要找出不和文意的，故选C。
433
What is the main idea of the passage?
A.
A lot of people are interested in dogs.
B.
Dogs can help people do many things.
C.
Pets are lovely and need care and protection(保护).
D.
We have done a lot of things for pets.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据文章的第一段和最后一段进行推理判断。
150 Years of Cool
Look in the bedrooms of young people around the world. You will probably find a pair of blue jeans in each room. Jeans are very popular all over the world.
Jeans give you the feeling of comfort, youth and energy. They have long been liked by every person.
Levi Strauss is an American company. It first made blue jeans. The company was founded in 1853 by 24-year-old Levi Strauss. Twenty years later, he made the first blue jeans in the world. The jeans were used as working trousers for the cowboys of the American West. During the Second World War, American soldiers brought blue jeans to Europe and Asia. People there began to wear jeans. Little by little, they become cool.
People from different countries like different styles of jeans. Americans like to wear simple and single-colored jeans, but many Chinese like to wear jeans with lots of different colors.
Jeans now can be seen everywhere. However, in many places, it's not always good to wear jeans. No matter how good they may look, or what color they are, it's often not right to wear jeans in formal places. But, when you are out, relaxing and having fun, jeans are the best choice.
434
The story is talking about ______.
A.
Levi Strauss
B.
jeans
C.
cool
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。从Jeans are very popular all over the world牛仔裤在全世界非常流行，可知答案选B。
435
Levi Strauss made the first blue jeans ______.
A.
when he was 44
B.
when he was 24
C.
in 1853
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。从The company was founded in 1853 by 24-year-old Levi Strauss. Twenty years later, he made the first blue jeans in the world公司是由24岁的 Levi Strauss创建的，20年后，他制作了世界上第一条蓝色牛仔裤，可知答案选A。
436
______ wore jeans after they were first made.
A.
American soldiers
B.
American cowboys
C.
Levi Strauss
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。从 The jeans were used as working trousers for the cowboys of the American West美国西部的牛仔们把它当工作裤来穿，可知答案选B。
437
Jeans can be cool for nearly 150 years because ______.
A.
they have different styles
B.
they have different colors
C.
they make us feel youth, comfort and energy
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。从when you are out, relaxing and having fun, jeans are the best choice.当你外面时，舒适开心，牛仔裤是最佳选择，可知答案选C。
438
When you ______, you'd better not wear a pair of jeans.
A.
go to an important meeting
B.
go on a trip
C.
have a party
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。从 it's often not right to wear jeans in formal places正式场合不适合穿牛仔，可知答案选A。
In America: There are many more cars than in China. Maybe the number of cars in California is the same as the number in China. But there are fewer traffic jams and accidents in America than in China. We hardly see traffic police in the street, but all cars obey traffic rules strictly , and people hardly find that a car does not obey traffic rules in the street.
About America traffic rules, there are many better terms , such as:
1.Stop line: There are stop line in all crossing without traffic lights(some have two stop lines and others have four stop lines); all cars must stop while meeting the stop lines.
2Traffic lights: There are traffic lights in the crossing of the road .Cars may almost turn every direction. the traffic lights can give signals step by step including u-turn.There is a kind of middle lane of turning left. When a car wants to turn left in the road, he may enter into the middle lane of turning left and give a signal of turning left. When he thinks being safe he may turn left.
3.Specific item: Such as parking, there are three kinds of lines (its color are white, blue or red) in the roadside. Every line may park different kinds of cars. There are streets in some residential(住宅区) areas, and no car can park at any time or any period time.
4.About the priority (优先权) of passengers and cars: At any case, passengers have the priority to cars. But only after passengers have passed the road and gotten the top of sidestep, cars may go ahead. In general, traffic rules of America are very specific, convenient and safe.
439
According to the passage, we can know________.
A.
there are more traffic jams and accidents in America than in China
B.
traffic policemen are often seen in the street in America
C.
California may have as many cars as China
D.
You can easily find that a car does not obey traffic rules in the street in America
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
C 细节推断题。根据文章第一段Maybe the number of cars in California is the same as the number in China.也许加利福尼亚的汽车数量与中国汽车的数量一样多。
440
When you meet a stop line while driving a car in the crossing without traffic lights,_____.
A.
you can go ahead
B.
you can turn left
C.
you can have a u-turn
D.
you must stop
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
D 细节理解题。根据文章的all cars must stop while meeting the stop lines.所有的小汽车遇到停车线必须停车。
441
Which color is not include in the parking lines in America？
A.
yellow
B.
blue
C.
red
D.
white
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
A 细节理解题。根据文章中的Such as parking, there are three kinds of lines (its color are white, blue or red) in the roadside.比如停车，路边有三种停车线（它的颜色是白色，蓝色和红色）。题干要求选不在这三种颜色内的，故选A。
442
Which of the following is true?
A.
Any car can park at any time or any period time in the streets in some residential areas.
B.
While giving a signal of turning left and being safe, you can turn left in the middle lane of turning left
C.
At any case, cars have the priority to passengers.
D.
You can park your car at any one of the three parking lines.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
A 细节理解题。根据文章中的When a car wants to turn left in the road, he may enter into the middle lane of turning left and give a signal of turning left. When he thinks being safe he may turn left.当一辆汽车要在道路左转，他可以进入左转弯车道，中间给左转弯信号。当他认为安全的他可能转左。据此判断B正确。
443
This passage mainly talks about________
A.
the priority of passengers and cars
B.
the traffic lights
C.
the stop line
D.
American traffic rules
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
D 综合概括题。根据文章的全部内容，主要介绍了美国小汽车行驶规则，故选D。
Do you know there are two kinds of football games? One is American football (橄榄球), and the other is soccer（足球）.In China many young men like playing soccer. It is very popular. But the Chinese don't call it soccer. They call it football. There are eleven players in each team. And the ball is round. Only the goalkeeper(守门员) can touch the ball with his hands. The other players can't touch the ball with their hands.
In America, soccer is not very popular. They like playing American football. It is very different. The ball is not round. It is like a big egg. There are also eleven players in each team. All the players can touch the ball with both feet and hands.
444
Do the Chinese like playing soccer?
A.
Yes, they do.
B.
No, they don't
C.
Yes, I do.
D.
No, I don't.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段中In China many young men like playing soccer.可知中国人喜欢踢足球，只是中国人不叫soccer而叫football；故选A。
445
How many players are there in a soccer team?
A.
Eight.
B.
Twenty-two
C.
Eleven
D.
Twenty.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段There are eleven players in each team.和最后一段There are also eleven players in each team.可知两种足球比赛中的队员都是11人；故选C。
446
What do the American people like very much?
A.
Touching the ball with hands.
B.
Playing soccer.
C.
Watching TV.
D.
Playing American football.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节判断题。根据最后一段In America, soccer is not very popular. They like playing American football.可知美国人喜欢橄榄球；故选D。
Do you have any foreign friends? Do you know their characteristics(特征)?
The Germans are very quiet and they always keep calm. They don't like to speak more words. They look very serious. They like different kinds of amusements. The Germans are very hard—working. They like tidiness, especially the women, who always keep their home clean.
In some ways, the Englishmen look the same as the Germans. They are very quiet and never talk too much with the strangers. They are really polite, so we often hear they say "Thank you." Or "Sorry." The gentlemen are also the Englishmen.
The French's holidays are very long. They like traveling and usually spend their long time staying in other countries. The Frenchmen are more outgoing than the Germans. It is very easy to make friends with them.
Compared to the Frenchmen, the Americans are more outgoing. And they are even opener than all of the Europeans. They don't like to depend on （依靠）others. So it is very usual that the students do part-time jobs in their free time. And in Americans' eyes, success is an important part in their life.
447
According to the passage, ______are very quiet.
A.
only the Germans
B.
only the Englishmen
C.
only the Frenchmen
D.
both the Germans and the Englishmen
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段The Germans are very quiet. 第三段They are very quiet。可知选D。
448
What does the underlined word "tidiness" mean in Chinese?
A.
整洁
B.
安静
C.
时尚
D.
随意
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据They like tidiness, especially the women, who always keep their home clean.他们喜欢整洁，特别总是让家里保持干净的女人。故选A。
449
What can we learn about the Frenchmen from the passage?
A.
They are more outgoing than the Americans.
B.
It is very easy to make friends with them.
C.
They like traveling in their own country.
D.
They look serious and are always hard-working.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据It is very easy to make friends with them. 很容易与他们交朋友。故选B。
450
Which is the best title of the passage?
A.
Foreigners' hobbies.
B.
Who are more outgoing?
C.
Characteristics of the foreigners.
D.
Success is an important part in Americans' life.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
标题概括题。根据文章内容及Do you know their characteristics你知道他们的特征吗？故选C。
If you could see a movie of your life before you lived it, would you want to live it? Probably not. The excitement of living is that you don't know what's coming.
Sure, it's hard to see uncertainty in such positive（积极的）light when you're out of work, or when you feel like you're failing. But uncertainty is really another word for chance.
When Allison graduated from Harvard, she had chances all over the place but had no idea what she wanted to do. She took a job in consulting（咨询）, but she knew she wouldn't stay there. She took the GRE and scored so high that she was able to increase her income（收入）by teaching students. Still, she didn't think she wanted to go to graduate school. Allison knew she wasn't doing what she wanted, but she didn't know what she wanted.
She worried. All her friends were going to graduate school or starting their own businesses. She was lost and felt that she would never find anything out. After six years, Allison, by having a general（全面的）plan in mind, got married, moved to the Midwest, and used her consulting experience to get a great job. Allison realized that she spent her years finding her way: time well spent, and time we must all take if we're being honest with ourselves.
The only way to lead an interesting life is to face uncertainty and make a choice. Otherwise your life is not your own—it is a path someone else has chosen. Moments of uncertainty are when you create your life, when you become who you are. Uncertainty usually begins with a job hunt, but it doesn't end there. Every new role we take on means another round of uncertainty. Instead of fearing it, you should find some ways to deal with uncertainty.
451
From the first two paragraphs, we can learn that________.
A.
being out of work is a sad thing
B.
uncertainty is what makes life interesting
C.
life in a film is more exciting than real life
D.
chance never appears when we need it
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据前两段的内容及第二段中But uncertainty is really another word for chance.最后一句可知未知或者不确定确实是机遇的另一个代名词；即和B项的描述项吻合；故选B。
452
What troubles Allison after graduation?
A.
She couldn't find a well-paid job.
B.
She had no money to start a business.
C.
She was not sure what to do.
D.
She didn't score high enough for graduate school.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段When Allison graduated from Harvard, she had chances all over the place but had no idea what she wanted to do.以及最后一句but she didn't know what she wanted.可知Allison不知道自己该干什么；故选C。
453
How did Allison feel about her six years' working experience?
A.
Uncertain.
B.
Amazed.
C.
Sorry.
D.
Satisfied.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第四段最后两句话used her consulting experience to get a great job. 和Allison realized that she spent her years finding her way:可知Allison通过努力找到了一份好工作，并且找到了自己的生活方向和工作目标，应该说他对于自己的六年工作经历是满意的；故选D。
454
What may be discussed in the following paragraph?
A.
How to deal with uncertainty.
B.
What role uncertainty plays in life.
C.
Why people fear uncertainty.
D.
Whom to go to when facing uncertainty.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。由最后一段主要是向我们讲述了不确定给我们带来的挑战以及机遇，那么接下来自然就是该叙述我们该如何来面对这种不确定的因素；故选A。
In most parts of the world, many students help their schools make less pollution(污染). They join "environment（环境）club". In an environment club, people work together to make our environment clean.
Here are some things students often do.
No-garbage(垃圾)lunches. How much do you throw away after lunch? Environment clubs ask students to bring their lunches in bags that can be used again. Every week they will choose the classes that make the least garbage and report them to the whole school.
No-car day. On a no- car day, nobody comes to school in a car- not the students and not the teachers. cars give pollution to our air, so remember: walk,
Turn off the water! Did you know that toilets(抽水马桶)can waste twenty to forty tons（吨）of water an hour? In a year, that would fill a small river! In the environment clubs, students mend those broken toilets.
We love our environment. Let's work together to make it clean.
455
Environment clubs ask students __________
A.
to run to school every day.
B.
to take exercise every day.
C.
not to forget to take cars
D.
not to throw away lunch bags
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
D 细节推断题。根据文章的第三段的Environment clubs ask students to bring their lunches in bags that can be used again.环保俱乐部要求学生们使用能再使用的袋子带午餐。故选D。
456
From the passage we know the students usually have lunch_______.
A.
at school
B.
in shops
C.
in clubs
D.
at home
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
A 细节推断题。根据No-garbage(垃圾)lunches无垃圾的午餐，又带午餐到学校，故应是在学校吃午餐。
457
On a no -car day,_______ will take a car to school.
A.
both students and teachers
B.
only students
C.
only teachers
D.
neither students nor teachers
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
D 细节推断题。根据On a no- car day, nobody comes to school in a car在无车日，没有人坐车来学校。故选D。
458
The writer wrote the passage to ask students to_______
A.
clean school
B.
make less pollution
C.
join clubs
D.
help teachers
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
B 细节理解题。根据文章的最后一段判断。
Last Monday we asked our students about how often they do the housework in Beishan Middle School. Here are the results.
Most students do the housework twice or three times a week. They often clean their rooms. Some students do the housework five times a week. They often clean the floor(地板). Some students help their parents on the farm. They think their parents are too busy, so they help them.
The results for "wash clothes" are interesting. Some students wash clothes once or twice a week. They often wash clothes on Saturdays or Sundays. Some students wash clothes three to four times a week. They only wash their own（自己的） clothes. But most students wash their clothes once a week. And they wash clothes on Sundays.
Liu Ying, a girl in Class 6, Grade 8 has lots of housework to do. She washes the dishes and cleans the floor every day. She often cooks. Sometimes three times a day. She says, "My mother isn't healthy. My father works in another city. So I have to do most of the housework at home."
459
Some students help their parents on the farm because ________.
A.
they think they are old enough
B.
they think their parents are too busy
C.
they don't have too much homework
D.
it is fun
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第二段中最后一句话They think their parents are too busy, so they help them.可知，孩子们帮父母做家务的原因在于他们体会到父母比较繁忙，故选B。
460
How often do most students wash their clothes?
A.
Once a week.
B.
Twice a week.
C.
Three to four times a week.
D.
never
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段中But most students wash their clothes once a week.一句可知大部分学生一周洗一次衣服；故选A。
461
From the passage we know that ________.
A.
Liu Ying is not a healthy student
B.
Liu Ying is good at housework
C.
Liu Ying doesn't want to do housework.
D.
Liu Ying has to do much housework.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文中最后一句话So I have to do most of the housework at home.并结合前面的描述可知，她爸妈没有时间做家务，所以她不得不做家务；故选D。
462
Which of the following is NOT true?
A.
Most students don't do the housework.
B.
Liu Ying is a student from Class 6, Grade 8.
C.
Liu Ying cooks three times a day sometimes.
D.
Liu Ying washes the dishes and cleans the floor every day.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
判断正误题。由最后一段Liu Ying, a girl in Class 6, Grade 8 has lots of housework to do.可知李颖是八年级六班的一名学生，所以Ｂ项正确；She often cooks. Sometimes three times a day.一句可知C项正确；She washes the dishes and cleans the floor every day.一句可知Ｄ项正确；Ａ项的描述与短文中描述的不符；故选A。
DIY, which means Do It Yourself, is quite popular in UK. Lots of stores and supermarkets sell DIY things. TV programmes show people how to DIY.
English people like DIY. There is a saying in UK—"As Englishman's home is his castle". If there is anything that needs fixing around their homes, such as painting the walls or putting in a new shower, they will do the jobs themselves. They share DIY experience with their friends. More and more people enjoy the joy of DIY. Sometimes people also DIY for saving money. They like making their house better without spending a lot of money. It is not surprising that DIY is so popular.
DIY can be difficult. There is a huge market for DIY furniture which people need to get together themselves with a few basic tools. However, people often find it not easy to build a piece of furniture because they can't understand the instructions.
DIY can also be dangerous. For example, anything electrical should be done by a professional worker. Unluckily, many people don't care about this warning and put themselves in danger. It is reported that in just one year over 230,000 people were hurt while doing DIY in UK, including 41,000 who fell off ladders.
DIY can bring us fun and help us save money, but it is not always as easy as it is thought to be if we bite off more than we can chew. Maybe factories should make products that are easier and safer for us to DIY.
463
How do many English people spend their holidays to the passage?
A.
Making their homes beautiful.
B.
Visiting friends.
C.
Travelling.
D.
Making money.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇文章的关键词就是DIY，即自己制作一些东西来使自己的家变得更漂亮，跟旅行、拜访朋友和赚钱没有关系。故选A。
464
Why do English people like DIY?
A.
Many stores sell DIY things.
B.
DIY can bring them fun.
C.
TV programs teach them to DIY.
D.
All DIY projects are easy.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第二段的描述我们可以知道英国人喜欢DIY，不仅是它可以省钱，更重要的是DIY给他们的生活带来了乐趣，他们喜欢DIY，也会和朋友们分享经验。故选B。
465
What can we learn from the passage?
A.
DIY is a waste of money.
B.
It is always difficult to DIY.
C.
We should be careful while doing DIY.
D.
It is very sage for us to DIY.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据文章第四段的内容可知，DIY有时候是很危险的，在英国一年有230,000的人们在做DIY的时候受伤，所以在做DIY的时候我们一定要小心。故选C。
466
In the passage, "we bite off more than we can chew" probably means ________.
A.
we can eat everything we like
B.
we should do something difficult
C.
we do something that is too difficult
D.
we eat too much food that is not safe
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
词义猜测题。这里是在告诉我们DIY 有时候并不像我们想象的那样简单，我们一定要小心，并且不要去做一些太专业，太难的事情。故选C。
All over the world, people enjoy sports. Sports are good for people's health. Many people like to watch others play games. They buy tickets or turn on their TV sets or may be online(上网) to watch.
Sports change with the seasons. People play different games in different seasons. Sometimes they play inside the room. Sometimes they play outside. We can find sports here and there. Some sports are interesting and people everywhere like them. Football, for example, is very popular in the world. People from different countries cannot understand each other, but after a game they often become very friendly to each other.
467
Sports are good for _______.
A.
the players
B.
people's health
C.
the coaches
D.
people who like sports
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中句子 Sports are good for people's health. 可知运动对人们的身体有益。故选B。
468
If you like sports, you can _______.
A.
buy tickets to watch the games
B.
watch the games on TV
C.
watch the games on the Internet
D.
A、B and C
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文，They buy tickets or turn on their TV sets or may be online(上网) to watch. 可知人们通常通过三种方式观看比赛。故选D。
469
People play _______ in different seasons.
A.
the same game
B.
different games
C.
any games
D.
all kinds of games
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文，People play different games in different seasons. 故选B。
470
_______ is very popular in the world.
A.
Table tennis
B.
Baseball
C.
Football
D.
Skating
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文，Football, for example, is very popular in the world. 可知足球受欢迎。故选C。
471
From this passage we can see that _______ can become very friendly.
A.
people from different countries all
B.
people from the same country
C.
people who do the same sports
D.
after a game, people from different countries
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文，People from different countries cannot understand each other, but after a game they often become very friendly to each other. 可知来自不同国家的人通过比赛增进友谊。故选D。
Most American families like to have a vacation in summer. Summer is a good season for vacation. It is often hot in July and August.
Children do not go to school in those two months. Some people like to stay at home, read books, or watch TV. Many families take their lunch to eat at a place with many trees or a nice lake. Some people have enough time and money to travel to other countries like France, Japan and Australia. They usually fly to these countries. Many families travel by car or train to see interesting places in their own countries. Their favorite cities are New York, Chicago, Miami, San Francisco and Los Angeles.
Not everyone likes to go to busy cities. Some families travel to mountains or beautiful valleys（山谷）.
472
_____ is a good season for vacation.
A.
Spring
B.
Summer
C.
Autumn
D.
Winter
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 第一段Summer is a good season for vacation可知，夏天是度假的好季节。所以本题选B。
473
Some people like to stay at home during their vacation. They don't _____.
A.
read books
B.
visit their friends
C.
watch TV
D.
go to work
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 第二段Some people like to stay at home, read books, or watch TV可知，假期中人们是不去工作的。所以本题选D。
474
Many families like to have their lunch _____ during their vacation.
A.
in the office
B.
near a cinema
C.
near a big factory
D.
near a nice lake
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段 Many families take their lunch to eat at a place with many trees or a nice lake可知，本题应该选D。
475
If you have _____, you can travel to other countries.
A.
money and friends
B.
friends and time
C.
money and time
D.
food
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段Some people have enough time and money to travel to other countries 可知，如果度假需要有时间和金钱。所以本题选C。
476
Which of the following is "芝加哥"?
A.
Chicago.
B.
New York.
C.
Miami.
D.
Los Angeles.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
基础知识理解。A芝加哥B 纽约 C迈阿密D 洛杉矶。故选A项。
Parking has been a problem for drivers for a long time in Taizhou. The Transportation Department(交通部门) is mapping out a new plan for the city's parking system. There are about 100 thousand cars on the road inTaizhou but only enough parking space to provide room for 15 percent of these vehicles. It is no wonder that local drivers get so worried trying to find a place to park.
The number of the private(私人的) car owners is becoming lager and larger. In March, the city sent out 1,000 private car licenses, the highest number of licenses ever sent out in a month. And prices rose to over 200 yuan, 500 more than in February. Industry experts(专家) say this suggests that local people have a strong, active interest in buying cars.
By the year 2020, the number of cars in Taizhou will probably reach 200 thousand. If one parking lot（停车场） is for each car, then a lot of parking space should be built for these vehicles. The center of Taizhou is most short of parking space. However, experts point out that simply building more parking lots in these areas is not practical and doesn't solve the problem. The idea of " Park & Ride" system has been suggested. This means that underground train and city train should be developed quickly. Drivers can leave their vehicles in car parks nearby subway(地铁) and bus stations and then they can ride public transport to go to the city center. Based on this idea, the city will cut down the number of parking lots in the city center and need higher parking fees(费用). But it will build more parking areas near main subway and bus stops.
477
The underlined phrase " mapping out " in the first paragraph means _____.
A.
making
B.
arguing
C.
replying
D.
comparing
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。make plan制订计划。根据a new plan for the city's parking system城市停车系统的新计划,可知答案选A。.
478
About _____ drivers can find places to park their cars in Taizhou now.
A.
8,500
B.
10,000
C.
15,000
D.
20,000
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。 根据There are about 100 thousand cars on the road inTaizhou but only enough parking space to provide room for 15 percent of these vehicles. 在台州有大约10万辆车行驶，但最大的停车位数只能满足15%的机动车，故答案选C。
479
What can we infer from the second paragraph?
A.
The city sent out more private licenses in February.
B.
Less and less people bought cars in March.
C.
The city sent out less private licenses in March.
D.
More and more people are going to buy cars.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据The number of the private(私人的) car owners is becoming lager and larger. 私家车的数量正在变得越来越大，可知答案选D。
480
According to the idea of a " Park & Ride " system, the city will _____.
A.
send out more private car licenses
B.
build more parking lots near bus stops
C.
encourage people to buy more cars
D.
build more parking areas in the city center
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据But it will build more parking areas near main subway and bus stops. 但会在地铁中线和公交站点附近建更多的停车场，故答案选B。
481
This passage is mainly about_____.
A.
parking problems
B.
heavy traffic
C.
pollution in Taizhou
D.
building more parking lots in the city center
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据Parking has been a problem for drivers for a long time in Taizhou.在台州停车已经很长时间成为司机的问题了， 故答案选A。
Recently, an Internet game has become a new fashion among young office workers and students. People can "farm" on a piece of "land" and "grow", "sell" or even "steal vegetables", "flowers" and "fruits" on the Net. They can earn some e-money and buy more "seeds", "pets" and even "houses".
Joyce interviewed some young people. Here are their opinions:
Harold: I don't quite understand why they are so mad about the childish game. Maybe they are just not confident enough to face the real world.
Allan: I enjoy putting some "bugs" in my friends' gardens and we've become closer because of the game. Having fun together is the most exciting thing about it.
Laura: You know, people in the city are longing for（渴望）the life in the countryside. It reduces my work pressure（压力）. Besides, it gives me the exciting experience of being a "thief".
Ivy: Well, it's just a waste of time. Teenagers playing the game spend so many hours on it that they can not focus on （专注于）their study.
482
According to the passage, people can't_______-things in this game.
A.
grow
B.
borrow
C.
steal
D.
sell
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。grow 种，borrow借，steal 偷，sell卖。根据 People can "farm" on a piece of "land" and "grow", "sell" or even "steal vegetables", "flowers" and "fruits" on the Net. ，在网上人们可以一块地上"收"和"种"，"卖"或"偷"蔬菜、花和水果，可知答案选B。
483
Among the people Joyce interviewed, _____ likes the game while dislikes the game.
A.
Laura, Allan
B.
Allan, Harold
C.
Harold, Ivy
D.
Ivy, Allan
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据Harold: I don't quite understand why they are so mad about the childish game. 哈罗德说：我非常不理解为什么他们如此着这种幼稚的游戏；Allan: I enjoy putting some "bugs" in my friends' gardens and we've become closer because of the game. 阿兰说：我喜欢把虫子放在我朋友的菜园里，因为游戏我们正变得越来越亲近； Laura: You know, people in the city are longing for（渴望）the life in the countryside. 劳拉说：你知道，城市里的人们渴望着乡村的生活；Ivy: Well, it's just a waste of time.艾维说：哦，那就是浪费时间 ，可知答案选B。
484
From Laura's words, we can guess that she's most probably_______.
A.
a student
B.
an office worker
C.
a farmer
D.
a thief
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据 It reduces my work pressure.它减少我的工作压力，可知答案选B。
485
Which is NOT the reason why people like the game?
A.
They are longing for country life.
B.
They can have fun with friends.
C.
The game can relax people and give them a new experience.
D.
They are confident enough to face the real world.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据Maybe they are just not confident enough to face the real world.也许他们只是没有自信面对现时世界，Having fun together is the most exciting thing about it. 一起玩的开心是这个游戏最令人兴奋的事情， people in the city are longing for（渴望）the life in the countryside.城市里的人们渴望着乡村的生活 Besides, it gives me the exciting experience of being a "thief".此外，它给我一种做"小偷"的令人兴奋的体验，可知答案选D。
486
Where can you find this passage?
A.
In a car magazine.
B.
In an advertisement.
C.
In a newspaper.
D.
In a science book.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。 In a car magazine汽车杂志上，In an advertisement.在广告上，In a newspaper.在报纸上，In a science book.科学书上。根据Joyce interviewed some young people. Here are their opinions:乔伊采访了几个年轻人，下面是他们的观点，采访类文章常出现在报纸上，故答案选C。
Square Dance ABC is an exciting new way to practice square dancing.
Enjoy a fan, easy beginner's square dance, with no experience needed.
There are three different dances. The A, B and C dances can be experienced in any order. This is the main difference between Square Dance ABC and the traditional "lesson-based" way. You can do the three beginner's dances in any order.
Instead of waiting until a class starts once a year, people can start Square Dance ABC any time!
After all three dances (in an order), dancers have learned 22 square dance movements. The next step is the experienced ABC dance, using all 22 movements.
It is easy to convince people to try square dancing any time. Most people that try it will like it. Square Dance ABC will bring lots of opportunities(机会) for fun, fitness and friends!
Come on, we'll make this project as easy as A-B-C!
If you have questions or comments about this site, please e-mail us at Webmaster@Square Dance ABC.com.
487
Who might be interested in this website?
A.
Kids that are good at drawing.
B.
Adults that want to go traveling
C.
Volunteers that want to teach children
D.
People that want to learn to dance.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第六段Most people that try it will like it.可知大多数尝试练习广场舞的人都会喜欢它的，所以D项只要想学习跳广场舞的人都会对这一网站感兴趣的；故选D。
488
If you join the Square Dance ABC, you can _________.
A.
save lots of money for a holiday.
B.
try square dancing only once
C.
stay healthy and make lots of friends
D.
learn the English letters ABC more easily
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第六段Square Dance ABC will bring lots of opportunities(机会) for fun, fitness and friends!可知，跳广场舞能够使人获得快乐，健康和友谊；故选C。
489
The passage is probably ________.
A.
an advertisement by an English club
B.
an invitation by an English club
C.
an application by a sports club
D.
an advertisement by a dance club
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文的内容可知，本文的一个核心话题就是广场舞的相关信息；故选D。
We all have our own ways of sharing our life experiences with others.
Photographers use cameras, artists use brushes, musicians use songs and writers use stories.
Spencer Johnson's story Who Moved My Cheese? shows changes exist in(存在于)our life. Life changes and so we do. We must change ourselves to face the changing environment, or we will fail.
Just look at the cycle(循环)of the seasons. Trees bud(发芽)in spring and in summer their leaves turn green. In autumn, their leaves start to fall onto the ground. When winter comes, there are no leaves on trees. Next spring the cycle begins again. Since we know there are cycles in nature, we can prepare for them. We know it is colder in winter and hotter in summer, so we can dress properly.
Since we accept the cycles of nature, we should also accept the changes in our life.
We can prepare ourselves for changes by becoming more flexible(灵活的). We can regard the changes in our life as chances. As we keep changing ourselves, we can keep up with the changes in our life.
490
Who Moved My Cheese? tells us that ______________.
A.
changes exist in our life
B.
we should move others' things
C.
we should use books to share our life experiences
D.
there are difficulties in our life
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中Spencer Johnson's story Who Moved My Cheese? shows changes exist in(存在于)our life.可知选A。
491
The cycle of the seasons means _____________.
A.
we should wear warm clothes in winter
B.
we should accept the changes in our life
C.
we should prepare for the weather
D.
leaves turn yellow in autumn
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中Since we accept the cycles of nature, we should also accept the changes in our life. 可知选B。
492
If you fail a test, what should you think according to the passage?
A.
I have no chance to pass the test.
B.
Exams are hard for me.
C.
I have bad luck.
D.
It's good for me because I know there are more to learn.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据文中所讲的，我们应该不断地学习改变自己来应对改变，考试不及格说明我们自己还有需要学习的知识。故选D。
493
What's the main idea of this passage?
A.
Weather changes in different seasons.
B.
Who Moved My Cheese? is a good book.
C.
We should change ourselves when life changes.
D.
We should not lose heart when we meet with difficulties.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据文中最后一段 As we keep changing ourselves, we can keep up with the changes in our life. 可知选C。
At East China University of Science and Technology, students who finish their food in the dining hall can get a coupon(优惠券) when they return their tray(餐盘). They can exchange coupons for small gifts, such as books, magazines, mobile phone covers and hand warmers.
"It's been a big surprise," said Liang Zhaoyun, 19, a student in the university of Shanghai. "It makes us try our best to finish the food!"
But some food in the dining hall is so poorly prepared that students are reluctant to finish it all. Some schools have paid some attention to it.
"The dishes in our canteen are all right, generally speaking. We've tried our best to make it tasty. But of course it's difficult to make all the students love it." said Wang.
Other universities also pay attention to the size of food. At Nanjing University, rice is divided into three different-sized bowls that students can choose from.
"I like to try different dishes at each meal. So I had to throw away a lot of food because the bowls were too big. But now the dining hall offers small sizes. It's great because I can try different dishes at half price and don't waste so much food," said Fan Peng, a student from Nanjing University.
But what if you really can't finish all your food? Some universities also provide a take-away service. If you can't finish all your food, you can get a box to take the leftovers home. Even if you feed the cat, it's not wasted.
So you see, if we call on students not to waste food, schools should also improve the service and meal quality.
494
How can the students at East China University of Science and Technology get a coupon?
A.
They eat up all the food and wash the tray.
B.
They return the tray in the dining hall.
C.
They finish all the food and return the tray.
D.
They wash the tray and return it.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章的第一句话At East China University of Science and Technology, students who finish their food in the dining hall can get a coupon(优惠券) when they return their tray(餐盘)，在华东科技大学里的学生们在餐厅吃完饭后归还餐盘的时候可以获得一张优惠券。故选C。
495
In some universities, if you can't finish all your food, you can __________________.
A.
leave the food on the table and go away
B.
share it with your friends
C.
give the food back to the dining hall
D.
take it away with a box
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第七段Some universities also provide a take-away service. If you can't finish all your food, you can get a box to take the leftovers home.可知，一些大学提供外卖的服务。如果你吃不完你的食物，你可以拿一个餐盒把它带回家。故选D。
496
The underlined word "reluctant" in this passage means ___________ in Chinese.
A.
开心的
B.
饥饿的
C.
不情愿的
D.
不可能的
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
词义猜测题。这个单词所在的句子为But some food in the dining hall is so poorly prepared that students are reluctant to finish it all，句意：但是一些餐厅的食物做的很差劲，所以学生们很不情愿吃完。由这句话的句意我们可以猜测，既然食物做的不好吃，那么学生们也就吃的不情愿，而不是开心、饥饿或不可能。故选C。
497
In order to reduce the waste, universities do a lot of things except _____________.
A.
trying to make the food as delicious as possible.
B.
offering different sizes of the food.
C.
exchanging trays for coupons and gifts.
D.
raising the price of the food.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。该题问的是为了减少浪费，一些大学都做了哪些事情，A 尽力把食物做的好吃一些；B 提供不同分量的食物；C 用吃完饭的餐盘交换优惠券和礼物；D 提高食物的价格。其中A、B、C三项在文章中都提到过，故选D。
498
Where can we read this passage?
A.
In a newspaper.
B.
In a science book.
C.
In a story book.
D.
In a fashion magazine.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推理判断题。这篇短文主要说的是一些大学采取措施来减少食物浪费的事情，故这样的文章应该出现在报纸上，而不是科学书、故事书或时尚杂志中。故选A。
On the bus, on the subway, every head is lowered to a cell phone, iPad, or other digital device. But does this mean more and more people are getting into reading the digital way?
According to the National Reading Survey, before the 17th World Reading Day on April 23, only 1.2 percent of Chinese people said they read a lot. But 38.6 percent said they read on digital devices like cell phone and e-books. This is a 17.7 percent increase from 2010.
Many experts are talking about a trend toward fragmented reading ––reading many short messages or items on a digital device like a cell phone instead of one long text in a book.
Zhao jianmin, a professor at Shanghai University, said fragmented reading was part of modern life. "The fast pace of life leaves many people no time to sit and read a whole book," he said. "So making use of fragmented time to read is sure to be a trend"
Fragmented reading has its advantages. People can enjoy large amounts of information, knowledge and entertainment in a short time. Digital reading is faster than traditional deep reading.
However, some experts fear the trend of digital reading will lead people to read in a simple way. Xu Guosheng, at a Chinese Academy of Press and Publication, says fragmented reading makes it harder for people to think more about what they read. He also warned fragmented reading could make people lazy about remembering facts because they know they can always just search for answers online.
"Fragmented reading is sometimes good, but don't let it take all your time," suggested Tian Zhilng, an editor. He said it was important to read quality books in a deeper way, and we should read for knowledge, for practical use and for pleasure. He suggested people choose easy books first, then move onto more difficult ones.
499
How many disadvantages of fragmented reading have been mentioned?
A.
1
B.
2
C.
3
D.
4
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中fragmented reading makes it harder for people to think more about what they read和fragmented reading could make people lazy about remembering facts可知文章指出了两种分散阅读的缺点，所以选B。
500
How does Tian Zhiling think about people should read?
A.
They should spend more time reading on digital device.
B.
They should spend days reading whole novels at a time.
C.
They should read both on digital devices and quality books.
D.
They should read a fun way instead of a traditional way.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Fragmented reading is sometimes good（分散有时候读书是好的）和He said it was important to read quality books in a deeper way（他说重要是以一种更深的方式读好书）可知选C。
501
The underlined word "pace" means _________ in Chinese.
A.
行走
B.
步骤
C.
节奏
D.
步测
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据The fast pace of life leaves many people no time to sit and read a whole book快节奏的生活使很多人没有时间坐下来读一本书，可知pace的词义是节奏，所以选C。
502
What can we learn from the article?
A.
Chinese people read in a simple way these days.
B.
Students should read more to get high marks.
C.
Reading on a digital device is harmful to health.
D.
People's reading habits are changing.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文可知，人们的阅读习惯在改变，所以选D。
503
What is the main idea of the article?
A.
The results of a national reading survey.
B.
An explanation of a new trend in reading.
C.
The advice on how to read the digital way.
D.
A call to return to traditional deep reading.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
主旨大意题。短文主要是在说阅读的新趋势，所以选B。
Hello! The Generation 90s is coming!
Wearing earphones, using net language and text messaging, the Gen – 90s following the Gen – 80s begin to make their world debut(初次露面).
Each generation or age group has its own symbols and lifestyle. Read and judge for yourself if you fit the Gen – 90s profile(形象).
Earphones
These little earphones seem to grow on the heads of the Gen – 90s. They might lead to MP4, MP5 or Iphone players and are used to listen to pop songs. But too much time on earphones is bad for ears.
Martian(火星的) Language
They have created their own online language. It's a mixture of English, Japanese and Chinese that perhaps only Martians can understand. This is a generation full of imagination. But try not to use them when writing compositions. Teacher may get annoyed.
Self – Portrait(自我)
Saying "cheese" to their own cameras is common for this generation. A little bit of narcissism(自恋) never hurts anyone. It helps them reflect(反映) a little on their own lives. But be careful not to put all private photos online.
Text – Messaging
They can type their mobile phones as fast as they can speak. However, oral communication is important and will never go out of style.
504
The readers of the passage maybe_______.
A.
Teens
B.
Educators
C.
Socialists
D.
Parents
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段The Generation 90s is coming!可知本文的读者是90后这一代青少年。故选A。
505
The writer described the Gen-90s in _______ ways.
A.
one
B.
two
C.
three
D.
four
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Earphones， Martian(火星的) Language，Self – Portrait(自我)，Text – Messaging
可知本文从四方面描述90后这一代人。故选D。
506
The passage is mainly about _______.
A.
the Gen-90s' happy life
B.
the difference between the Gen-80s and the Gen-90s
C.
the Gen-90s' lifestyle and some useful advice for them
D.
the similarities between the Gen-80s and the Gen-90s
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第三段的Each generation or age group has its own symbols and lifestyle. Read and judge for yourself if you fit the Gen – 90s profile(形象).可知本文介绍90后这一代人的生活风格和一些有用的建议。故选C。
507
According to the text, the writer will choose _______ as a good example to the Gen-90s.
A.
Li Hua likes dancing and always wears beautiful dresses.
B.
Zhang Chao speaks English and Japanese very well.
C.
Lily is a shy girl and she doesn't like making friends.
D.
Fangfang likes taking photos of her own and often put them online.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第六段的Saying "cheese" to their own cameras is common for this generation.可知90后这一代人喜欢自拍，喜欢把自己的照片传到网上。故选D。
508
How is the passage organized?
A.
By making comparisons(比较).
B.
By showing a topic and giving explanations(解释).
C.
By using famous people's words.
D.
By listing data(数据).
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据Earphones These little earphones seem to grow on the heads of the Gen – 90s.可知本文通过给出一个题目，然后进行解释的方式进行阐述的。故选B。
Microblog(微博) is used by more and more people in China. Do you know what it is?Micorblog makes the people around the world to know each other better. It helps people to find the information that they need more easily, also to get some information about the world they did not know before.
Many famous people are using microblog now, including singers, TV hosts and artists. The first day of Chinese New Year in 2010，people on Sina Microblog sent 9873 microblogs to wish somebody a Happy New Year. Yao Chen became the queen(王后) of microblog because her microblog has over 1.3 million followers; Li Yuchun sent a microblog and got 11760 comments(评论) within 24 hours; Cai Kangyong, who is a famous TV host and famous writer in Taiwan, has 15143 more followers within 24 hours.
Why is microblog so popular? The most important reason is that it is convenient(方便的). People need not use too much time to write the articles to express(表达) their feeling. They can write at most 140 words, and then send it through computers or mobile phones onto the microblog. As soon as they send it, their followers will know. They can use it anytime, anywhere.
Many of my friends use microblog to share things with others. They can talk about what they see, hear and think in a sentence or a photo. Also, they can follow their friends' or their favorite stars' microblogs. They can even join in any discussion of anything. Microblog is very hit now!
Have you microblog today?
509
According to the passage, ________________.
A.
microblog can make people around the world to know each other better
B.
you can write as many words as you like in your microblog
C.
microblog is not very popular in China
D.
microblog is only used by people under 18
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段首句Micorblog makes the people around the world to know each other better.即可知选A。
510
Yao Chen became the queen of microblog because _______________.
A.
she sent a microblog and got 11760 comments
B.
she is a famous actress in China
C.
her blog has over 1.3 million followers
D.
she has 15143 more followers within 24 hours
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段中Yao Chen became the queen(王后) of microblog because her microblog has over 1.3 million followers;（姚晨成为微博王后是因为她的微博有超过1300000人听众）可知选C。
511
Microblog is very popular. The most important reason is that ____________________.
A.
many famous people are using it now
B.
it is convenient
C.
people can share their photos with others
D.
people can join in any discussion
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段前两句Why is microblog so popular? The most important reason is that it is convenient(（为什么微博如此受欢迎？最重要的原因是它是方便的）可知选B。
512
What can we do on the microblog?
A.
We can join in any discussion of anything.
B.
We can only get some information about the world we had known before.
C.
We can write at least 140 words, and then send it through computers onto the microblog.
D.
We can get answers to any of our questions.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文倒数第二句话They can even join in any discussion of anything.（他们甚至可以加入讨论任何东西）可知选A。
513
We can probably find this article in _______________.
A.
a children's story book
B.
a clothing magazine
C.
a newspaper
D.
an exercise book
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据常识，这样的文章最有可能发表在报纸上，所以选C。
New York is one of the last large American cities to have some of its policemen on horseback. The New York police have 170 horses working in certain parts of the city. The horses are expensive to feed, but it is even more expensive to look after them. Because the horses must walk on the streets, they need special horseshoes. In fact, they need more than 8,000 of them each year. Every police horse in New York gets new shoes every month. Keeping these shoes in good repair is the job of six blacksmiths(铁匠). There are only about thirty-five of these blacksmiths in the whole United States. The cost of shoeing a horse is between twenty dollars and thirty-five dollars, and it takes a good blacksmith two or three hours to do the job.
A blacksmith's job is not an easy one. He must be able to shape a shoe from a piece of metal and then fit it to the horse's foot. The blacksmith must bend over all the time when he is fitting the shoe and must hold the weight of the horse's leg while he works. Clearly, a blacksmith must be very strong. But even more important, he must be able to deal with horses---for before the blacksmith can begin his work, he has to get the horse to lift its leg.
One of the blacksmiths in New York is James Corbin. He came to the country from Ireland in 1948. He not only makes horseshoes for the police but also works for a group of horse owners near the city. Corbin became interested in blacksmithing because his father did it, and, as he puts it, "It's a good way to make a living."
514
According to the reading passage, a blacksmith must be likely a ________________ man.
A.
clever
B.
rich
C.
strong
D.
lucky
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段第三句Clearly, a blacksmith must be very strong.（显然，一个铁匠必须很强壮。）可知选C。
515
James Corbin became a blacksmith because he ________________.
A.
was interested in horses
B.
was needed by the policemen
C.
drew a picture of the horseshoe
D.
had to make a living
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章最后一句话Corbin became interested in blacksmithing because his father did it, and, as he puts it, "It's a good way to make a living." （Corbin对铁匠感兴趣是因为他的父亲是铁匠，并且，正如他所说，"这是谋生的好办法。"）可知选D。
516
In the reading passage "to shape a shoe" is to ________________.
A.
fit it on the horse's foot
B.
use it for two or three hours
C.
make the form of a horseshoe from a piece of metal
D.
draw a picture of the shoe
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据句子He must be able to shape a shoe from a piece of metal and then fit it to the horse's foot.（他必须能够打造马蹄形金属鞋，然后把它装到马的脚上）可知选C。
517
The best title for the passage is "________________".
A.
Policemen on Horseback
B.
Blacksmiths and Horseshoeing
C.
James Corbin, a Blacksmith
D.
Horseshoeing is a Good Way to Make a Living
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
标题归纳题。本文主要介绍了铁匠和订马掌，所以选B。
518
Which of the following is true?
A.
Only a few large American cities have some policemen on horseback.
B.
New York is the only city in America to have some policemen on horseback.
C.
Policemen on horseback enjoy travelling around the United States.
D.
Policemen on horseback are less expensive than those in cars.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章前三句话New York is one of the last large American cities to have some of its policemen on horseback. The New York police have 170 horses working in certain parts of the city. The horses are expensive to feed, but it is even more expensive to look after them.（纽约是最后有马背上的警察的美国大城市之一。纽约警察有170匹马在城市的某些地方工作。饲养马匹很贵，但更昂贵的是照顾他们。）可知该选A。
Many people may think that animals in the zoo are happy, free and lucky, but most of them are sad. Do you know why? Animals like tigers, lions, and bears usually live in forests or mountains. They run, jump, play with their children and catch small animals for food. But now they have to stay in cages ,small rooms in the zoo. They don't have to find food by themselves because the zoo keepers feed them. They do nothing but eat, walk and sleep every day. Their life in the zoo is quite different from that in the forest because they are not free. Maybe they miss their mothers and their friends, in fact, they feel lonely.
519
Most of the animals in the zoo feel ______ according to the passage.
A.
happy
B.
free
C.
lucky
D.
sad
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据but most of them are sad.描述，可知动物园的大部分动物都感到很伤心。故选D。
520
Where do tigers, lions and bears usually live?_____________.
A.
In the zoo
B.
In the forest
C.
In a room
D.
In the field
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Animals like tigers, lions, and bears usually live in forests or mountains. 描述，可知老虎狮子等通常是生活在森林或者山中。故选B。
521
What does the word "keeper" mean here? It means ____________.
A.
仓库
B.
监护人
C.
坚持者
D.
饲养员
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据because the zoo keepers feed them.描述，可知此处指的是，饲养员喂养它们。故选D。
522
Which is wrong according to the passage?
A.
The animals in the zoo feel lonely in fact.
B.
The animals catch food themselves in the zoo.
C.
The animals can only eat, walk or sleep in the zoo.
D.
The animals in the forest are happier than those in the zoo.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据They don't have to find food by themselves because the zoo keepers feed them.描述，可知动物园里面的动物不用自己去捕捉食物。故选项B，描述错误。
523
Which is the best title题目?
A.
Animals In the Zoo
B.
Animals And People
C.
Lovely Animals
D.
Happy Animals
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
标题归纳题。阅读短文可知，本文主要介绍了动物园里面的动物的生活情况，故选A，动物园里的动物。
America is a mobile society. Friendships between Americans can be close and real，yet disappear soon if situations change. Neither side feels hurt by this. Both may exchange Christmas greetings for a year or two，perhaps a few letters for a while— then no more. If the same two people meet again by chance，even years later，they pick up the friendship. This can be quite difficult for us Chinese to understand，because friendships between us develop more slowly but then may become lifelong feelings，extending (延伸) sometimes deeply into both families.
Americans are ready to receive us foreigners at their homes，share their holidays，and their home life. They will enjoy welcoming us and be pleased if we accept their hospitality (好客) easily.
Another difficult point for us Chinese to understand Americans is that although they include us warmly in their personal everyday lives，they don't show their politeness to us if it requires a great deal of time. This is usually the opposite of the practice in our country where we may be generous with our time. Sometimes，we，as hosts，will appear at airports even in the middle of the night to meet a friend. We may take days off to act as guides to our foreign friends. The Americans，however，express their welcome usually at homes，but truly can not manage the time to do a great deal with a visitor outside their daily routine. They will probably expect us to get ourselves from the airport to our own hotel by bus. And they expect that we will phone them from there. Once we arrive at their homes，the welcome will be full，warm and real. We will find ourselves treated hospitably.
For the Americans，it is often considered more friendly to invite a friend to their homes than to go to restaurants，except for purely business matters. So accept their hospitality at home!
524
Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?
A.
Friendships between Americans usually extend deeply into their families.
B.
Friendships between Americans usually last for all their lives.
C.
Americans always show their warmth even if they are very busy.
D.
Americans will continue their friendships again even after a long break.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据If the same two people meet again by chance，even years later，they pick up the friendship.可知同两个人甚至数年后有机会再见面，他们还会继续他们的友谊，所以选D。
525
From the last two paragraphs we can learn that when we arrive in America to visit an American friend，we will probably be ______.
A.
warmly welcomed at the airport
B.
offered a ride to his home
C.
treated hospitably at his home
D.
treated to dinner in a restaurant
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题，从最后两段可知，当我们去美国拜访我们的朋友时，我们很有可能在他家受到款待，所以选C。
526
The underlined words "generous with our time" in Paragraph 3 probably mean ______.
A.
strict with time
B.
willing to spend time
C.
careful with time
D.
serious with time
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义猜测题。generous with our time 的意思是乐意跟我们花费时间，所以选B。
527
A suitable title for this passage would probably be "______".
A.
Friendships between Chinese
B.
Friendships between Americans
C.
Americans'hospitality
D.
Americans'and Chinese's views of friendships
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
标题归纳题。本文在谈论中国和美国对友谊的观点不同，，所以选D。
Britain Today
Food
British people like good food, and more than half of them go to a restaurant every month . Fast food is also very popular— 30% of all adults have a hamburger every three months, but 46% have fish and chips!
Cinema and TV
Films are very popular in Britain, and about 60% of people between 15 and 24 go to the cinema every month. At home, men watch TV for about three hours every day — two hours more than women.
Holidays
British people love going on holiday, and have 56 holidays every year. Most of these holidays aren't in the UK—27% are in Spain,10% are in the USA, and 9% are in France , 15% are in China. Maybe this is because the weather in Britain isn't very good!
528
Which food could be more popular among British adults, a hamburger or fish and chips?
A.
A hamburger.
B.
Fish and chips.
C.
Both.
D.
Neither.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Fast food is also very popular— 30% of all adults have a hamburger every three months, but 46% have fish and chips 可知选B。
529
How long do British women spend watching TV every day?
A.
Three hours.
B.
Four hours
C.
Two hours
D.
One hour
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。At home, men watch TV for about three hours every day — two hours more than women.可推算出英国妇女一天看电视一个小时，所以选D。
530
Among the following countries , British people's least favorite country for a holiday is ____.
A.
Spain
B.
France
C.
America
D.
China
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Most of these holidays aren't in the UK—27% are in Spain,10% are in the USA, and 9% are in France , 15% are in China.可知英国人喜欢在法国度假的最少，所以选B。
Do your parents ever say, "act like a lady" or "be a gentleman" to you? But in the eyes of today's teenagers, what should a lady or a gentleman be like? Let's take a look.
What is a gentleman? The girls have their ideas:
Huang Xiaoyu of Guizhou: A gentleman doesn't always get angry. He wants others to be well and happy. He is always ready to help. There is a boy in my class and I think he is a gentleman. If I don't do well in the English exam, he will say, "You will do better next time." That makes me feel happy.
Chen Tingting of Shenzhen: A gentleman always says, "Ladies first" When students clean up the classroom, he does the heavy work. He lets girls go into rooms first. There are no gentlemen in my class. When there is something to eat, the boys in my class always get them before girls!
What is a lady？ Boys tell us what they think a lady is:
Wu Yifan of Dalian: A lady is quiet and kind, but she's not shy (害羞) and she can talk about her ideas in front of others. To me, Dong Jie, a film star, is a lady. She is pretty and kind. She does a lot for others.
Wang Lichao of Tianjin: A lady is not just beautiful but clever. She never says bad words. She is quiet and kind to others. I don't think there is a lady in my class. Most of the girls are "wild beauties", I think.
531
What does Huang Xiaoyu think a gentleman will do if she doesn't do well in the English exam?
A.
He will say "You'll do better next time"
B.
He will get angry
C.
He will say "You're so careless."
D.
He will laugh at her
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中句子 If I don't do well in the English exam, he will say, "You will do better next time." 可知选A。
532
Why does Wu Yifan think Dong Jie is a lady?
A.
Because she is quiet.
B.
Because she likes expressing (表现) herself
C.
Because she is pretty and kind.
D.
Because she is very shy.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中句子 She is pretty and kind. She does a lot for others. 可知选C。
533
Which of the following is TRUE according to this passage?
A.
Wang Lichao thinks pretty-looking is enough for a lady.
B.
Huang Xiaoyu thinks there is a gentleman in his class
C.
Chen Tingting thinks there is a gentleman in his class
D.
Wu Yufan thinks a lady can't talk about her ideas in front of others.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中第三段There is a boy in my class and I think he is a gentleman. 可知选B。
534
What does the underlined words "wild beauties" mean in this passage?
A.
Beautiful and kind girls
B.
Pretty- looking but rude girls
C.
Gentle and shy girls
D.
Clever girls
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据文中句子I don't think there is a lady in my class. 可以判断他班的女孩都不是女士，可以判断是个漂亮的但是不够女士的女孩。故选B。
A hobby is not a job or a school subject. A hobby is something you enjoy doing in your spare time. It's not something you need to do. It's just fun. Some people make model ships, keep pets, plant flowers, play computer games or chat on the Internet. Some paint pictures or dance to music. Some collect everything from stamps to seashells (海贝壳)….People take up hobbies because they think these activities can bring them many things like happiness, friendship and knowledge. Anyone, rich or poor, old or young, sick or well, can have a hobby. A hobby will make your life colorful.
535
What is a hobby?
A.
A job.
B.
A school subject.
C.
Something interesting.
D.
Something you enjoy doing in your spare time.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：爱好是什么？原文：A hobby is something you enjoy doing in your spare time.句意：业余爱好是你喜欢在业余时间做。故选：D。
536
.How many hobbies are mentioned(提到) in this passage?
A.
7.
B.
8.
C.
9.
D.
10.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
计算题。问题：短文提及多少种爱好？原文：Some people make model ships, keep pets, plant flowers, play computer games or chat on the Internet. Some paint pictures or dance to music. Some collect everything from stamps to seashells (海贝壳)….句意：有些人做模型船，养宠物，植物的花，在互联网上玩游戏或聊天。绘画或者伴着音乐舞蹈。收集从邮票到贝壳的……。计算之后，得知是八种。故选：B。
537
Hobbies can bring people _______.
A.
much money
B.
health
C.
happiness, friendship and knowledge
D.
lots of trouble
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：爱好能带给人们什么？原文：People take up hobbies because they think these activities can bring them many things like happiness, friendship and knowledge.句意：人们有自己的兴趣爱好，因为他们认为这些活动能给他们带来许多的快乐，友谊和知识。故选:C。
538
What kind of people can have a hobby?
A.
Rich or poor.
B.
Old or young.
C.
Sick or well.
D.
A、B and C.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：哪类人能有一个爱好？原文：Anyone, rich or poor, old or young, sick or well, can have a hobby.句意：任何人，富有或贫穷，年轻或年长，生病还是健康，都可以有一个爱好。第一个单词就体现出任何人。故选：D。
539
When do people often take up hobbies?
A.
In their work time.
B.
In the daytime.
C.
In their free time.
D.
In the holiday.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：什么时候人们从事自己的兴趣爱好？原文：A hobby is something you enjoy doing in your spare time.句意：业余爱好是你喜欢在业余时间做。Spare （形容词）空闲的，与free（形容词）自由的，为近义词。 故选:C。
The Voice of China was hot during the summer of 2012!
The Voice of China is the large music show in China. This show is also the only one which regards the Voice as the only ruler. It premiered at 21:15 on July 13, 2012, on the Zhejiang Television. It has attracted great attention. The show became an overnight sensation.
The first season used "Real voice, real music" as its slogan. As a mentor(导师), singers like Liu Huan, Na Ying, Yu Chengqing and Yang Kun will be responsible for seeking world-shaking voices of China in the following three and a half months, through four stages, namely, "blind choosing", "selecting", "team PK" and "yearly grand ceremony".
It is really a miracle that The Voice of China can stand out in the flood of today's talent shows in China and attracts the audience. A great many of audience said this will be the best television show in this summer. They were all proud for these good voices of China.
The students' beautiful voices moved everyone. Xu Haixing, a girl from Chengdu, sang "Self" to realize her father's dream and Liu Huan was moved to tears by her song. Huang Yong sang "In Spring" showing his persistence on his dream and Yang Kun cried for this. The blind girl Zhang Yuxia, a busker from Taiwan, played while singing. She was praised as "Deng Lijun No.2" for her unique voice, and her sincere feelings touched everybody. Na Ying went to the stage to sing with the students together for two times.
The Voice of China casts off magnificent clothes and wonderful dancing. It regards "inspiration" and "professionalism" as the ruler of music. The singer uses their songs to tell their real stories and the happiness of life.
540
If you want to be the winner of The Voice of China, you must _____.
A.
have a good-looking
B.
have special talent
C.
have a wonderful voice
D.
dance and sing well
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据This show is also the only one which regards the Voice as the only ruler.（这个节目也是唯一一个以声音作为唯一的标准）可知你想在中国好声音中获胜，你必须有非常优美的嗓音，所以选C。
541
The right order of The Voice of China's program is _____. a. team PK b. blind choosing. c. selecting d. yearly grand ceremony
A.
c-b-a-d
B.
b-c-a-d
C.
c-a-b-d
D.
d-c-a-b
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据through four stages, namely, "blind choosing", "selecting", "team PK" and "yearly grand ceremony（经历了四个阶段，即，"盲目的选择"，"选择"，"团队PK"和"年度盛典"。）可知选B。
542
From the passage we know Liu Huan was deeply moved by_____ song.
A.
Na Ying's
B.
Xu Haixing's
C.
Huang Yong's
D.
Zhang Yuxia's
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题Xu Haixing, a girl from Chengdu, sang "Self" to realize her father's dream and Liu Huan was moved to tears by her song.（徐海星，一个来自成都的女孩，唱的是"自我"意识到她父亲的梦想，刘欢被她的歌声感动得流泪）可知选B。
543
What is the Chinese meaning of the underlined sentence?
A.
通宵节目
B.
无与伦比
C.
一夜成名
D.
彻夜难眠
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据上句It premiered at 21:15 on July 13, 2012, on the Zhejiang Television. It has attracted great attention.（2012年7月13日21:15，在浙江电视台首次公演。它已引起了高度重视）可推知The show became an overnight sensation 是说这节目一夜成名，所以选C。
544
Which of the following is NOT true according the passage?
A.
The best title of the passage is The Voice of China.
B.
The Voice of China last three and a half months.
C.
The fourth paragraph（段落） tells us The Voice of China is hot in China.
D.
Magnificent clothes and wonderful dancing are rulers of the show.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
根据The Voice of China casts off magnificent clothes and wonderful dancing.（ 中国好声音摆脱华丽的衣服和精彩的舞蹈。）可知选D。
On April 20th,2013, a big earthquake hit Ya'an, Sichuan. Nearly 200 people died. Many people were hurt. Why do earthquakes happen?
The surface(表面) of the earth has many pieces. These pieces are always moving. When two pieces move past each other, there is an earthquake.
Scientists are working hard to find out more about earthquakes. They try to predict(预测) them, but it's very hard.
Do you know how to get ready for an earthquake? Do you know what to do during an earthquake? Here are some things you should know.
What to do before an earthquake
Make sure you have two bottles of water, a packet of biscuits, a clean towel,a few band-aids（创可贴）, a radio and a flashlight（电筒）at home.
What to do during an earthquake
If you are inside:
★Stay where you are. Quickly move under a strong desk, or along a wall. This will protect you from falling things.
★Don't stand near windows.
★Turn off the lights.
★Don't get into a lift during an earthquake. If you are in a lift, get out quickly.
If you are outside:
★Don't stand near buildings. Things may fall on you.
★Lie on the ground until the shaking stops.
545
An earthquake hit Ya'an________.
A.
on April 12th, 2013
B.
on April 20th, 2013
C.
on May 14th, 2013
D.
on May 12th, 2013
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题：根据：On April 20,2013, a big and powerful earthquake attacked Ya'an, Sichuan Province.可知雅安地震发生在2013年4月20号。故选B.
546
You need______at home before an earthquake.
A.
some water and biscuits
B.
a clean towel and a few band-aids
C.
a radio and a flashlight
D.
A, B and C
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题：根据：Make sure you have two bottles of water, a packet of biscuits, a clean towel , a few band-aids（创可贴）, a radio and a flashlight（电筒）at home.故选D.
547
You must protect yourself in an earthquake by______.
A.
lying on the ground
B.
turning on the lights
C.
standing near the windows
D.
getting into a lift
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题：根据：Lie on the ground until the shaking stops.故选 A.
You want to run across the street to catch the bus? But wait! You'd better not. If a policeman sees you, you'll have to pay a fine (罚款).
New traffic laws (交通法) say that if people cross the street when the light is red, they can be fined as much as 50 yuan.
Traffic accidents killed more than 104,000 people in China last year. Chinese cities have more cars than ever. Drivers and pedestrians (行人) must work together to make the streets safer.
The law has new rules for drivers and pedestrians. Drivers have to slow down when they are close to crosswalks. If people are in a crosswalk, cars must stop to let them pass.
There are rules for bus drivers, too. If bus drivers smoke, drink or make phone calls while driving, they can be fined. Buses that carry too many people are also against the law.
Pedestrians will have to walk more safely under the new law. They must cross streets at crosswalks. Also, they shouldn't climb over the fences (栅栏) along streets.
Do you ride a bike to school? It's not a good idea to carry classmates on the back. You could be fined 50 yuan. And stay in the bike lane (车道) when you're riding. The big roads are for cars and buses.
Do you like to ride your uncle's motorbike? When you put on your helmet (头盔), ask him to put one on, too. People on motorbikes must wear helmets, the new law says. If they don't, they'll have to pay 200 yuan.
Do you ride in cars often? Don't forget to put on your seat belt (安全带), even if you're going for a short taxi ride. It could save your life.
If you see a hit-and –run (肇事逃逸), tell the police. They may give you a reward (奖赏). And don't be afraid to help people to the hospital if they are hurt in an accident. Don't worry about money. The new law says that doctors must take care of them even if they can't pay right away.
548
What does the word "crosswalk" mean in Chinese?
A.
过马路
B.
人行横道
C.
立交桥
D.
车行道
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据cars must stop to let them pass. Pedestrians will have to walk more safely under the new law. They must cross streets at crosswalks.可知这里指的人行横道，故选B。
549
If you are a bus driver, ______while you are driving, according to the new traffic laws.
A.
you can make a phone call
B.
you can't talk to others
C.
you can't smoke
D.
you can drink
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据If bus drivers smoke, drink or make phone calls while driving, they can be fined. 可知司机在开车的时候不能吸烟、喝酒、打电话，否则会罚款，故选C。
550
When you ride in a car, the first thing you must do is __________.
A.
to put on the helmet
B.
to pay the driver
C.
to put on the seat belt
D.
to see if it carries too many people
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Do you ride in cars often? Don't forget to put on your seat belt (安全带), 可知首先应该系上安全带，故选C。
551
You should do all the following EXCEPT(除了) _________.
A.
carrying your classmate on the back when you're riding a bike
B.
phoning the police when you see a hit-and-run
C.
helping people to the hospital if they are hurt in an accident
D.
wearing your helmet while riding a motorbike
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据It's not a good idea to carry classmates on the back. You could be fined 50 yuan. And stay in the bike lane (车道) when you're riding. 骑自行车带人是不允许的，故选A。
In the United States, when one becomes rich, he wants people to know it. And even if he does not become very rich, he wants people to think that he is. That is what "keeping up with the Joneses" is about. It is the story of someone who tried to look as rich as his neighbors.
The expression was first used in 1913 by a young American called Arthur Momand. He told this story about himself. He began earning $ 125 a week at the age of 23. That was a lot of money in those days. He got married and moved with his wife to a very wealthy neighborhood outside New York City. When he saw that rich people rode horses, Momand went horseback riding every day. When he saw that rich people had servants, Momand and his wife also hired a servant(仆人) and gave big parties for their new neighbors.
It was like a race, but one could never finish his race because one was always trying to keep up. The race ended for Momand and his wife when they could no longer pay for their new way of life. They moved back to an apartment in New York City.
Momand looked around him and noticed that many people do things just to keep up with rich lifestyle of their neighbors. He saw the funny side of it and started to write a series of short stories. He called it "Keeping up with the Joneses" because "Jones" is a very common name in the United States. "Keeping up with the Joneses" came to mean keeping up with rich lifestyle of the people around you. Momand' s series appeared in different newspapers across the country for over 28 years.
People never seem to get tired of keeping up with the Joneses. And there are "Joneses" in every city of the world. But one must get tired of trying to keep up with the Joneses because no matter what one does, Mr. Jones always seems to be ahead.
552
Some people want to keep up with the Joneses because they _______.
A.
want to be as rich as their neighbors
B.
want others to know or to think that they are rich
C.
don't want others to know they are rich
D.
want to make themselves happy
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：为什么一些人想追赶邻居？分析原文：when one becomes rich, he wants people to know it. And even if he does not become very rich, he wants people to think that he is.句意：当一个人变得富有,他想让人们知道。即使他不会变得非常富有,他希望人们认为他是富有的。从而只有第二项符合。故选B
553
It can be inferred（推断）from the story that rich people like to_______.
A.
live outside New York City
B.
live in New York city
C.
live in apartments
D.
have many neighbors
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：从这个故事中可以推断出富人们喜欢居住在哪里？分析原文：He got married and moved with his wife to a very wealthy neighborhood outside New York City.句意：他结婚,和他的妻子搬到纽约市外，那有一个非常富有的邻居。同时结合现实富有的人都喜欢居住在别墅，故选 A
554
According to the writer, it is_______ to keep up with the Joneses.
A.
correct
B.
interesting
C.
impossible
D.
good
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：通过作者的观点，追赶邻居的方式是如何？结合全文的理解，对于追赶邻居的活动是不可能的，从对亚瑟·蒙德的描述中就体现了这一点。故选C
555
Which of the following activities probably does not belong to the rich people?
A.
holding a race
B.
riding horses
C.
holding parties
D.
hiring a servant
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：下列哪个活动可能不属于富人? 从第二自然段中提取的主要信息点：rich people rode horses；rich people had servants；gave big parties骑马；有仆人；举行大的聚会。因此只有第一项没有提及。故选A
"All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy." is a popular saying in the United States. is true that all of us need recreation (娱乐). We can't work all the time if we are going to keep good health and enjoy life.
Everyone has his own way of relaxing. Perhaps the most popular way is to take part sports. There are team sports, such as basketball and football. There are also individual sport such as swimming and running. Skating and mountain climbing are the most popular recreation for people who like to be outdoors.
Not everyone who enjoys sport events likes to take part in them. Many people like watching TV or listening to them on the radio. So many people like some forms of indoor, recreation, such as watching TV, singing and dancing.
It doesn't matter we like indoor recreation or take part in outdoor sports. It is important for everyone to relax from time to time, and enjoy some forms of recreation.
556
If we want to be healthy and enjoy life,__________.
A.
we must work all the time
B.
we should work all the time
C.
we can not work at all
D.
we not only work hard but also need recreation
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：如果我们想健康和享受生活，我们应该怎样做？分析原文："All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy." is a popular saying in the United States. is true that all of us need recreation (娱乐). We can't work all the time if we are going to keep good health and enjoy life.句意："只工作不玩耍,聪明孩子也变傻。"在美国是一种流行的说。是真的,我们大家都需要娱乐。我们不能工作的所有时间如果我们要祺健康,享受生活。故选D
557
Football is a kind of __________.
A.
team sport
B.
team race
C.
indoor sport
D.
individual sport
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：足球是什么运动？分析原文： There are team sports, such as basketball and football. 句意：有团队运动,例如篮球和足球。因此足球属于团队运动。故选 A
558
"All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy." Here "dull" means _______.
A.
good
B.
happy
C.
foolish
D.
nice
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：只工作不玩耍,聪明孩子也变傻。中"dull"的意思？分析通过句意了解为愚蠢之意，选项中人有foolish有同义。故选C
559
"Not everyone who enjoys sport events likes to take part in them." means ________.
A.
many people like sport events, but none of them likes to take part in them
B.
they all tike sport events, but no one likes to take part in them
C.
many people like sport events, but only some of them like to take part in them
D.
only some like sport events, but everyone likes to take part in them
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：不是每个人都喜欢体育活动喜欢参加他们。这句话的意思是什么？分析原句： Many people like watching TV or listening to them on the radio. So many people like some forms of indoor, recreation, such as watching TV, singing and dancing.句意：很多人们喜欢看电视或听收音机。所以很多人喜欢某些形式的室内,娱乐,比如看电视,唱歌和跳舞。因此可知人们喜欢各种方式的活动。故选C
560
What is important for everyone to relax from time to time?
A.
Outdoor sports.
B.
Indoor recreation.
C.
Both A and B.
D.
Neither A nor B.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：什么是重要的对每个人来说去放松?分析原文： It doesn't matter we like indoor recreation or take part in outdoor sports. It is important for everyone to relax from time to time, and enjoy some forms of recreation. 句意： 不管我们喜欢室内娱乐或参加户外运动。对每个人来说都是很重要的放松时间,并享受某些形式的娱乐。故选C
Now many people like the game Angry Birds. Here is a piece of good news for them—soon there will be a lot of Angry Birds-themed（主题） activity parks around the world.
The first two parks opened in Finland last year, and a few other parks are going to open in the UK. However, people still don't know when and where Angry Birds-themed activity parks will open in the UK.
"As a kind of online game, it is popular with people of all ages. It's really an interesting game. And the parks will be interesting places for everyone around the world." said Peter Vesterbacka, an officer of Angry Birds Company（公司）. He also said, " We want to make Angry Birds a part of pop culture. We're just getting started."
Angry Birds-themed activity parks have many interesting places for children to play. They like them very much. People can see the characters（人物） and colors from the game in the park. People can also play the Angry Birds game on large screens in the park. The company wants to invite people to not only play it on the sofa, but to go out, move around and have fun. So everyone will be happy in Angry Birds-themed activity parks.
561
Where did the first two Angry Birds-themed activity parks open?
A.
In the UK.
B.
In Finland.
C.
In Australia.
D.
In the USA.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中第二段内容The first two parks opened in Finland last year,最早的两个主题公园去年在芬兰开办；故选B。
562
Angry Birds is _______.
A.
an online game
B.
an online movie
C.
a talk show on TV
D.
a game show on TV
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中第三段内容As a kind of online game, it is popular with people of all ages.作为一款网络游戏，它受不同年龄的人欢迎；故选A。
563
Lots of people think Angry Birds is very ______.
A.
boring
B.
easy
C.
interesting
D.
difficult
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中第三段内容It's really an interesting game.这真是个有趣的游戏；故选C。
564
The underlined word "them" in the last paragraph refers to（指的是）_______.
A.
the characters
B.
the screens
C.
the interesting games
D.
the interesting places
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
判断推理题。结合前文Angry Birds-themed activity parks have many interesting places for children to play. They like them very much愤怒的小鸟主题活动公园有很多有趣的地方给孩子们玩耍。他们很喜欢它们。故them真的前文的interesting places；故选D。
565
From the passage, we can know_______.
A.
Angry Birds is only popular with young people
B.
Peter Vesterbacka works for Angry Birds Company
C.
there is no screen in Angry Birds-themed activity parks
D.
Angry Birds-themed activity parks will open in the UK in 2015
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
判断推理题。根据文中第三段内容said Peter Vesterbacka, an officer of Angry Birds Company（公司）Peter Vesterbacka，愤怒的小鸟公司一职员说。故判断B正确。
Raising pets is a popular online game among teenagers. "More than 20 of my classmates have adopted(领养）pets online, while last year the number was just 10，" said Wang Hui，a middle school student from Beijing, who also raises pets online.
If you go to some websites, you can adopt virtual(虚拟的）pets like penguins, chickens, dogs and elephants. You can feed，wash, talk to and play with your pet.
Dai Yingshuang of Shanghai raises pets on KaixinOOl. com. The 15-year-old girl said it is great fun. She thinks that she has also learned how to take care of others.
If one doesn't feed and care for the pet, it becomes unhappy and unhealthy. So raising an online pet means spending a lot of time online.
This makes many parents worried. They fear there will be bad influence in the children's studies.
Dai said that she usually asks her uncle to take care of her pet, while she is at school.
Wang Zhaotong, from Anhui，has been raising a penguin on QQ. com since last year. The 14-year-old girl takes good care of the penguin.
She said her parents knew about the penguin and think it's Okay. If the students can keep the balance between studying and playing, it's not bad for them to "raise" pets online.
566
According to the passage, over of the students in Wang Hui's class have adopted pets online this year.
A.
10
B.
20
C.
half
D.
all
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中第一段内容More than 20 of my classmates have adopted(领养）pets online我们班有超过20个同学领养了网络宠物；故选B。
567
What does Dai Yingshuang think of raising pets online?
A.
It's not interesting at all.
B.
It wastes time.
C.
It's not good for her study.
D.
It is great fun.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中第三段内容The 15-year-old girl said it is great fun.这个15岁的女孩说这很有趣；故选D。
568
Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage?
A.
Raising an online pet doesn't mean spending a lot of time online.
B.
If one doesn't feed the pet, it becomes unhappy and unhealthy.
C.
Raising pets online makes many parents worried.
D.
The writer thinks it doesn't matter if the students keep the balance between studying and playing.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
判断推理题。根据文中第四段内容So raising an online pet means spending a lot of time online.所以饲养网络宠物意味着花费大量的时间；故判断A错误。
569
How many examples are mentioned in the passage?
A.
Two.
B.
Three.
C.
Four.
D.
Five.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
判断推理题。这篇文章一共引用了三个例子，分别是Wang Hui，Dai Yingshuang，Wang Zhaotong，故选B。
570
What does the passage mainly talk about?
A.
Raising pets online is popular among teenagers.
B.
It's bad to raise pets online.
C.
How to raise pets online.
D.
It's good to adopt pets online.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇文章主要讲述了收养网络宠物在青少年中非常流行，并列举了几个例子，故此题选A。
Most of us are the only child in the family! We have no little brother or big sister . Our family consists of our mom , our dad and us . We are growing up in a world greatly different from our parents' . Yet we will be the future leader of China. We will someday have to work together and carry China into the beautiful future . So , we must learn to love each other like brothers and sisters !
It' s hard to think about how different life would be if we had a brother or a sister . We never have to share anything at home ! of course , we might have cousins, but we don' t have to live with them ! Our parents try to give us the best , and the best doesn't need sharing between two or three children . Do we ever ask ourselves if we are spoiled（宠坏）?
Someone thinks that we are spoiled because we don't know the value of money, because we don' t know how hard our parents work but mainly because we many children don' t know how to love ! We don' t want others to regard us as spoiled , do we ? Well, why not start now to help our parents at home or share a game with one of our friends? In a word, We must learn to love each other !
571
How many people are there in most families in modern China ?
A.
Three
B.
Five
C.
Six
D.
Seven
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文 Our family consists of our mom , our dad and us描述可知，当今中国大多数家庭只有3个孩子。故应选A。
572
As Chinese teenagers , what' s our duty in the future ?
A.
To look after brother and sisters .
B.
To help parents do the housework .
C.
To carry china into the beautiful future .
D.
To save more money .
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文We will someday have to work together and carry China into the beautiful future的描述可知，青少年将肩负起引领中国美好未来的重任。故选C。
573
As the only child in the family , we share the best things with _____ .
A.
our cousins
B.
our brothers and sisters
C.
anyone
D.
nobody
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文We never have to share anything at home的描述可知，我们不必和任何人分享自己的东西。故选D。
574
What' s the main reason that someone thinks we are spoiled ?
A.
That we don' t know how to love .
B.
That we don' t know how to use money .
C.
That we only share games with our friends .
D.
That we don' t know hard our parents work .
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文Someone thinks that we are spoiled because we don't know the value of money, because we don' t know how hard our parents work but mainly because we many children don' t know how to love的描述可知，独生子儿被认为是被宠坏的，主要是因为很多孩子不懂如何去爱。故选A。
575
The passage mainly tells us _____ .
A.
we should help our parents
B.
we should learn to love each other
C.
we should have brothers and sisters
D.
we should be kind to our classmates
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
主旨大意题。联系上下文可知，这篇短文主要从独生子儿的社会构成、生长环境以及社会责任等方面分析，要求要学会相互关爱，从而肩负起建设祖国美好未来的重任。故选B。
When you are in England, you must be very careful in the streets because the traffic drives on the left.
Before you cross the street, you must look to the right first and then the left.
If the traffic lights are green, the traffic can go. People on foot mustn't cross.
In the morning and in the evening when people go to or come from work, the streets are very busy. The traffic is most dangerous then.
When you go by bus in England, you have to be careful, too. Always remember the traffic moves on the left. So you must be careful. Have a look first or you will go the wrong way.
In many English cities, there are big buses with two floors. You can sit on the second floor. From there you can see the city very well. It's very interesting.
576
The traffic in England __________ that in China.
A.
is the same with
B.
is different from
C.
is better than
D.
is worse than
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据When you are in England, you must be very careful in the streets because the traffic drives on the left.可知，英国交通靠左行驶。故选B。
577
When are there the most cars, buses and people in the streets?
A.
In the morning when people go to work.
B.
At noon when people are having lunch.
C.
In the evening when people come back from work.
D.
Both A and C.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In the morning and in the evening when people go to or come from work, the streets are very busy.可知，在早上和晚上人们上下班时，交通最繁忙。故选D。
578
The visitors to English cities usually like to _________ when they go by bus.
A.
ride a bicycle
B.
take a car
C.
sit on the second floor
D.
sit on the first floor
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据You can sit on the second floor. From there you can see the city very well. It's very interesting.可知，当游客乘公共汽车时，更喜欢坐在第二层，可以更好欣赏风情。.故选C。
Have you ever noticed how busy our roads are becoming? Every year more and more cars are using them. Already in such countries as America, almost every family has a car. Many accidents happen because cars are now made to travel very fast. Also, people waste time and money every day as long lines of cars move slowly into towns and cities. In most big towns it is very hard to find parking spaces.
Wide, smooth（平的）, straight（直的） roads must be built now in place of the old and narrow roads. These roads must not pass through towns and cities. They must not be crossed by other roads.
Today such roads are being built in many countries in the world. These roads have at least two lanes, one for slow-moving traffic and the other for fast-moving traffic.
These roads do not pass through towns and cities, horses and bikes are not allowed on them. Accidents do not usually happen. Cars can travel hundreds of miles without having to stop.
But these modern roads often cannot be built in towns and cities. Before a road in a town can be made wider, many buildings have to be pulled down.
Some people feel that more car-parks should be built outside a city, then the drivers should leave their cars and catch a bus or take a taxi to their offices.
579
The writer thinks that many accidents（事故） happen because _____.
A.
roads are old and narrow
B.
roads go across each other
C.
people drive their cars too fast
D.
all of the above
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中Many accidents happen because cars are now made to travel very fast和in place of the old and narrow roads.以及下文的They must not be crossed by other roads.可知这些都是引起交通事故的原因。故选D。
580
How are the new roads different from old roads?
A.
They have at least two lanes.
B.
They cross over one another.
C.
They have no fast cars.
D.
They pass through towns.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中These roads have at least two lanes, 这条路至少有两个车道。故选A。
581
New roads must be built because_____.
A.
cars can not travel any longer
B.
people are very busy
C.
the old roads are too straight
D.
the old roads are too busy
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
判断推理解题。.根据第一段的描述可知，现在的道路很拥挤，每天都有大量的车子，从而造成拥挤和停车困难等问题。所以因为道路破旧，才必须修建新的道路。故选D。
582
It is hard to build new roads in towns because_____.
A.
horses and bikes go there
B.
there are too many cars
C.
there are too many people
D.
many buildings have to be pulled down
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据But these modern roads often cannot be built in towns and cities. Before a road in a town can be made wider, many buildings have to be pulled down.可知应选D。
583
The passage（文章）is mainly(主要的) about_____.
A.
the old roads
B.
roads of the future
C.
how to build the modern roads
D.
roads in towns and in the country
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇文章主要讲述了为了缓解现在旧道路的拥挤问题，新道路将会建设，并阐述了新道路的特点。故选B。
Where has the Time gone? is the hottest song that has moved thousands of Chinese. Chinese parents give their children endless love and ask nothing in return. However, sometimes, daughters and sons are too busy growing up and forget that their parents are getting older and older. What should we do? Let's have a look at a letter of a father's.
Dear son，
One day if you see me old and I am not myself, have patience and try to understand me. If I get dirty when eating…, if I cannot dress…, have patience. Remember the hours I spent teaching it to you.
If, when I speak to you, I say the same things one thousand and one times, do not stop me and listen to me. When you were small, I had to read to you one thousand and one times the same story until you get to sleep.
When I do not want to have a shower, neither shame（羞辱） me nor scold（责备） me. Remember when I had to chase you with a thousand excuses I invented, in order that you wanted to bath.
When you see me meet something new, give me the necessary time and don't laugh at me. I taught you how to do so many things… to eat well, to dress well… to face life.
If I do not want to eat, do not force me. I know well when I need to and when not. When my legs do not allow me to walk, give me your hand the same way I did when you gave your first steps.
When sometimes I lose the memory during our conversation, let me have the necessary time to remember. And if I cannot do it, do not become nervous because the most important thing is not my conversation but to be with you and to have you listen to me.
Yours,
Father
584
What do the Chinese parents often do?
A.
They often get dirty when eating.
B.
They often read stories to their children at night.
C.
They give their children endless love and ask nothing in return.
D.
They often refuse to take a shower.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Chinese parents give their children endless love and ask nothing in return.
故选C。
585
What would the father do, if he wanted his son to go to sleep?
A.
He would read the same story many times to make his son sleep.
B.
He would invent many excuses.
C.
He would scold his son.
D.
He would teach his son to count sheep.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据I had to read to you one thousand and one times the same story until you get to sleep.故选A。
586
According the father, what should you do, when your old parents lose the memory during your conversation?
A.
Go on talking with them.
B.
Leave them alone.
C.
Go for a walking with them.
D.
Be with them and listen to them.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据because the most important thing is not my conversation but to be with you and to have you listen to me.故选D。
587
Why does the writer write this passage?
A.
To introduce the song, Where has the Time gone?
B.
To show what we should do when our parents are old.
C.
To show a father's love to his son.
D.
To complain that we are too busy.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章意思，主要告诉我们当我们的父母老了，我们应该做什么。故选B。
Six years ago, Ann graduated(毕业) from college with a degree in Art. Now she is twenty-nine and works for a large computer company. She takes classes twice a week after work. She is learning to use the computer program PowerPoint. "I enjoy the college, but my job doesn't use the information I learned at college." Ann says. "The course is helping me to do my job better."
In the past, when students graduated from college and got a job, they usually stopped studying. Today, lifelong learning is becoming more common. In many countries, some people return to school in their late twenties, thirties, or even older to get a higher degree. More people are taking training courses to improve their working skills after work. People can also get degrees or training through the Internet.
Ann's sixty-year-old mother and father are taking courses in Art and Music. "We love these two subjects. Learning is so much fun."They say happily, "It's never too old to learn."
588
Ann graduated from college when she was_________.
A.
twenty-nine
B.
twenty-six
C.
twenty-three
D.
twenty
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：安大学毕业时的年龄？分析原文：Six years ago, Ann graduated(毕业) from college with a degree in Art. Now she is twenty-nine and works for a large computer company.句意：六年前,安毕业从大学艺术的学位。现在她是29岁,在一家大型电脑公司工作。分析现在是29岁，在6年前毕业的，应该是29-6=23，故选：C
589
The underlined word 'degree' means '________' in Chinese.
A.
温度
B.
程度
C.
学位
D.
位置
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：划线词的中文意思？单词的意思有： 程度，等级；度；学位；阶层。结合原文的意思，大学毕业应该是取得的学位。故选：C
590
More people are taking training courses after work in order to_______.
A.
improve their working skills
B.
enjoy Art and Music
C.
study computer programs
D.
make more money
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：更多人为什么工作之后去参加训练课？分析原文：More people are taking training courses to improve their working skills after work.句意：越来越多的人接受培训课程来提高他们的工作技能。故选：A
591
Which of the following is TRUE?
A.
Ann doesn't want to use the information she learned at college.
B.
People in the past usually stopped studying after graduating from college.
C.
People can only get information from their teachers.
D.
Ann's parents are too old to learn Art and Music.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：下列哪个描述是正确的？分析原文：越来越多的人接受培训课程来提高他们的工作技能。句意：在过去,当学生从大学毕业,找到了一份工作,他们通常停止学习。故选：B
Here is a report from Xinghua Daily Newspaper. Computer games are very popular not only with the young people but also the adults. In some ways, they will take the place of(代替) the traditional games such as cards, chess and so on. Because you only need a computer to play computer games. But in the past, if a man wanted to play chess, he must look for another one. In fact, computer games themselves are so interesting and exciting for us. The games can bring you happiness and excitement. They have been used in too many places such as schools, business, hospitals and so on.
Now there are many educational games for the students. They are helpful to the students. They can make the students learn more and better by changing the study ways. When the students play the educational games, they use their brains, eyes, ears and hands. The students will be active to get knowledge while playing. But now the students shouldn't spend too much time on the computer games. Otherwise, it may affect their study.
We have gone into the computer age. And learning too much knowledge through the computer is becoming true.
592
What is the report from?
A.
TV.
B.
Radio.
C.
Magazine.
D.
Newspaper.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Here is a report from Xinghua Daily Newspaper这是一份来自兴化日报的报道. 可知答案选 D
593
Who likes computer games?
A.
Only the young.
B.
Only the adults.
C.
Both the young and the adults.
D.
Nobody.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Computer games are very popular not only with the young people but also the adults. 电子游戏不仅受年轻人的喜爱，也受到成年人的喜爱可知答案选C
594
What's the Chinese meaning of "affect"?
A.
有利
B.
改善
C.
影响
D.
处理
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据But now the students shouldn't spend too much time on the computer games.但现在学生不应该花太多的时间在电子游戏上，可知答案选C
595
Can computer games take the place of the traditional games according to the report?
A.
Yes, they can.
B.
No, they can't.
C.
In some ways.
D.
Sorry, we don't know.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 In some ways, they will take the place of(代替) the traditional games某些方面，电子游戏将代替传统游戏如纸牌、棋类等等，可知答案选C。
596
Which is TRUE about the computer games according to the passage?
A.
The computer games aren't interesting.
B.
You can't see computer games at school.
C.
The computer games can only bring you happiness.
D.
You can't spend too much time on computer games.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In fact, computer games themselves are so interesting and exciting for us. The games can bring you happiness and excitement. They have been used in too many places such as schools, business, hospitals and so on. But now the students shouldn't spend too much time on the computer games. Otherwise, it may affect their study.实际上，电子游戏本身对于我们来说太有趣令人兴奋了，游戏能带给你幸福和激动，他们已经用于许多地方如学校、商业、医院等等，但现在学生不应该花太多的时间在电子游戏上，否则会影响学习，可知答案选D
Young people can have problems with their minds. Some students become worried because they have to study very hard. Others have trouble getting on well with people like their parents and classmates.
Liu Wei, a Junior 2 student from Hefei, could not understand his teacher and was doing badly in his lessons. He became so worried about it that he started to cut his finger with a knife.
Another student, 14-year-old Yan Fang from Guangzhou, was afraid of exams. She got very worried in one, and when she looked at the exam paper. She couldn't think of anything to write.
A recent report from Jiefang Daily says about 18% of Shanghai teenagers have mental （心理的，精神的）problems. Their troubles include（包括）bring worried and very unhappy. And having problems in learning and getting on with people. Many students who have problems won't go for advice （劝告）or help. Some think they will look stupid（愚蠢）if they go to see a doctor. Others don't want to talk about their secret.
Liang Yuezhu, an expert on teenagers from Beijing Anding Hospital, has the following advice for teenagers:
*Talk to your parents or teachers often
*Take part in group activities and play sports
*Go to see a doctor if you feel unhappy or unwell
597
The students who often become worried or have trouble getting on with others may have _______.
A.
mental problems
B.
a headache
C.
knives with them
D.
no parents
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段， Some students become worried because they have to study very hard. Others have trouble getting on well with people like their parents and classmates.可知这些学生们变得担心和在与父母同学相处方面变得困难说明他们心里有问题，可知选A。
598
Liu Wei cut his finger with a knife because ________.
A.
he was afraid of his teacher
B.
he wanted to frighten his parents
C.
he was so worried about his studies
D.
his finger was badly hurt
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段，could not understand his teacher and was doing badly in his lessons.，他听不懂老师讲课学习很差所以他才用刀割自己的的手，可知应选C。
599
Yan Fang's problems happened whenever ________.
A.
she studied very hard
B.
she had exams
C.
she talked with her parents
D.
she thought of something
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段was afraid of exams. She got very worried in one, and when she looked at the exam paper可知闫芳的问题是每当考试的时候发生，故选B。
600
Students who have problems won't ask others for help because ________.
A.
they won't let others think they are stupid
B.
they don't think doctors can help them
C.
they don't want to tell their secret to others
D.
both A and C
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。第四段Many students who have problems won't go for advice （劝告）or help. Some think they will look stupid（愚蠢）if they go to see a doctor. Others don't want to talk about their secret。可知他们认为告诉别人别人会认为自己很少并且他们也不相信医生能帮助他们，故选D。
601
Liang Yuezhu's advice tells us that ________.
A.
it's better for the students who have mental problems to join others
B.
it's unnecessary for them to be with others
C.
only group activities and sports can help them
D.
teachers and parents can't do anything about mental problems
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。通过文章最后归纳的三条，*Talk to your parents or teachers often*Take part in group activities and play sports*Go to see a doctor if you feel unhappy or unwell 建议可知解决青少年心理问题就在于多加入别人和别人相处，故选A。
April Fool's Day is on April 1st. On this day, strange things may happen. Our friends will play jokes(开玩笑)on us and try to fool us.
People don't know the origin (起源) of April Fool's Day clearly. Some say April Fool's Day began many years ago in France. Long ago in France, the old New Year's festival was celebrated from March 25th to April 1st and ended with exchange (交换)of presents. Later the King changed the New Year to January 1st. some people still celebrated the New year in April. They were called April Fish and were given presents as a joke.
But in many countries, April Fool's Day is not celebrated on April 1st but on other days. In Mexico( 墨西哥), April Fool's Day is on the 28th of December. In ancient Rome (古罗马), the day was on the 25th of March. In India, the day is on the 31st of March. In America, the day is mostly decided by young people and jokes who want to make fun of other people. But it is important to remember that your friends and you will be both happy. One must remember the difference between a good joke and a bad one.
602
When is April Fool's Day in France now?
A.
April 1st
B.
March 25th
C.
December 28th
D.
March 31st
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段，April Fool's Day is on April 1st和第二段的描述愚人节是在4月1日和他起源于法国。可知选A。
603
What do people do on April Fool's Day?
A.
Give presents to friends.
B.
Play jokes on friends.
C.
exchange presents.
D.
Do nothing special.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段，On this day, strange things may happen. Our friends will play jokes(开玩笑)on us and try to fool us. 在那天人们将彼此开玩笑和愚弄对方， 可知应选B。
604
Is April Fool's Day in Mexico on the twenty – fifth day in March?
A.
Yes, it isn't.
B.
No, it isn't.
C.
Yes, it is.
D.
Sorry, we don't know.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段In Mexico( 墨西哥), April Fool's Day is on the 28th of Decembe可知墨西哥的愚人节是在12月28日所以应作否定回答。故选C。
605
People know the origin of April Fool's Day clearly, don't they?
A.
Yes, they do.
B.
No, they do.
C.
Yes, they don't.
D.
No, they don't.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。第二段中People don't know the origin (起源) of April Fool's Day clearly说明了人们对愚人节的起源问题不是很清楚，故选D。
606
Which sentence is right?
A.
April Fool's Day is on the same day all over the world.
B.
In America , young people can't decide the day when they want to play a joke.
C.
New Year's Day is from March 25th to April 1st now.
D.
Please remember to play a good joke on April Fool's Day.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。通读全文可知对愚人节的来历和不同国家愚人节的日期不同是不重要的重要的是要知道愚人节那天彼此开玩笑，，故选D。
London police are well known in the world. Today there are policemen everywhere, but in 1700 there was no policeman in London at all. A few old men used to protect the city streets at night, and they were not paid very much.
About 300 years ago, London started to get bigger. The city was very dirty and many people were poor. There were so many thieves who stole money in the streets that people had to stay in their homes as much as possible.
In 1750, Henry Fielding started to pay a group of people to stop thieves. They were like policemen and were called "Bow Street Runners" because they worked near Bow Street.
Fifty years later, there were 120 Bow Street Runners, but London had become very big and needed more policemen. So, in 1829, the first London Police Force was started with 3,000 officers. Most of the men worked on foot, but a few rode horses. There was no policewoman in London until 1920.
Today, London police are quite well paid and only a few police officers still ride horses.
Perhaps the London Police Force's greatest achievement (成就) is to meet changing conditions and provide excellent police service (服务). The two main reasons for the Force's development were the growth of population and the progress of science and technology.
607
London Police Force is famous in the world, because _________.
A.
it provides excellent service
B.
it has many policewomen
C.
the police officers work on horses
D.
it has a long history
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Perhaps the London Police Force's greatest achievement (成就) is to meet changing conditions and provide excellent police service (服务).大概伦敦警察最伟大的成就就是符合正在改变的情况和提供优质的警察服务， 可知选A
608
People in London didn't want to go outdoors about 300 years ago because __________.
A.
there were no policemen in the streets
B.
the city was very dirty
C.
they were poor
D.
there were so many thieves in the streets
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据There were so many thieves who stole money in the streets that people had to stay in their homes as much as possible有太多在街上偷钱的小偷，以致于人们不得不尽可能呆在家里，可知选D
609
London had 120 Bow Street Runners in the year of __________.
A.
1700
B.
1750
C.
1800
D.
1829
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In 1750, Henry Fielding started to pay a group of people to stop thieves. Fifty years later, there were 120 Bow Street Runners1750年亨利.弗尔丁开始给一组抓小偷的人付工资，50年后，有了120个弓街警察，可知选C
610
Which of the following sentences is true according to the passage?
A.
few policeman protected the city streets at night in 1700.
B.
The first London Police Force was founded in 1829.
C.
London police were well paid in the past.
D.
People could not see policewomen until 1900.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 So, in 1829, the first London Police Force was started with 3,000 officers.所以，在1829年，第一个有着3000个办事人员的伦敦警察局开张了，可知选B
611
What is the best title for this passage?
A.
London Police Force
B.
Bow Street Runners
C.
Why Are London Police Famous?
D.
The History of the London Police
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
标题归纳题。根据About 300 years ago, In 1750,Fifty years later, in 1829, 1920,Today大约300年前，1750年，50年后，1829年，1920年，今天,可知选D
"How are you?" is a nice question. It's a friendly way that people in the USA greet each other. But "How are you?" is also a very unusual question. It's a question that often doesn't need an answer. The person who asks "How are you?" hopes to hear the answer "Fine", even if the person's friend isn't fine. The reason is that "How are you?" isn't really a question and "Fine" isn't really an answer. They are simply other ways of saying "Hello" or "Hi".
Sometimes, people don't say exactly what they mean. For example, when someone asks "Do you agree?", the other person might think, "No, I disagree. I think you're wrong..."But it isn't very polite to disagree so strongly, so the other person might say "I'm not sure." It's a nicer way to say that you don't agree with someone.
People don't say exactly what they are thinking when they want to finish talking with other people. For example, many talks over the phone finish when one person says "I've to go now."Often, the person who wants to hang up gives an excuse:"Someone's at the door.""Something is burning on the stove."The excuses might be real, or not. Perhaps the person who wants to hang up simply doesn't want to talk any more, but it isn't polite to say that. The excuse is more polite, and it doesn't hurt the other person.
Whether they are greeting each other, talking about an idea, or finishing a talk, people don't say exactly what they are thinking. It's an important way that people try to be nice to each other, and it's part of the game of language.
612
When a person in America asks "How are you?", he or she wants to hear" ________ "
A.
How are you?
B.
Hello.
C.
I don't know.
D.
Fine.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段第五句The person who asks "How are you?" hopes to hear the answer "Fine", even if the person's friend isn't fine.可知选D.
613
When a person disagrees with someone, it is polite to say"_________ "
A.
You are wrong. I disagree.
B.
I'm not sure.
C.
I'm sure I disagree.
D.
I don't agree with you.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 第二段末so the other person might say "I'm not sure." It's a nicer way to say that you don't agree with someone.可知选B.
614
A polite way to finish a talk is to say"__________"
A.
You have to go now.
B.
I want to hang up.
C.
I have to go now.
D.
I don't want to talk any more.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段第二句many talks over the phone finish when one person says "I've to go now.可知选C.
615
When a person says "I've got to go now. Someone's at the door.", the person may be_______.
A.
giving an excuse
B.
hurting someone's feelings
C.
talking to a person at the door
D.
going to another place
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段中many talks over the phone finish when one person says "I've to go now."Often, the person who wants to hang up gives an excuse:"Someone's at the door."可知选A.
616
The rule of the game of language is probably____________ .
A.
"Always say what you mean"
B.
"Don't disagree with people."
C.
"Never say exactly what you're thinking."
D.
"Be polite."
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文最后It's an important way that people try to be nice to each other, and it's part of the game of language. 可知选D.
The earth is changing. Tomorrow it will be different. All the living things on the earth are changing. Even people are changing, and tomorrow you will be different.
There are many kinds of change , and many different things that cause change. People need to realize the changes, to learn to see them, and to learn what causes change.
Human beings must solve many problems so that they can continue to live successfully. War is one of these problems. Disease and natural disaster are problems. Having enough food and energy for the growing number to people in the world is a problem. Most problems can be solved, but some are impossible to solve. The way in which people solve problems affects how long and how well they can live.
As people solve their problems, they change things, and changes often cause new problems for people and for their living things on the earth. Sometimes the new problems seem even worse than the old ones. Human beings will probably never stop having problems to solve. Can you use your imagination to describe a world that has no problems at all?
617
The reason why everything is changing as that _________.
A.
people want them to be changing
B.
there are many different things that cause them to change
C.
the living things are changing.
D.
D the world is too small
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文There are many kinds of change , and many different things that cause change.可知每件事情都在改变的原因是总有不同的事情引起改变。故选B。
618
People need to solve problems because _____.
A.
there will be more and more new problems if they don't solve the old ones
B.
The problems are difficult to solve
C.
they have to go on living
D.
there are so many things that are changing .
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文Human beings must solve many problems so that they can continue to live successfully.可知人类必需解决问题才能继续在地球上很好地生存下去。故选C。
619
New problems appear________.
A.
because old problems aren't solved
B.
because people don't solve them
C.
because some people are foolish .
D.
D when people are solving old ones
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文As people solve their problems, they change things, and changes often cause new problems.可知当人们解决他们的问题时，他们改变事物，这些改变又引起新的问题。故选D。
620
Which of the following is wrong according to the passage?
A.
Disaster and war are two of the problems people have to solve.
B.
People need to solve all the problems at the same time.
C.
The way people solve problems has much to do with their life.
D.
People can't solve all the problems at one time.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
判断对错题。根据原文Human beings will probably never stop having problems to solve.可知人类将永远有问题去解决。可知问题不会被一次同时解决的。故选B。
621
The underlined word "disaster" in the passage probably means "_____" in Chinese.
A.
灾难
B.
资源
C.
条件
D.
环境
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。disaster意为：灾害。Disease and natural disaster are problems.疾病和自然灾害都是问题。故选A。
Here is some information about homes in the United States and the people who live in them.
In the early 1990s, there were more than 91 million homes, or households(家庭) in the US. About 64% of the people in the US own their homes. The rest(其余的) rent(租) their homes. The rented homes are usually apartments(公寓).
74%of the people in the US make their homes in or around cities. 26% live in the country(乡下). Dogs live in about 40% of all homes in the US and about half that number have cats.
Families in the US are becoming smaller. On the average(平均), 2.64 people lived in a home in the early 1990s. In 1960, the average was 3.5.
Half of the teenagers (青少年) in the US have their own bedrooms.
An American moves(搬家), on the average, twelve times in his or her life. In Japan a person moves about five times, and in England a person moves eight times.
622
Where do most Americans live?
A.
Around the country.
B.
In or around cities.
C.
In the country.
D.
In cities.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。由"74%of the people in the US make their homes in or around cities. "可知大多数人把家安置在城市里或靠近城市的地方。故选B。
623
How many American families own a cat?
A.
40%
B.
64%
C.
20%
D.
74%
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。由" Dogs live in about 40% of all homes in the US and about half that number have cats."可知有40%的人养狗，养猫的是养狗的人的一半，因此有20%的人养猫。故选C。
624
Families in the US are_________.
A.
becoming bigger .
B.
becoming smaller
C.
becoming happy.
D.
not sure
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。由"Families in the US are becoming smaller."可知美国家庭正在逐渐变小。选B最佳。
625
Which of the following is TURE?
A.
Americans move more often than the English.
B.
The average number in a family now is getting bigger than that in the 1960s.
C.
The Japanese move . more often than the British.
D.
Most young people of the US have no bedrooms of their own.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。由"An American moves(搬家), on the average, twelve times in his or her life. In Japan a person moves about five times, and in England a person moves eight times."可知美国人比英国人更喜欢搬家。故选A。
626
The best title for the passage is about________.
A.
Americans moving homes all the time
B.
Pets in American families.
C.
City families & country families.
D.
Americans families.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
主旨大意题。由"Here is some information about homes in the United States and the people who live in them."可知，全文讲了美国的人口生活现状，因此题目应为"美国家庭"。故选D。
Here are some tips on how to talk with your parents.
Try to start your talk with something fun. This will make talking easier. For example, ask your parents questions about their day. They love this!
Make it clear what you want to tell your parents If they have an opinion, let them finish and don't disturb. Ask them to do the same for you.
Show them respect by listening to them carefully. Look at their eyes sincerely.
Be honest. Honesty builds trust(信任). Life is good when your parents trust you.
If your parents don't understand, that's OK. It doesn't mean they don't love you pr they're not trying. Sometimes you have to explain things to them again or in a different way,
When you finish the talk, thank them for listening,. Say something like, "thanks! That helped." It will let them know this is important to you, and make them want to do it more often.
If you feel there are still things to talk about, set up a time with them to talk about it another day.
627
What's the main idea of this passage?
A.
We should show respect to our parents.
B.
It's important to trust our parents.
C.
We should be thankful to our parents.
D.
There are some ways to talk with our parents.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。有"Here are some tips on how to talk with your parents."可知这是一篇关于如何与父母交谈的技巧的文章。故选D。
628
What should we do when our parents have some opinions?
A.
Ask them to stop
B.
Argue with them and then sat sorry
C.
Let them listen to you
D.
Let them finish and don't disturb
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。由"If they have an opinion, let them finish and don't disturb. Ask them to do the same for you."可知要倾听不要打断父母的想法。故选D。
629
Why should we look at their eyes while listening?
A.
Because they make us do that.
B.
Because this shows we agree with what they say
C.
Because this makes them feel respected
D.
Because this shows we understand them
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。由"Show them respect by listening to them carefully. Look at their eyes sincerely."可知看着对方眼睛表示尊重。故选C。
630
When wee finish the talk, we should tell our parents that we _____ what they have done for us. This will let them know talking is important to us.
A.
are careful of
B.
are satisfied with
C.
are angry about
D.
are thankful for
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。由"When you finish the talk, thank them for listening,. Say something like, "thanks! That helped." "可知结束谈话时需要表示感谢。故选D。
631
Which is the best title of this passage?
A.
Some Tips on How to Talk with Parents
B.
Parents Are Very Important
C.
Try to Talk with Parents
D.
Respect Patents
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。文章讲了如何与父母进行交谈的一些小技巧。故选A。
Tea bag drinking is most westerners' favorite way of drinking tea. Do you know how it came about?
The tea bag was invented in 1908 by Thomas Sullivan, an American tea seller. He was sending out free tea in silk bags for people to try. People put the bags together with the tea leaves into the cup and added hot water. The tea tasted good, and people thought it was easy to clean the cup. They were not happy when Sullivan started sending them loose (散的) tea again.
Sullivan realized that he had a hot new thing in his hands, and he built a machine to pack the bags. As tea bags became popular, they were changed from silk to gauze (薄纱) and later paper. In 1952, Lipton Tea made the tea bag even more popular with its invention of the four-sided tea bag. Tea bags were soon a hit in the UK, and today 85% of the tea in the UK is packed in paper bags.
However, many people still prefer loose-leaf tea. This is because some tea companies put not very good tea in their tea bags. But for most drinkers, tea bags are still the easy, tasty way to go.
632
Who invented the tea bag?
A.
An English tea seller.
B.
Chinese.
C.
Lipton.
D.
Thomas Sullivan.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据The tea bag was invented in 1908 by Thomas Sullivan, an American tea seller.茶包是在1908年由一位美国茶叶经销人托马斯.苏力文发明的，可知选D
633
The underlined sentence "Tea bags were soon a hit in the UK" probably means "________ in the UK".
A.
Tea bags soon became popular
B.
Tea bags surprised everyone very much
C.
Tea bags kicked (踢) the loose-leaf tea out of the market
D.
Tea bags weren't allowed to be sold
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据As tea bags became popular, 随着茶包变得受欢迎，In 1952, Lipton Tea made the tea bag even more popular .1952年，利普顿茶使茶包变得更受欢迎，可知选可知选A
634
This sentence "today 85% of the tea in the UK is packed in paper bags." tells us ________.
A.
Most drinkers in the UK prefer loose-leaf tea.
B.
Most drinkers in the UK prefer tea bags.
C.
A quarter of the drinkers in the UK prefer loose-leaf tea.
D.
A quarter of the drinkers in the UK dislike tea bags.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据 85% 可知多数人用茶包，故选B
635
From the passage we can learn that Thomas Sullivan was very ________.
A.
clever
B.
stupid
C.
lazy
D.
busy
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据He was sending out free tea in silk bags for people to try.They were not happy when Sullivan started sending them loose (散的) tea again.Sullivan realized that he had a hot new thing in his hands, and he built a machine to pack the bags.他正在发放用丝绸包装的免费茶包让人们试用，当苏力文开始再送他们散茶时他们不高兴了，苏力文意识到手中有一个很火的新生事物，他造了一个机器包装茶包， 可知选A
636
What can be the best title for this passage?
A.
The invention of tea
B.
The way of drinking tea
C.
The history of tea bags
D.
People's favorite tea in the world
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据Tea bag drinking is most westerners' favorite way of drinking tea. Do you know how it came about?茶包喝茶是多数西方人最喜欢的喝茶方式，你知道它是怎么发明的吗？可知选C
Dolores Huerta has worked hard most of her life to help other people. She has helped change things so that farm workers can have a better life.
Dolores grew up in California. She was a good student and liked school. After she finished high school, she went to college and studied to be a teacher. After she became a teacher, Dolores noticed that many of her students were not getting enough food to eat. Some of them wore very old clothes. Dolores wondered how she could help them.
Dolores decided to stop teaching so that she could spend more time helping the farm workers and their families. One thing she wanted to do was to get more pay for farm workers so they could buy their children the things they needed.
Dolores knew that many farm workers moved often from one place to another to help pick different kinds of fruits and vegetables. She began talking and writing about these workers. Even people who lived far from California read what Dolores wrote.
Getting higher pay for the farm workers was not easy. Dolores worked hard to make sure that farm workers got good pay for their work. She knew that nothing would change unless people made new laws to help the workers. Through all her hard work, new laws were made that gave farm workers good pay.
Dolores Huerta has worked for more than 30 years in many different ways to make life better for working people. She has shown how much one person can change things.
637
Dolores became a ____ after she left college.
A.
farmer
B.
teacher
C.
worker
D.
lawyer
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段中After she finished high school, she went to college and studied to be a teacher. After she became a teacher…可知，Dolores 中学毕业后，上了大学，为成为一名教师而学习。故在大学毕业后，她成为了一名老师。故选B。
638
Dolores gave up her first job because ____.
A.
she found it was too boring for her
B.
the work condition was too bad
C.
she wanted to do more for others
D.
she got little pay for her work
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段和第三段中Dolores decided to stop teaching so that she could spend more time helping the farm workers and their families.可知，Dolores 成为老师后，发现她的学生没有足够的食物吃，所以她决定放弃教书，花更多的时间帮助农民和他们的家人。故选C。
639
How did Dolores help farm workers?
A.
She gave them food and clothes.
B.
She helped them teach their children.
C.
She helped them got more pay.
D.
She made new laws for them.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第三段中One thing she wanted to do was to get more pay for farm workers so they could buy their children the things they needed. 以及第五段Dolores worked hard to make sure that farm workers got good pay for their work.可知，Dolores 帮助农民们得到更多的报酬，这样他们就可以给孩子买他们需要的东西。故选C。
The phone rings. It's a friend who wants to tell you his or her latest health problems. You hate to be impolite and cut your friend off, but what can you do? Stephanie Winston, author of Stephanie Winston's Best Organizing Tips, offers his advice:
Don't ask questions like "What's new?" They give the information that you have time to talk. After "hello", get right to the heart of the matter.
Time your calls wisely. If you make a call right before lunch or dinner, or at the end of the workday, people chat less.
Set a time limit. Start with, "Hi, I've only got a few minutes, but I wanted to talk to you about…." Or, "Gee, I'd love to talk more, but I only have a couple of minutes before I have to leave."
Jump on a pause. Even the most talkative caller has to pause now and then. Quickly say, "It has been great talking with you." Then end the conversation.
Forget niceties. Some people just don't take a hint. Cut your caller off and say, "I'd like to talk to you longer, but I'm afraid I have no enough time. Good bye." Then hang up.
Find "a partner in crime". If nothing else works, ask someone in your home to help you. For example, one woman gives a sign to her husband, who shouts, "Jane, I think the roast chicken is burning."
Avoid the phone completely. Use an answering machine to screen calls. If you have an important message for a chatterbox, leave the message when he or she isn't in.
640
What's the good time to make a call so that people can chat less?
A.
After lunch or dinner.
B.
In the middle of the workday.
C.
Before lunch or dinner.
D.
At the beginning of the workday.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：有多少好的时机去打电话目的人们能减少聊天？分析原文：If you make a call right before lunch or dinner, or at the end of the workday, people chat less.句意：如果你打电话在午餐或晚餐之前,或在工作日结束的时候,人们更少聊天。分析前面的中心句也提出明智的打电话时间，体现出第三项符合。故选C
641
"Finding a partner in crime" means ______.
A.
finding someone to answer the call
B.
getting right to the heart of the matter
C.
telling the caller you are just cooking
D.
asking someone to help you end the call
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：这句话的意思？分析原文：Find "a partner in crime". If nothing else works, ask someone in your home to help you.句意：找到合作伙伴。如果没有其他工作,要求某人到你家来帮助你。分析从句子中的例子中就明确的知道答案，让一个人找自己做活，借以停止通话。故选 D
642
What's Winston's advice about?
A.
How to talk on the phone.
B.
How to make calls wisely.
C.
How to make a phone call.
D.
How to keep phone calls short.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：温斯顿的建议是什么?分析本文的第一段中明确的指出中心思想句。总体都是介绍如何打电话用很短的时间。故选D
"Who needs a shopping mall if you have Taobao?" says Wang Lin, 28, a writer in Beijing.
Taobao, China's largest online shopping site (网上购物站), has become an important part of Wang Lin's life. She spends lots of money on Taobao.
A growing number of Chinese Internet users like Wang have found the joys of online shopping. Most online shoppers are students or young people. More women shop online than men. Clothing and home-use products (产品) are the most popular online.
It was reported that more than 500 billion yuan was spent on online shopping last year, 80% through Taobao.
Taobao means "looking for treasure" in Chinese. People can find almost everything they need on Taobao, from clothes to books, from candies to DVD players.
You may question the security of online shopping Wang Lin said, "It's very safe and convenient. Unless（除非） you receive the products from the sellers and are satisfied（满意的） with them, the shop owner will not get the money. You can also get your money back if you want to return the products."
643
Taobao is_______________.
A.
a shopping mall
B.
an online shopper
C.
an online shopping site
D.
the China's largest website
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段Taobao, China's largest online shopping site (网上购物站),故选择C。
644
In the last paragraph, the underlined word "them" refers to (所指) "_____________".
A.
products
B.
the shop owners
C.
sellers
D.
online shops
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Unless（除非） you receive the products from the sellers，故选择A。
645
Which is the best title of the passage?
A.
Wang Lin's life
B.
Online shopping in China
C.
China's online shoppers
D.
Shopping online is not safe
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据对整个文章的理解，可知这篇文章最好的标题是网上购物，故选B。
"How are you?" is a nice question .It's a friendly way that people in the U.S.A greet each other. But "How are you?" is also a very unusual question. It's a question that often doesn't need an answer. The person who asks "How are you?" hopes to hear the answer "Fine", even if the person's friend isn't fine. The reason is that "How are you?" isn't really a question and "Fine "isn't really an answer. They are simply other ways of saying "Hello" or "Hi".
Sometimes ,people also don't say exactly what they mean. For example, when someone Asks "Do you agree?" ,the other person might think, "No, I disagree. I think you're Wrong..."But it isn't very polite to disagree so strongly, so the other person might say "I'm not sure." It's a nicer way to say that you don't agree with someone.
People also don't say exactly what they are thinking when they finish talking with other people. For example, many talks over the phone finish when one person say "I've to go now. "Often, the person who wants to hang up gives and excuse:" Someone's at the door.""Something is burning on the stove." The excuses might be real, or not. Perhaps the person who wants to hang up simply doesn't want to talk any more, but it isn't polite to say that. The excuse is more polite ,and it doesn't hurt the other person.
Whether they are greeting each other, talking about an idea, of finishing a talk, people don't say exactly that they are thinking. It's an important way that people try to be nice to each other, and it's part of the game of language.
646
When a person disagree with someone, it is polite to say"_________".
A.
You are wrong. I disagree.
B.
I'm not sure.
C.
I'm sure I disagree.
D.
No, I disagree.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段so the other person might say "I'm not sure." It's a nicer way to say that you don't agree with someone.描述，可知说"I'm not sure. "是礼貌的方式，故选B
647
A polite way to finish talk is to say"__________".
A.
You have to go now.
B.
I want to hang up.
C.
I have to go now.
D.
I don't want to talk any more.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段many talks over the phone finish when one person say "I've to go now. "描述。故选C
648
When a person says "I've to go now .Someone's at the door.", the person may be _______.
A.
giving an excuse
B.
hurting someone's feeling
C.
ill
D.
asking you a question
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段Often, the person who wants to hang up gives and excuse:" Someone's at the door.""Something is burning on the stove."描述，故选A
649
The rule of the game of language is probably"__________".
A.
Always say what you mean
B.
Don't disagree with people.
C.
Never say exactly what you're thinking.
D.
Be polite.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第四段It's an important way that people try to be nice to each other, and it's part of the game of language.描述，语言游戏的一部分是设法对别人友好是重要的。故选D
Every year thousands of young people in England finish school and then take a year off before they start work or go to university. Some young people go to other countries and work as volunteers (志愿者). Volunteers give their time to help people. For example, they work in schools or hospitals, or they do something helpful for the environment.
Pauline Jones, 18, lives in Cardiff, Wales. Next year she wants to go to university to study Chinese, but now she's living in Belize. Pauline says, "I'm working with other people here to save the coral reefs (珊瑚礁) in the sea near Belize. The reefs here are beautiful, but if the sea water is very polluted (污染), the coral dies. I'm helping to do research on the coral and the fish that live around the reefs. All over the world, coral reefs are dying. We need to do something about the problem before it's too late."
"I'm staying with a family here and I help do some housework. I don't get any money, butthat's OK. I love my work here, and I'm learning a lot about the people of Belize—and myself!When I finish my work, I want to stay here for another three months. I want to travel around Belize and Central America."
650
Some young people from England _______ after they finish school.
A.
go to university abroad
B.
spend one year abroad as volunteers
C.
go to work for money
D.
start work in schools or hospitals
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段Some young people go to other countries and work as volunteers (志愿者)描述，可知他们到国外当志愿者。故选B。
651
Pauline Jones, an eighteen-year-old girl, is living in _______ now.
A.
England
B.
China
C.
Belize
D.
Cardiff
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段but now she's living in Belize.可知她住在Belize，故选C。
652
Pauline Jones is _______ with other people.
A.
studying Chinese in a university
B.
working to save the coral reefs
C.
helping do some housework
D.
doing some research in Wales
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段I'm working with other people here to save the coral reefs (珊瑚礁) in the sea near Belize描述，可知他正在拯救珊瑚。故选B.
653
From the passage, we know that the coral reefs ______.
A.
will die because of the pollution
B.
are not as beautiful as before
C.
cannot live without fish in the sea
D.
will probably be sold for money
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段but if the sea water is very polluted (污染), the coral dies.描述，可知由于污染珊瑚会死。故选A。
654
Pauline Jones wants to_________after she finishes her work as a volunteer.
A.
stay there for another year
B.
go back home to start work
C.
learn about the people home
D.
travel around Central America
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文最后When I finish my work, I want to stay here for another three months. I want to travel around Belize and Central America.描述，在结束工作后他将再呆三个月，想绕伯利兹和中美洲旅行。故选D。
Now, there is a new-type school in New York, which has no everyday lessons, no class teachers and even no school buildings. It is called "City-as-School". The name just means the city itself is the place where students learn their lessons. They are from the age of 15 to 18. The students choose areas of work which interest them. Then they help to do that work. One girl spends her week in a Mayor's（市长的） office helping the public with problems like housing. Then she goes to help in a theatre for a day and she spends a week for first-year courses at college.
Well, students have to pass Maths and science exams before they enter the "school". These subjects are not easy to provide in "City-as-School". Teachers watch the progress（进步）of the students. The success rate is high. 80% of the students go to college after the "City-as-School".
The students like the duty of their work. They have the sense of purpose（目标）. They know a lot about different kinds of work in the city. One of the students, Liz Martin, writes "I want to say that I do not know where I will be right now if I have never become part of City-as-School. Leaving the high school I once studied in and going to City-as-School was the best decision (决定) I have ever made. The way the school works to get you to go out there and learn different fields instead of sitting in a classroom is wonderful. For all those who are in between school and dropping out, go to CAS and it will change your life forever."
City-as-School High School is the country's model for high school students.
655
What do students do in"City-as-School" most of the time?
A.
They do whatever they like.
B.
They learn Maths and Science.
C.
They help with work in some areas.
D.
They learn all the college courses.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段中The students choose areas of work which interest them. Then they help to do that work可知选C。
656
According to the passage,"City-as–School" can help __________.
A.
students learn a lot about different kinds of work
B.
all the students go to college
C.
students make much money while studying
D.
students forget the duty of their work
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段开头The students like the duty of their work. They have the sense of purpose（目标）. They know a lot about different kinds of work in the city.可知选A。
657
What is the best title for the passage?
A.
A New City
B.
A New School
C.
A New-type School
D.
A Girl in New York
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文开头Now, there is a new-type school in New York, which has no everyday lessons, no class teachers and even no school buildings.就可知该选C。
These days,more and more young people wish to be more beautiful,So they turn to plastic surgery(整形手术)for help.They spend thousands of yuan on these painful surgeries to fix(修整)their nose,to change their eyelids(眼皮)or to take off weight from their stomachs.
In fact,most people are not pleased with the way they look.Even the most beautiful actresses often wish they could change something about their looks.Should we live our whole lives believing we are ugly? Why can't we raise our head high and believe that we are as beautiful as others? A smile is beautiful on any face,whether fat,oily or hairy.And a kind heart is much more beautiful than a pretty look.
So,let's feel grateful(感激的)that we all have beautiful and healthy bodies that do not need surgeries! Today,I call on you to make an easy change：hold your head high! smile and be kind to others.If you do these,you will be full of confidence(自信),beauty,and warmth everywhere you go.
658
How can we feel great about ourselves according to the writer?
A.
Hold your head up.
B.
Smile.
C.
Be kind.
D.
A,B and C
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段Why can't we raise our head high and believe that we are as beautiful as others? A smile is beautiful on any face,whether fat,oily or hairy.And a kind heart is much more beautiful than a pretty look.描述,可知抬起头相信自己,微笑,和善良都是美的表现,故选D。
659
The writer suggests we should believe we are as________as others
A.
confident
B.
good
C.
beautiful
D.
clever
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第二段Why can't we raise our head high and believe that we are as beautiful as others?可知作者希望我们能够自信我们和其他人一样美,故选C
660
Which is Not true according to the passage?
A.
Actresses never worry about their looks.
B.
It costs a lot of money to have plastic surgeries.
C.
We only need to make a small change to feel beautiful enough.
D.
A good look is less important than a kind heart.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第二段Even the most beautiful actresses often wish they could change something about their looks.描述可知甚至最漂亮的演员也希望在容貌方面有所改变。故选A
Last August,Joe and Mary Mahoney began looking at colleges for their 17-year-old daughter,Maureen.With a checklist of criteria (衡量标准,尺度) in hand,the Dallas family looked around the country visiting half a dozen schools.They looked for a university that offered the teenager's intended major (主修科目),one located near a large city,and a campus (大学校园) where their daughter would be safe.
"The safety issue (问题) is a big one,"says Joe Mahoney,who quickly discovered he wasn't alone in his worries.On campus tours other parents voiced similar concerns (担心),and the same question was always asked: What about crime? But when college officials al ways gave the same answer---"That's not a problem here."---Mahoney began to feel uneasy.
"No crime whatsoever?"comments (评论) Mahoney today."I just don't buy it."Nor should he:In 1999 the U.S.Department of Education had reports of nearly 400,000 serious crimes on or around our campuses."Parents need to understand that times have changed since they went to college,"says David Nichols,author of Creating a Safe Campus."Campus crime mirrors the rest of the nation."
But getting accurate information isn't easy.Colleges must report crime statistics(统计数字)by law,but some hold back for fear of bad publicity (名声),leaving the honest ones looking dangerous."The truth may not always be serious,"warns S.Daniel Carter of Security on Campus,Inc.,the nation's leading campus safety watchdog (监视) group.
To help concerned parents,Carter promised to visit campuses and talk to experts around the country to find out major crime issues and effective solutions.
661
The Mahoneys visited quite a few colleges last August_________.
A.
to express the opinions of many parents
B.
to choose a right one for their daughter
C.
to check the cost of college education
D.
to find a right one near a large city
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一句话,The Mahoneys 去参观几所大学是为了女儿的安全考虑,故选 B
662
It is often difficult to get correct information on campus crime because some colleges_________.
A.
receive too many visitors
B.
mirror the rest of the nation
C.
hide the truth of campus crime
D.
have too many watchdog groups
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第四段Colleges must report crime statistics (统计数字) by law,but some hold back for fear of bad publicity (名声),leaving the honest ones looking dangerous.学校必须按照法律报道犯罪统计数字,但是由于害怕宣传造成的不好的声誉,有些学校阻止对一些犯罪的统计.故选C
663
The underlined word"buy"in the third paragraph means"_________".
A.
mind
B.
take
C.
believe
D.
expect
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
词意猜测题。根据上文的No crime whatsoever,"没有丝毫的犯罪,这太绝对.因此我不相信.故选C
664
What is the text mainly about?
A.
Exact campus crime statistics.
B.
Crimes on or around campuses.
C.
Effective solutions to campus crime.
D.
Concerns about kids' campus safety.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
归纳理解题。根据短文的主旨大意,父母为了孩子,到处去看学校的情况,故选 D
Building up a close relationship with friends in important in all cultures.But different cultures have different ways of socializing.
The Chinese love going to restaurants.Family,friends and co–workers all go out to eat as a way of relaxing.That is why there are so many drunken drivers in China,who could face criminal punishment（刑事事处罚）.
Although British people socialize by going out for dinner,most people meet in pubs.They go there in the evening and sometimes during the day.Most people order wine or beer.Going out for a drink with friends or workmates after work is particulary important British tradition.
But for the French,the place to socialize is in cafes.They are a central part of daily life in France and its culture.People will go to cafes at all times during the day.In the morning,people may go there to buy a newspaper and a cup of coffee.At lunch they may go there for something to eat.Then when it's evening they may return to enjoy a glass of wine.
In the US,dinner parties are a common way for friends to spend their time together.One person will host a party by cooking a large meal for a group and the guests will bring drinks or small dishes like desserts.
665
According to the passage,how do Chinese people relax themselves?
A.
They smoke.
B.
They sing songs.
C.
They go to restaurants to eat.
D.
They drink wine.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段开头The Chinese love going to restaurants.Family,friends and co workers all go out to eat as a way of relaxing可知该选C。
666
What does the underlined word"they"refer to?
A.
The Chinese.
B.
The Cafes.
C.
The French.
D.
The Culture in France.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据上句But for the French,the place to socialize is in cafes可知they指代的是cafes,所以选B。
667
When it is 7:00 pm,what may the French do?
A.
They may go to cafes to buy a newspaper and a cup of coffee.
B.
They may host a party by cooking a large meal for a group at home.
C.
They may go to cafes for something to eat.
D.
They may go to cafes to enjoy a glass of wine.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第四段末Then when it's evening they may return to enjoy a glass of wine可知该选D。
668
What is the main idea of the passage?
A.
Building up a close relationship with friends is important in all cultures.
B.
Different cultures have difficult ways of socializing.
C.
British people socialize by going out for dinner.
D.
In the US,dinner parties are a common way for friends to spend time together.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
主旨大意题。本文主要讲述了不同的文化有不同的社交活动,所以选B。
Do you know of anyone who uses the truth to cheat? When someone tells you something that is true,but leaves out (略去) important information that should be inside,he can give you a false picture.
For example,someone might say,"I just won a hundred dollars on the lottery(彩票).It was great.I took that dollar ticket back to the store and turned it in for one hundred dollars!"
This guy is a winner,right? Maybe,maybe not.We then discover that he bought $ 200 worth of tickets,and only one was a winner.He's really a big loser!
He didn't say anything that was false,but he left out important information on purpose.That's called a half-truth.Half truths are not technically lies,but they are just as dishonest.
Some politicians (政客) often use this trick.Let's say that during Governor Smith's last term,her state lost one million jobs and got three million jobs.Then she tries to get another term.One of her opponents (竞争对手) says,"During Governor Smith's term,the state lost one million jobs!"That's true.However,an honest statement would have been,"During Governor Smith's term,the state had increased two million jobs.''
Advertisers will sometimes use half–truths.It's against the law to make false statements so they try to mislead you with the truth.An advertisement might say,"Nine out of ten doctors advised their patients to take Yucky Pills to cure toothache."It fails to say that they only asked ten doctors and nine of them work for the Yucky Company.
This kind of cheating happens too often.It's a sad fact of life: Lies are lies,and sometimes the truth can lie as well.
669
We may infer that the author believes people should ________.
A.
buy lottery tickets if possible
B.
make use of half–truths
C.
be careful about what they are told
D.
not trust the Yucky Company
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据Do you know of anyone who uses the truth to cheat? When someone tells you something that is true,but leaves out (略去) important information that should be inside,he can give you a false picture你知道那些用真相骗人的人们吗？当某人告诉你某事是真的,但是略去了应在里面的重要信息,他能给你一个错误的图画,可知选C
670
How many examples does the writer give to show how the truth is used to cheat?
A.
One
B.
Two
C.
Three
D.
Four
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 someone,Some politicians,Advertisers某人,一些政客,广告商,可知选C
671
Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A.
Using half truths is against the law.
B.
Technically,half truths are in fact lies.
C.
Yucky Pills is a very good medicine for toothache.
D.
Governor Smith did a good job during her last term.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据It's against the law to make false statements so they try to mislead you with the truth.虚假广告是违法的,所以他们试着用真相误导你,Half truths are not technically lies,but they are just as dishonest一半真相技术上不是谎言,但它们只当做是不诚实,It fails to say that they only asked ten doctors and nine of them work for the Yucky Company它不能说他们只问了十个医生,九个为Yucky 公司工作,可知选D
672
Which of the following best expresses the main idea of the passage?
A.
He's really a big loser!
B.
Sometimes the truth can lie as well.
C.
Advertisers will sometimes use half truths.
D.
It's against the law to make false statements.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 It's a sad fact of life: Lies are lies,and sometimes the truth can lie as well.这是一个伤心的生活事实：谎言是谎言,有时真相也撒谎,.可知选B
Now some women are spending a weekend at Mother's Camp.There,husbands and children are not allowed.Why would a woman want to take a vacation without her family?
Some women say they need time to be alone.
At Mother's Camp a woman has room to herself.She can sleep,read or watch TV,and no one will bother her.No children will ask,"Mom,what's for dinner?"No husband will say,"Oh,dear,I can't find any clean socks."In fact almost 50% of women in the United States work outside the home.Many of them work full-time and then come home to a second job - taking care of their homes and families.These working women say one of their biggest problems is housework.
In the United States,working wives do about 75% of the housework.Many of their husbands say they want to help.But then they burn the rice or they can't find the pans.They ask so many questions that their wives decide it is easier to do the job themselves.
Some women go to Mother's Camp just to get a break from housework.For two days they don't cook,they don't clean,and they don't look after their children and husbands.What do they do? They enjoy warm,sunny weather,walking,swimming or boating in a clear blue lake and sing songs around the campfire.They relax away from home.They have a really wonderful vacation at Mother's Camp !
673
Why would some mothers like to be alone?
A.
Because they have too many friends.
B.
Because they can't get along well with others.
C.
Because they are too busy to relax themselves.
D.
Because they have no time to do some shopping.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据 Many of them work full-time and then come home to a second job taking care of their homes and families.句意：她们中有很多人是全职工,然后回到家里做第二份工作----照顾家庭和家人。由此可看出,她们想要独处是因为平时她们太忙了,没时间放松。故选C。
674
Which of the following is NOT true about Mother's Camp?
A.
There are no husbands or children.
B.
Women spend two days with their families.
C.
Women can sleep,read or watch TV.
D.
Women enjoy walking,swimming or boating.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据 There,husbands and children are not allowed.句意：丈夫和小孩不允许进入Mother's Camp。可知她们不是和家人一起度周末的。可知应选B。
675
___________is one of the biggest problems for working wives in the United States.
A.
Doing chores at home
B.
Working outside the house
C.
When to take a vacation
D.
Looking after their children
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据These working women say one of their biggest problems is housework.
676
From this passage we can see________in the United States.
A.
almost all the women work outside the home
B.
husbands do as much housework as their wives at home
C.
women hate to stay at home with their husbands and children
D.
working wives do so much housework that they want to get a rest
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据 In the United States,working wives do about 75% of the housework.句意：在美国,这些有工作的妻子要做75%的家务。可知她们要做太多的家务以致于她们想要休息。可知应选D。
677
What is the best title(标题)for this passage?
A.
How busy working mothers are.
B.
How to buy special gifts for mothers.
C.
Mothers relax away from home.
D.
Spending a vacation with mothers.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
标题归纳题。这篇文章主要讲了妈妈们想在Mother's Camp过周末,远离家人,好好放松休息。故选C。
Most of the things around you will be replaced or thrown away someday.Where will they go when they are thrown out? What kinds of waste will they create,and how will it affect the environment
Most of our crash goes to places called landfills.A LANDFILL is a low area of land that is filled with garbage（垃圾）.Most modern landfills are lined with a cover of plastic to keep dangerous liquids（液体）from polluting earth and ground water supply.The problem is that more than half of the states in this country are running out of places to landfill their garbage.Because of the unhealthy materials,landfills do not make good neighbors,and people don't want to live near them.Many landfills are set in poor neighborhoods.
The Fresh Kills landfill on Staten Island,New York,was the largest garbage landfill in the world.For years,people who live nearby complained about air and water pollution caused by the enormous pile of trash.They say that the smoke have made people sick.The landfill closed in
April 2001.Now can a harmful waste—material that can pollute air,land,and water –be disposed of in a safe way.
Another way to get rid of trash is to burn it.Trash is burned in an incinerator._ Because incinerators in operation can get rid of almost all of the trash,some communities would rather use incinerators than landfills.There is a problem,though.Leftover ash and smoke from burning trash may have dangerous chemicals,and even make it hard for some people to breathe.They can harm plants,animals,and people.
You can help reduce（减少）waste by reusing bottles,batteries,and paper.You can also recycle newspaper,glass,and plastics t to provide materials for making other products.
From recycled materials,many things are made.For example,from recycled paper we can get newspapers,boxes and so on.From recycled plastic we can get soda bottles,tables,and backpacks.
678
Why don't landfills make good neighbors?
A.
Because there are unhealthy materials in them.
B.
Because people prefer to live in the city center.
C.
Because landfills are not big enough for trash.
D.
Because most states are running out of places.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段第五行Because of the unhealthy materials,landfills do not make good neighbors,and people don't want to live near them.可知,故选A。
679
What does the underlined word"incinerator"probably mean?
A.
An area to collect trash.
B.
A machine to burn trash
C.
A method that is used to burn trash.
D.
A station that is run by selling trash.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据第五段第一行Another way to get rid of trash is to burn it.Trash is burned in an incinerator._"另一种清除垃圾的方式就是焚烧它。垃圾被焚烧在一个机器里。"结合语境,可知选B,一个焚烧垃圾的机器。
680
What is probably the best title for the passage?
A.
How Is Trash Burned?
B.
What Can Be Reused.
C.
Why Is Waste Dangerous?
D.
Where Does Garbage Go?
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
标题归纳题。本文主要讲述我们周围的垃圾都是如何被清理掉的,故选D,垃圾都去哪了？
In Britain you may often hear"Drop in any time"or"Come to see me soon",but you can't really do that.People just say those things to make you feel welcome.It is better to telephone before visiting someone at home.If you receive a written invitation to an event that says"RSVP",you should reply to let the person who sent the invitation know whether or not you plan to go.
You should never accept an invitation unless you really plan to go.You may refuse by saying,"Thank you for inviting me,but I will not be able to come."If,after accepting,you are unable to go,be sure to tell those who are expecting you as soon as possible that you will not be there.Although it is not necessarily expected that you give a gift to your host,it is considered polite to do so,especially if you have been invited for a meal.Flowers,chocolate,or a small gift are all appropriate(合适的).A thank-you note or telephone call after the visit is also considered polite and is an appropriate way to express your appreciation for the invitation.
681
What can you do when a British friend says,"Drop in anytime"?
A.
Visit him or her at any time.
B.
Say no time to him or her seriously.
C.
Telephone him or her before visiting.
D.
Visit him or her soon.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文开头In Britain you may often hear"Drop in any time"or"Come to see me soon",but you can't really do that.People just say those things to make you feel welcome.It is better to telephone before visiting someone at home.可知该选C。
682
What does the underlined word"RSVP"probably mean in Chinese?
A.
请自便
B.
请回复
C.
请审阅
D.
请来访
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据后面句子you should reply to let the person who sent the invitation know whether or not you plan to go.可推知该选B。
683
What should you do if your British friend sends you an invitation but you do not want to go?
A.
Do not give him or her an answer.
B.
Tell another friend to go instead of you.
C.
Tell him or her that you can't be there for some reason.
D.
Tell him or her that you don't want to go there.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段中You may refuse by saying,"Thank you for inviting me,but I will not be able to come."If,after accepting,you are unable to go,be sure to tell those who are expecting you as soon as possible that you will not be there.可知该选C。
684
Which of the following is not considered polite in Britain?
A.
Buy small presents when invited.
B.
Refuse the invitation without telling anyone.
C.
Write a thank-you note after a visit.
D.
Give a telephone call after a visit.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据常识可知在英国不告诉任何人就拒绝邀请是不礼貌的,所以选B。
685
Where would you probably see this passage?
A.
In an invitation.
B.
In a guidebook.
C.
On a poster.
D.
In a newspaper.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据常识可知该选B。
Good afternoon,everyone.My talk for today is"Early Money".I'm going to tell you something about money used in the early days.To tell you the truth,we know little about how early people came to use money,but we do know some of the things which have been used as money.In early times in some European countries,salt was very difficult to get,so it was used as money.In some places of Asia,tea was used as money.The American Indians used nuts and other things.Perhaps the most common money of all was an animal of some kind.In some places today,cows are still used as a kind of money.So you see,things highly valued by everyday may serve as money.The Chinese were the first people to use coins as money.Oh,here are some coins of past.You can come over and have a look.
686
We know_________about the development of"Early Money".
A.
much
B.
little
C.
few
D.
a bit
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中To tell you the truth,we know little about how early people came to use money,but we do know some of the things which have been used as money.可知该选B。
687
Which is NOT referred to in the passage that was probably used in the past?
A.
cows
B.
nuts
C.
tea
D.
silk
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中在早期欧洲用盐作为钱,在亚洲的一些地方用茶作为钱,美国印第安人用螺母和其他的东西作为钱,现在的一些地方仍然用奶牛作为钱,但没有提到用丝绸作为钱。所以该选D。
688
Why was salt used in Europe?
A.
It was used every day.
B.
It was cheap.
C.
It was common.
D.
It was difficult to get.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中In early times in some European countries,salt was very difficult to get,so it was used as money.可知该选D。
689
Which one is still used as money nowadays?
A.
nuts
B.
salt
C.
cows
D.
tea
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中In some places today,cows are still used as a kind of money.可知该选C。
690
This passage may be a_________.
A.
news
B.
message
C.
speech
D.
notice
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文开头Good afternoon,everyone.My talk for today is"Early Money".可知该选C。
When I was a child,my parents always told me that I should never talk to strangers.This was part of a whole list of things I should never do: Never accept food or candy from strangers,never get in a car with strangers,and so on.
But if we didn't start a conversation with strangers,we'd never make new friends.We'd never get a job.We may miss the joy that comes from talking with strangers.And the more people you know,you more chances you can get.
The following passage offers you some advice on how to break the ice.
Don't just stare at your shoes.Go and say"Hi"to that new guy.It will be easier to break the ice if you know more about different cultures.
British: Beautiful day,isn't it?
The weather in Britain is changeable.So,it is one of the topics the British care most about.And there's a simple rule: Say"Yes"whether you agree with the person's idea on the weather or not.That's because the British start a conversation using the weather so that they can continue their talk.
French: Where did you go on holiday?
To talk with a French person,the safest way is to ask his or her last holiday.French students enjoy a 10-to-15-day holiday every two months.French employees get more than six weeks of holidays per year.
American: So,where are you from?
The US is so big and people move so often that location is always a source(来源) of talk.You can try to find a connection with the place they're from.For example,if someone's from Los Angeles,you could say:"Oh,I have a friend who studied there"
691
Why did the writer's parents tell him not to talk to strangers?
A.
It was dangerous.
B.
Is wasted time.
C.
It was part of the life.
D.
Their son didn't like to talk to strangers.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据常识可知该选A。
692
The best thing to talk with British is________.
A.
the fog
B.
the rain
C.
the weather
D.
the wind
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第十一行The weather in Britain is changeable.So,it is one of the topics the British care most about.可知该选C。
693
To talk with a French person,the safest way is_________.
A.
his or her family
B.
his or her parents
C.
his or her friends
D.
his or her last holiday
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据倒数第六行To talk with a French person,the safest way is to ask his or her last holiday.可知该选D。
694
The location is always a source of talk in America because_________.
A.
They are energetic
B.
They love their home
C.
Los Angeles is their location
D.
The US is so big and people move so often
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据最后一段首句The US is so big and people move so often that location is always a source(来源) of talk.可知该选D。
695
According to the passage,the writer thinks__________.
A.
his parents were right
B.
he can talk with strangers freely
C.
It is necessary to talk with strangers
D.
he can find jobs easily
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段But if we didn't start a conversation with strangers,we'd never make new friends.We'd never get a job.We may miss the joy that comes from talking with strangers.And the more people you know,you more chances you can get.可知作者认为与陌生人交谈是必要的,所以选C。
Students at Empire High School started class with no text books－but it wasn't because of money problems.
Instead,the school gave iBooks－laptop computersto each of its 340 students,becoming one of the first US public schools to stop printed textbooks.
School officials believe that the electronic materials will make students enjoy learning more.Empire High Schoolwas designed to have a textbook-free environment.
Students at Empire High School get the materials over the school's Internet network.The school has a central control system that limits what can be downloaded(下载) at the school.
"Students can hand in homework online.We have a web program that helps to check if you copy from others,"the headmaster Baker said.
In addition to offering up-to-date information,teachers can make the lessons more enjoyable.For example,lessons in history can include links to a person's daily life,his ideas,his discovery,and so on.
Social studies teacher Jeremy Gypton said the change was easier than expected.Gypton said he assigned reading based on websites,used online groups and message boards to keep the students connected.And he also asked them to comment（评论）on each other's work.
Julian Tarazon,a new student,said that it was kind of hard at first,because you had to put things in folders(文件夹).But after a couple of days,you got used to it.Another student Morgan Northcutt said the computer system had made it easier to do homework.
The school isn't completely paperless,however.It has a library,and students can read books in it.
"We're not trying to get rid of books,"Baker said."We love books."
696
The students at Empire High School will study in class without___________ this year.
A.
text messages
B.
printed textbooks
C.
reading materials
D.
electric machines
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。文章的第二段讲述"学校使用ibooks,学校停止使用printed textbooks",停止使用printed textbooks就是不再用的意思,所以本题选B。
697
The teachers at Empire High School began to use iBooks because they___________.
A.
had money problems
B.
had limited network
C.
wanted to improve their teaching
D.
wanted a web program
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。文章第一段讲述"不是钱的问题",文章第四段讲述"学校有一个控制下载内容的中央系统",所以其网络没有限制。文章第五段讲述"学校有一个帮助检查是否抄袭的程序"。所以,根据本篇文章的主要意思,学校推广ibooks是因为"想要改进教学",所以本题选C。
698
A central control system can help to control __________.
A.
how much to download
B.
what to download
C.
how to download
D.
why to download
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。文章第四段讲述"学校有一个控制下载内容的中央系统",所以答案为B。
699
The underlined word"assigned"probably means"___________".
A.
说明
B.
完成
C.
转让
D.
布置
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
词义猜测题。文章第七段第二行,"Gypton老师是基于网页来进行给学生布置阅读任务",然后通过"在线小组进行连接"。所以本题的答案为D。
700
The biggest advantage of the homework online is that___________.
A.
students can do it anytime
B.
information online is available
C.
there is a lot of reading based on websites
D.
it provides a platform for students to share ideas
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。本题主要问"网上作业的最大优势",但是学生必须理解考试手册词汇"advantage"。回答这个问题需要理解整篇文章的意思,然后通过四个论述的比较选择符合文章主要意思,所以本题选D,给学生提供了一个创意共享的平台。
701
The best title of the passage might be"___________".
A.
High School uses iBooks instead of textbooks
B.
Don't try to get rid of books
C.
Learning without textbooks is harder
D.
Doing homework online
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。文章的主要内容是"使用ibooks来代替textbooks",其他的三个内容只是论述的三个方面。所以本题选A。
You may know the English letters A,B and C.But do you know there are people called ABC? You may like eating bananas.But did you know there is such a thing as a"banana person"? How strange! Are these people from"another earth"? No.They are just Chinese people like you and me.
ABC means American-born-Chinese.An ABC is a Chinese,but was born in the United States.Sometimes,people call an ABC a"banana person".A banana is yellow outside and white inside.So,when a person is a banana,he or she is white inside---hinting like a Westerner(西方人) and yellow outside looking like a Chinese.
Do you know why? Usually,ABCs know little about China or the Chinese language.Some of them don't speak Chinese.Also,they are not interested in Chinese politics(政治),But if ABCs can't speak Chinese,can we still call them Chinese people? Yes,of course.They are Chinese.They are oversea Chinese.These people may be citizens(公民) of another country like the US,Canada or Singapore.But they have Chinese blood.Their parents,grandparents or even great-grandparents were from China.They all have black eyes and black hair.But they are not Chinese citizens.They are not people of the People's Republic of China.For example,we all know the famous scientist C.N.Yang(杨振宁).He got the Nobel Prize Physics in 1957.Chinese people love him.But he is an American citizen.
702
"ABC"in this passage stands for"_______".
A.
a kind of banana
B.
three English letters
C.
American-born-Chinese
D.
D Chinese-born-American
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段第一句ABC means American-born-Chinese.可知该选C 。
703
Chinese in Westerner countries are called"banana persons"because _________
A.
their bodies are white inside but yellow outside.
B.
they think like Westerners but look like Chinese
C.
they were born in China but go to study in America
D.
they were born in China but work in America
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段中Sometimes,people call an ABC a"banana person".A banana is yellow outside and white inside.So,when a person is a banana,he or she is white inside---hinting like a Westerner(西方人) and yellow outside --- looking like a Chinese.可知该选B。
704
The underlined word"blood"may probably mean _________
A.
血统
B.
洪水
C.
身份
D.
流血
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据上句These people may be citizens(公民) of another country like the US,Canada or Singapore.可知本句是说但他们有中国血统,所以该选A。
705
C.N.Yang is mentioned here to show that _________
A.
American Chinese are great.
B.
Chinese people can win Nobel Prize.
C.
American Chinese are not Chinese citizen.
D.
We don't like him.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文最后we all know the famous scientist C.N.Yang(杨振宁).He got the Nobel Prize Physics in 1957.Chinese people love him.But he is an American citizen.可推知该选C。
706
This passage mainly talks about________
A.
Chinese
B.
the Nobel Prize
C.
the life story of N.Yang
D.
What the ABC stands for.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
主旨大意题。本文主要说了ABC所代表的意思,因此选D。
In the big cities of Europe and America — London,Paris,New York,people are moving out of the city.They are usually rich families with much money,and they want to live a quieter life.They are tired of the noises and the dirty air of the city,tired of the crowded streets,crowded trains and buses.They don't want to sit in traffic any more.They want a house with a garden,and clean air that is not polluted.
So they move out.Some don't move very far,just a little way out of the city,to the towns near the cities.Other people move to real countryside,with sheep,cows and horses,and green fields! There,they start new lives and try to make new friends.
Not all those who move from the city to the countryside are happy.After two or three years,many people feel that it was a big mistake.There isn't much to do.Country people are very different and aren't always friendly.
As a result,quite a lot of people move back to the city."It's wonderful to see crowds in the streets and cinema lights,"they say."I'm so glad I'm back in the city!"(203)
707
Some city people move out of their city because of_____.
A.
crowds and pollution
B.
friendly neighborhoods
C.
making money
D.
cows and sheep
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 They are tired of the noises and the dirty air of the city,tired of the crowded streets,crowded trains and buses.句意：他们厌恶了噪音、城市里的脏空气,厌恶了拥挤的街道,拥挤的火车和汽车。由此可看出他们移出城市是因为拥挤和污染。故选A。
708
Why do some people move back to the city again? Because_____.
A.
they can breathe fresh and clean air
B.
there are big shops and cinema lights
C.
they still want to live their city life
D.
they can make many new friends
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据"It's wonderful to see crowds in the streets and cinema lights,"they say."I'm so glad I'm back in the city!"句意："看到街上的人群和电影院闪烁的灯真好。"他们说,"我很高兴我又回到了城市。"从他们所说的话中可以看出他们重回城市是因为他们仍然想要过城市生活。可知应选C。
709
Which of the following sentence is wrong according to the passage?
A.
Many people love their city's colorful life.
B.
They enjoy seeing animals in the country.
C.
All the people move out far from the city.
D.
Sometimes country people are not friendly.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据Some don't move very far,句意：有些人移的不是很远。因此,C选项是的表达是错误的。故选C。
People enjoy taking trips.But what are the reasons they leave home? One reason is for education.People travel because they want to learn more about other people and other places.They are curious about other cultures.When people are tourists,they get a quick look at different ways of living.Even a short look at another kind of lifestyle is an important lesson.On a trip,a person can learn directly by visiting museums and historic spots.What does a tourist learn who sees the art museums,visits the historical palaces and other scenic spots in Paris and shops along the River Seine? He gets a vivid picture,a real life of one of the French people.He learns about their attitudes（态度）,how they feel about business,beauty and history.
What about the tourist who goes to Hong Kong? Does he get the same information that he could get from a book? He might read that Hong Kong is crowded,that there is less than 200 square meters of space for each person.But seeing and feeling the lack of space will impress him much more.He might read that there are nearly 200 vehicles for every kilometer of roadway.But the sight of so many vehicles parked along the roadside would be a much more vivid lesson.The tourist to Hong Kong will never forget the contrasts(对比,对照): the straight vertical lines of tall modern buildings and the moving lines of boats that people live in.
710
Why do people leave home to travel according to the passage?
A.
For education.
B.
For adventure.
C.
To enjoy themselves.
D.
To look for a different lifestyle.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：依据短文得知,为什么人们离开家去旅行？分析原文：what are the reasons they leave home? One reason is for education.句意：他们离开家的原因是什么? 原因之一是为了教育。明确了答案是教育。故选A
711
What do we learn from the passage about Paris?
A.
It has a large population.
B.
It has many tall buildings.
C.
There are 200 vehicles for every kilometer of roadway.
D.
There are many museums and palaces.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：通过巴黎的信息,我们了解到了什么？分析原文：What does a tourist learn who sees the art museums,visits the historical palaces and other scenic spots in Paris句意：去巴黎的游客能看到艺术博物馆,参观历史宫殿和其它的旅游景点。结合选项的描述,第四项符合题意。故选 D
712
What impression will a tourist get of Hong Kong?
A.
It has many big and beautiful parks.
B.
It is very crowded.
C.
It has many historical spots.
D.
It is an important industrial center.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：去香港旅行的游客将对这有什么印象？分析原文：He might read that Hong Kong is crowded,that there is less than 200 square meters of space for each person.句意：他可能了解到香港是拥挤,每个人有少于200平方米的空间。充分说明香港是拥挤的城市。故选B
713
What does the passage tell us about traveling?
A.
It makes our life more interesting.
B.
It enables us to get first-hand knowledge.
C.
It helps develop our personalities.
D.
It brings about changes in our lifestyle.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：这个短文在旅行方面告诉了我们什么？通过阅读全文得知是对旅行的一个简单介绍,为旅行提供了第一手资料。故选B
When you are in England,you must be very careful in the streets because the traffic drives on the left.Before you cross a street,you must look to the right first and then left.If the traffic lights are red,the traffic must stop.Then the people on foot can cross the road.
If the traffic lights are green,the traffic can go.People on foot mustn't cross.In the morning and in the evening when people go to or come from work,the streets are very busy.Traffic is most dangerous then.
When you go by bus in England,you have to be careful,too.Always remember the traffic moves on the left.So you must be careful.Have a look first or you will go the wrong way.
In many English cities,there are big buses with two floors.You can sit on the second floor.From there you can see the city very clearly.It's very interesting.
714
When you are in England,you must always remember that_________.
A.
there are many cars and buses on the road.
B.
the traffic drives on the left.
C.
there are not any traffic lights.
D.
the traffic drives on the right.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据you must be very careful in the streets because the traffic drives on the left.英国的交通是靠左边行走,故选B。
715
You must be careful when you go by bus because __________.
A.
there are too many buses there
B.
the traffic lights are different from ours
C.
crossing the street is dangerous
D.
you may go the wrong way
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据So you must be careful.Have a look first or you will go the wrong way.坐车时要当心也许你会做错方向,故选D。
716
In England,it is very interesting to_________.
A.
cross the streets
B.
look at the traffic lights
C.
sit on the second floor of a big bus and see the beautiful city
D.
look at the busy streets in the morning
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据You can sit on the second floor.From there you can see the city very clearly.It's very interesting.坐在车的第二层能看见城市的风景,故选C。
717
Which is the best title?
A.
Buses in England
B.
Traffic in England
C.
Travelling in England
D.
Traffic lights in England
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
标题归纳题。短文叙述了英国的交通情况,故选B。
It's so beautiful outside that spending the day in the office would be very boring.So why not take the vacations(假期)off? A new survey(调查)found that 31﹪of U.S workers don't always take all of their vacation days.Americans have 12 vacation days on average(平均)each year,but they give back an average of 3 vacation days each year.
So why don't they use up their vacation days? Some say they would rather get money back for their unused days; some busy workers say they just can't leave their work.Americans have fewer vacation days than workers in any other country surveyed.
The French take their vacations seriously.French workers get an average of 39 vacation days,and 40﹪ plan to take at least one there-to-four-week vacation.
Workers in Sweden receive an average of 25 vacation days a year,but they can't find time to use them all.More workers there return vacation days than any other country surveyed.
British workers have the longest working week in Europe(欧洲),with 23 vacation days --the shortest vacation.So they feel overworked.75﹪ say their weekends or vacations are too short and 40﹪ would sacrifice a day's pay(工资)for one more vacation day.
718
____________ U.S workers don't always take all of their vacation days.
A.
All
B.
Most
C.
Some
D.
Few
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段第二行介绍A new survey(调查)found that 31﹪of U.S workers don't always take all of their vacation days.可知是一小部分美国工人不休全假。A全部；B大多数；C一些；D很少。故选D。
719
How many vacation days do Americans have on average each year in fact?
A.
9
B.
12
C.
15
D.
23
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段最后一行介绍,Americans have 12 vacation days on average(平均)each year,but they give back an average of 3 vacation days each year.可知美国人平均每年休假12天,但是他们会平均每年还回三天。因此就是平均每年休9天。故选A。
720
Which country has the most workers working during the vacation days?
A.
America.
B.
France.
C.
Sweden.
D.
Great Britain.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第四段第一行More workers there return vacation days than any other country surveyed.可知瑞典大多数工人在假期会继续工作。故选C。
721
What does the word"sacrifice"mean in the last sentence?
A.
Use up.
B.
Put up.
C.
Take up.
D.
Give up.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
词义猜测题。最后一段最后一句介绍,75%的人抱怨假期少,40%的人会牺牲一天的工资为了多一天假期。因此可以得知sacrifice意思是牺牲、放弃。故选D。
722
Which of the following is true?
A.
Some American workers are too busy to leave their work.
B.
French workers can take one Three-to-four week days.
C.
Swedish workers can enjoy all of their vacation days.
D.
British workers have the shortest vacation days of all the countries surveyed.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第二段第二行Some say they would rather get money back for their unused days; some busy workers say they just can't leave their work.可知A错误；根据第三段French workers get an average of 39 vacation days,and 40﹪ plan to take at least one there-to-four-week vacation.可知B正确；根据第四段More workers there return vacation days than any other country surveyed.可知C错误。根据最后一段第一行British workers have the longest working week in Europe(欧洲),with 23 vacation days --the shortest vacation.可知D错误。故选B。
You may have known several kinds of police,traffic police,and street police.But have you ever heard of energy-saving (节能) policemen?
A group of 22 of these new policemen went to work last week in Beijing.They go around the city to see the use of energy in hotels,office buildings,shopping centers and other public places.One of their aims is to make sure that these places have set their air conditioning (空调) no cooler than 26 ℃.
"If everyone sets their air conditioning at 26 ℃,Beijing will save 400 million kilowatt-hours of electricity in one summer.That's one-third of all the usage of the city in the season,"said a TV advertisement.
Other Chinese cities,like Wuhan in Hubei Province and Yangzhou in Jiangsu Province,are going to follow Beijing's steps in setting up a similar police team.
From 1986 to 2005,China met 20 warm winters.It means that Chinese cities have to spend billions of yuan solving the environmental problems every year.
To introduce a green life to the public,Beijing also held a show on energy-saving technology and productions last week.It attracted lots of attention.
"We want to tell people that there are certain ways to protect the environment.Each of us can find right ways to do it in our daily lives,"said Liu Qianguang,an environmental engineer in Beijing.
723
The job of the energy-saving policemen is ___________.
A.
to set the air conditioning cooler
B.
to check the use of energy in public places
C.
to stop people using air conditioning
D.
to make sure that more energy will be produced
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中内容They go around the city to see the use of energy in hotels,office buildings,shopping centers and other public places.他们到城市各个地方的酒店,办公楼,购物中心和其他公共地方的去看能源使用情况；故选B。
724
Beijing will use ___________ million kilowatt-hours electricity in one summer.
A.
1200
B.
800
C.
400
D.
133
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
判断推理题。根据文中内容Beijing will save 400 million kilowatt-hours of electricity in one summer.That's one-third of all the usage of the city in the season北京一个夏天可节约40亿千瓦时的用电,这是这个城市一个季度的三分之一,故得知北京夏季的用电为120亿千瓦时,故选A。
725
Which of the following years' winters were all warm in China?
A.
1984-1988.
B.
1999-2003.
C.
2002-2006.
D.
2005-2009.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
判断推理题。根据文中内容From 1986 to 2005,China met 20 warm winters.从1986年到2005年,中国度过了20个暖冬；故此题选B。
726
According to Liu Qianguang,___________.
A.
there are few ways to protect the environment
B.
it's difficult to find good ways to save energy
C.
it's easy for one to do something good for the environment
D.
it's not easy for one to do something good for the environment
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
判断推理题。根据文中内容Each of us can find right ways to do it in our daily lives每个人在日常生活中都能找到正确的方式来保护环境；故选C,每个人都很容易为环境做点贡献。
Much has been said and written about heroes now,mainly because many people think we have too few of them.There are many different kinds of heroes,but they usually seem to have two things.First,heroes show their great power by actions.Second,heroes can be tested by the time.Because of these good points,we need to choose our heroes carefully.
Olympic winner Jackie Joyner-Kersee tells young people to work hard.She hopes that if someone tries to copy her,it will be because she has got success by working hard.She says that a hero should affect another person's life.
Poet Maya Angelou believes that a hero encourages people to treat others well.A hero should show politeness,courage,patience,and strength all the time.A hero should encourage others to follow him with actions,even though only in small ways.
Author Daniel Boorstin suggests that,"Celebrities are people who appear on newspapers,but heroes are people who make history."If a person is truly a hero,he or she will not be soon forgotten.
We all need heroes.We need to be able to respect (尊重) people around us.Many times,the greatest heroes are the people we can see every day — our relatives,friends,and neighbours — who will never give up when facing difficulty.The parent who supports our family,the teacher who will make more money at another job but chooses to help students — all these people can be considered as heroes.A hero sets a good example,an example that encourages others to follow.
727
Joyner-Kersee hopes that young people ___________.
A.
will work hard
B.
will become heroes
C.
will follow her
D.
will achieve her goal
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中内容Olympic winner Jackie Joyner-Kersee tells young people to work hard.奥运冠军ackie Joyner-Kersee告诉年轻人要努力工作；故选A。
728
The underlined word"celebrities"in Paragraph 4 means ___________.
A.
志愿者
B.
记者
C.
政客
D.
名人
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
词意猜测题。根据前后文Celebrities are people who appear on newspapers,but heroes are people who make history.名人出现在报纸上,而英雄创造历史；celebrities名人,故选D。
729
From the passage we know that ___________.
A.
there are fewer heroes than before
B.
many common people set examples to us
C.
heroes should be polite,patient and famous
D.
heroes have to do some great things
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
判断推理题题。根据文中内容Many times,the greatest heroes are the people we can see every day— our relatives,friends,and neighbours — who will never give up when facing difficulty很多时候,最伟大的英雄在我们日常生活中都能见到,我们的亲人,朋友,邻居,他们面对困难从不放弃；故选B,很多平凡的人给我们树立了榜样。
730
The best title for this passage is ___________.
A.
What Heroes Do
B.
Who Are Heroes
C.
How Heroes Live
D.
Where Heroes are
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
标题归纳题。这篇文章主要讲述了谁才是英雄这个问题,故选B。
It has more than 845 million users worldwide.If it were a country,it would have the third largest population in the world,behind China and India.This is Facebook,a popular website from the US.It is similar to Renren in China.
Mark Zuckerber was born on May 14,1984.As a little kid,he loved creating little fun computer programs.He set up the network in February of 2004.He was then a second-year student at Harvard University.One day,he had the idea of building a website for Harvard students to get to know each other.He set up the Facebook website.Harvard students could share photos and their personal information there.Soon,the website became very famous.Zuckerberg decided to leave Harvard to run Facebook full time.It was the biggest adventure in his life and later brought him great success.Now,the service is popular around the world.
Greetings such as"Have you checked your Facebook page today?"became a part of young people's everyday language in the US.People can exchange message and get the latest information about their friends on Facebook.Zuckerberg's dream is to connect people through the Internet."Facebook is to make the world more open and connected,"he said.
What's the young man's secret to success? Zuckerberg believes it's important to have an open mind and be ready to try new things."The riskiest thing is to take no risks,"he once said in an open letter.Sometimes the simplest ideas go furthest.We hope Mar Zuckerberg can go much further,maybe even further than Bill Gates.
731
The underlined word"it"in the first paragraph refers to _________.
A.
Facebook
B.
Renren
C.
India
D.
China
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。联系下文This is Facebook,a popular website from the US.描述,可知it指代的是脸书这个网站。故选A。
732
People can do the following on Facebook except __________.
A.
exchange messages
B.
share information
C.
do online shopping
D.
put up photos
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Harvard students could share photos and their personal information there.描述,可知人们可以在这个网站上交换和分享信息,上传照片。短文没有关于这个网站能进行网上购物的描述,故选C。
733
Which is the correct order of the following events? a.Zucker studied in Harvard University. b.Facebook is popular around the world. c.Zuckerberg dropped out of Harvard. d.Zuckberg set up the Facebook website.
A.
a-b-c-d
B.
a-c-b-d
C.
a-d-b-c
D.
a-d-c-b
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。阅读短文可知,祖克尔上大学是在2004年,在他上大二的时候,创建的这个网站,然后他决定退学来全力投入到这个网站的工作,最后这个网站在全世界流行起来。故选D。
734
Why did Zuckerberg start Facebook?
A.
Because he wanted to collect some money.
B.
Because he wanted to connect people online.
C.
Because he felt bored when studying in Harvard.
D.
Because he didn't know his classmates very well.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段One day,he had the idea of building a website for Harvard students to get to know each other.描述,可知他设立这个网站是为了彼此认识.故选B。把人们用网络连接起来。
Now scientists have discovered that the dogs behave like their masters,too.Just like children,they use a"look and learn"ways when they go about their tasks.
Scientists at Oxford universities designed an experiment to test if the dogs have the ability to copy humans' actions by using a simple wooden box.10 owners showed their dogs how to open the wooden box.Sometimes they use their heads to push it and sometimes they use their hands.
10 dogs were divided into two groups---Group1 and Group2.In the first part of the test,Group1 were rewarded with a piece of meat for copying their owner's actions.Group2 were rewarded with food for not copying and using other ways.With each dog the experiment was repeated hundreds of times.Scientists recorded the time to see which group was first to get 85% right.They found that Group1finished the task much sooner than Group2.
In the second part of the test,all the dogs were only rewarded for copying the way that their owners used.Group1 reached the 85% mark more quickly than Group2.
So the scientists draw a conclusion:"Like humans,dogs can copy actions that they see.Dogs' imitative（仿效的）behavior is shaped more by their interactions（互动）with humans than by evolution(进化)."
Scientists said,"A dog's behavior is influenced much like that of a child; they look and learn similar behavior.We hope that owners understand the importance of their actions and use this knowledge to set good examples and therefore have a good effect on the behavior of their pets."
735
The scientists believe dog's imitative behavior mainly comes from______________.
A.
proper rewards
B.
domestication
C.
human-dog interactions
D.
evolution
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Dogs' imitative（仿效的）behavior is shaped more by their interactions（互动）with humans than by evolution(进化)."描述,可知科学家相信狗的模仿行为主要是来自人—狗之间的互动。故选C。
736
The best title may be"___________________"
A.
Dogs can finish their tasks quickly.
B.
Dogs are interesting animals.
C.
Masters always set good examples.
D.
Dogs behave like their masters.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
标题归纳题。阅读短文可知这篇短文主要介绍了狗的模仿行为。故选D,狗的行为举止像它的主人。
737
From the experiment,we know __________________.
A.
It took the two groups of dogs the same time to finish the required task.
B.
The dogs that copied their masters finished the required task much sooner.
C.
The dogs that were encouraged to copy their masters finished the task more slowly..
D.
The dogs that were encouraged not to copy their masters finished the task more quickly..
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二三段描述,可知第一组狗得到的奖赏诱惑力要大。在第一次实验当中模仿主人行为的组完成任务较快,在第二次都模仿主人行为的试验中,还是第一组完成任务较快。故选B。
738
According to the last paragraph,we can infer ______________.
A.
a cruel man can raise a cruel dog
B.
dogs can be influenced by anyone
C.
dogs always behave positively
D.
dogs are the best kind of pets
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推理判断题。这篇短文主要讲述的就是狗的模仿行为,因此如果主人行为粗暴,他的狗也会如此。故选A,恶人养恶狗。
This year 2,300 teenagers from all over the world will spend about ten months in U.S.homes.They will attend U.S.schools,meet U.S.teenagers,and form impressions (印象) of the real American teenagers.American teenagers will go to other countries to learn new languages and have a new understanding of the rest of the world.
Here is a two-way student exchange in action.Fred,nineteen,spent last year in Germany with George's family.In return,George's son,Mike,spent a year in Fred's home in America.
Fred,a lively young man,knew little German when he arrived,but after two months' study,the language began to come to him.School was completely different from what he had expected -much harder.Students rose respectfully (尊敬地) when the teacher entered the room.They took fourteen subjects instead of the six that are usual in the United States.There were almost no outside activities.
Family life,too,was different.The family's word was law,and all activities were around the family rather than the individual.Fred found the food too simple at first.Also,he missed having a car.
"Back home,you pick up some friends in a car and go out and have a good time.In Germany,you walk,but you soon learn to like it."
At the same time,in America,Mike,a friendly German boy,was also forming his idea."I suppose I should criticize(批评)American schools."He says."It is far too easy by our level.But I have to say that I like it very much.In Germany we do nothing but study.Here we take part in many outside activities.I think that maybe your schools are better in training for citizens.There ought to be some middle ground between the two."
739
The whole exchange program is mainly to______.
A.
help teenagers in other countries know the real America
B.
send students in America to travel in Germany
C.
let students learn something about other countries
D.
have teenagers learn new languages
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
归纳理解题。根据短文第一段描述可知该项目的目的是为了让学生了解其他的国家。故选C。
740
What did Fred and Mike agree on?
A.
American food tasted better than German food.
B.
German schools were harder than American schools.
C.
Americans and Germans were both friendly.
D.
There were more cars on the streets in America.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
综合理解题。根据弗莱德的观点School was completely different from what he had expected -much harder.和迈克的观点It is far too easy by our level,故选B
741
What is particular in American schools?
A.
There is some middle ground between the two teaching buildings.
B.
There are a lot of after-school activities.
C.
Students usually take 14 subjects in all.
D.
Students go outside to enjoy themselves in a car.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据最后一段In Germany we do nothing but study.Here we take part in many outside activities描述,可知美国的学校有许多的活动而德国的学校注重学习,故活动多是美国学校的一个特色,故选B
742
What did Mike think after experiencing the American school life?
A.
A better education should include something good from both America and Germany.
B.
German schools trained students to be better citizens.
C.
American schools were not as good as German schools.
D.
The easy life in the American school was more helpful to students.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文最后There ought to be some middle ground between the two.迈克认为在这两个学校之间应该有一个中间地带。由此可以推测,他认为较好的教育应该包含两种教育的优点,故选A
In a book called Magnificent Obsession,by Lloyd C.Douglas,a description is given of people helping others but doing it secretly.When difficult problems worried a person,friends nearby would meet to discuss possible solution without the person knowing their actions.When a solution was agreed upon,one or two of the friends would carry out the plan and solve the problem secretly,to the great delight of the worried person.The helpers would stand by privately,content with their success.No reward was given to the problem solvers,not even a sincere"thank you",because they were never known.
This idea is popular today but in a different way.The phrase"pay it forward"is now used when one person helps another.However,the person helped may not be able to repay the person or group that helped them.So rather than return the favor to their helpers,they are supposed to help someone else in the future,which means they pay it forward.It is a sense of responsibility(责任) which makes us want to give back in equal measure to the one who has helped us.But,in this case,the responsibility turns to helping someone in the future.
Suppose your elderly grandmother pays part of your schooling.She may tell you there is no need to repay her because it is a gift from someone who loves you very much.Nothing would please her more than to have you use her money to get a good education.
You may never be able to repay her for such a gift.However,she not only gave you some money,but she provided you with an example that you should also help other people who need it.
People with serious needs are everywhere.Many are children who need better clothes,more books and even better schools.Some are elderly people who can't afford their medicine or a doctor's care.Consider how you can"pay it forward"rather than pay money back to your grandmother.
743
The helpers in the book"Magnificent Obsession"were not rewarded because ______________.
A.
they hadn't solved the problems thoroughly
B.
they had solved the problems secretly
C.
they were friends of the worried individual
D.
they expected to be paid back in the future
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段描述,可知这是帮助者得不到报答是因为他们的活动是秘密进行的。故选B。
744
The underlined word"pay it forward"means ____________________.
A.
to repay someone who has helped you
B.
to pay someone else who needs help
C.
to help someone who has helped you
D.
to help someone else who needs help
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
词义猜测题。联系下文So rather than return the favor to their helpers,they are supposed to help someone else in the future,which means they pay it forward.描述,可知这个短语意思是帮助其他需要帮助的人。故选D。
745
What does the writer suggest with the example of"your elderly grandmother"?
A.
We should learn to respect our grandparents.
B.
We should work hard to get a good education.
C.
We should also lend a hand to other people in need of help.
D.
We should never forget to repay people for their help.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据However,she not only gave you some money,but she provided you with an example that you should also help other people who need it.描述,可知奶奶的意思是,我们应该帮助那些需要帮助的人。故选C。
746
From the passage we know_________________.
A.
everybody needs help
B.
more children need help than elderly people
C.
it costs a lot of money to"pay it forward"
D.
nowadays many people help others without being repaid
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据最后一段This idea is popular today but in a different way.及上下文描述,可知当今有很多人不要报酬的帮助别人。故选D。
Teens Enjoy Reading
According to a survey on reading conducted by the U.S.National Education Association (NEA),young Americans say reading is important—more important than computers and science.Over 50% of the twelve to eighteen years old children interviewed said they enjoy reading a lot.Seventy-nine percent find it stimulating and interesting,and 87% think it is relaxing.Most of those surveyed (68%) disagree with the opinion that reading is boring,or old-fashioned.
Teens Read Variety of Material
Over half the teenagers interviewed said they read more than ten books a year.The results also showed that middle-school students read more books than high school students.Most teens (66%) like to read fiction,such as novels and stories.Only 26% were interested in non-fiction,such as biographies and history books.Sixty-four percent of students liked reading ‘stories about people of my own age' as their favorite topic.Mysteries and detective stories came second on the list at 53%.Just under 50% said they were interested in reading about their own culture and heritage.Other Interests
Of the teenagers who participated in the survey,49% said that libraries are where they get most of their books.However,many complained that their school libraries do not have enough up-to-date,interesting books and magazines.Even though many teenagers in the U.S.enjoy reading,they still have other interests.When asked which activity would be the most difficult to give up for a week,48% said listening to music.TV would be difficult to give up for 25% of those surveyed.
Another survey which is published by www.SmartGirl.com studied the differences between teenage boys' and girls' reading habits.According to the report,more girls than boys read for fun.Many more girls (77%) than boys (6%) read fashion and beauty magazines.More boys (47%) than girls (7%) read magazines about video games,but an equal number of each like to read adventure stories and newspapers.Girl also read more material about celebrities and social issues such as crime,drugs,or poverty.Boys,on the other hand,read more about sports.
747
Most teens enjoy reading______.
A.
history books
B.
novels and stories
C.
about their own culture
D.
about science
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段Most teens (66%) like to read fiction,such as novels and stories.描述,可知大多数青少年喜欢阅读小说和故事。故选B。
748
The teens think that ________ is the most difficult to give up.
A.
reading books
B.
watching TV
C.
reading magazines
D.
listening to music
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段48% said listening to music.TV would be difficult to give up for 25% of those surveyed.48%的人认为听音乐难放弃。25%的受访者认为电视很难放弃。故选D
749
The proper headline for paragraph 4 is ______.
A.
Teens' Reading Habit
B.
Another Survey about Teens
C.
Boys' and Girls' Interests
D.
Boys' and Girls' Habits Differ
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第四段的主要内容可知主要是就男孩和女孩的阅读习惯进行的调查。故选D。
Survey: Most Chinese think penalty(惩罚) for drunk driving too light
2009-08-18 13:33:53 GMT2009-08-18 21:33:53 (Beijing Time) Xinhua English
BEIJING,Aug.18 (Xinhua) -- Most Chinese people consider drunk driving impossible to stop in the country while the current law(法律) too light for drunk drivers,a survey has found.
According to the survey done by the China Youth Daily,more than 96% of the 1,792 respondents(被告) said people around them had driven after drinking,while more than 81% complained the current penalty was too light,the paper reported Tuesday.Now offenders(违规者) face a three-to-six month suspension(吊销)of their driving licenses and detention(拘留) for up to 15 days in serious cases.
Drunk driving has attracted wide public attention in China after several serious accidents in recent months.On Aug.4,a drunk driver in Hangzhou killed a 16-year-old girl.Two days later,another drunk driver in Shanghai killed a four-year-old boy and injured three others.
Drunk driving is regarded as just traffic violation if no accidents result,according to the Chinese law.But some people have called for regarding it as a crime no matter whether it results in serious accidents."If it's a crime and anyone caught will go to jail(监狱),a lot more people will be afraid of risking it,"said Wang Mingliang,a professor at the Fudan University.However,other people disagreed.
In 2008,China's alcohol（酒精）-related traffic accidents led to 18,371 deaths,76,230 injuries,and a property(财产) loss of 250 million yuan ($36.7 million),according to official figures.
750
Most Chinese think it's hard to stop drunk driving because of the __________ penalty for it according to the current law.
A.
light
B.
less
C.
heavy
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文Most Chinese people consider drunk driving impossible to stop in the country while the current law too light for drunk drivers,可知大多数中国人认为酒驾在中国的法律中处罚的太轻了。故选A。
751
If a drunk driver is caught now,he or she will have to face __________.
A.
a detention and an important report
B.
a suspension of driving license and a detention
C.
a suspension of driving license and a serious survey
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文Now offenders face a three-to-six month suspension of their driving licenses and detention for up to 15 days in serious cases.可知现在违规者将接受3到6个月的驾照吊销处罚甚至15天的拘留。故选B。
752
How many people died of alcohol-related traffic accidents in China in 2008?
A.
1,792
B.
18,371
C.
76,230
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文In 2008,China's alcohol（酒精）-related traffic accidents led to 18,371 deaths,可知在2008年中国酒驾发生的交通事故导致18371人死亡。故选B。
753
According to the passage,which of the following is true?
A.
A drunk driver in Shanghai killed a 4-year-old boy On August 4.
B.
Over 1700 respondents in the survey complained the current penalty was too light.
C.
China's alcohol-related traffic accidents caused a property loss of $36.7 million in 2008.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文In 2008,China's alcohol（酒精）-related traffic accidents led to 18,371 deaths,76,230 injuries,and a property(财产) loss of 250 million yuan ($36.7 million),可知2008年发生在中国的酒驾交通事故引起36.7百万美元的损失。故选C。
754
This passage may come from a __________.
A.
newspaper
B.
science fiction
C.
story book
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。通过观察文章的标题,这篇文章可能选自报纸。故选A。
Having Fun"Growing"and"Stealing"
Recently,an Internet game has become a new fashion among young office workers and students.People can"farm"on a piece of "land"and"grow","sell"or even"steal""vegetables","flowers"and"fruits"on the internet.
They can earn some e-money and buy more"seeds","pets"and even"houses".
Joyce interviewed some young people.Here are their opinions.
Harold：I don't quite understand why they are so mad about the childish game,maybe they are just not confident enough to face the real world.
Allan：I enjoy putting some"bugs"(臭虫) in my friends' gardens and we've become closer because of the game.Having fun together is the most exciting thing about it.
Laura：You know,people in the city wish for the life in the countryside.It relaxes my work pressure; besides,it gives me the exciting experience of being a"thief".
Ivy： Well.It's just a waste of time.Teenagers playing the game spend so many hours on it that they can not concentrate on their study.
755
According to the passage,people can't ______things in this game.
A.
grow
B.
borrow
C.
steal
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文People can"farm"on a piece of"land"and"grow", "sell"or even"steal"人们可以在"农场"里"种""卖""偷"菜。不能"借"。故选B。
756
Among the people Joyce interviewed,______ likes the game while ______ dislikes the game.
A.
Laura,Allan
B.
Allan,Harold
C.
Ivy,Harold
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Harold: I don't quite understand why they are mad about the childish game.可知Harold不喜欢这个游戏；根据Allan: Having fun together is the most exciting thing about it.可知Allan喜欢这个游戏。故选B
757
From Laura's words,we can infer (推理) that she's most probably ______.
A.
a student
B.
an office worker
C.
a thief
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文It reduces my work pressure.可知Laura应该是一位办公室职员。故选B。
758
You can find the passage ______.
A.
in a science magazine
B.
in an advertisement
C.
in a newspaper
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。本文最可能出现在报纸上。故选C。
759
Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?
A.
People in the city want to enjoy the country life.
B.
People can earn some money and buy more seeds.
C.
People are confident enough to face the real world.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。通过阅读可知,这个游戏可以让朋友们一起在网上娱乐,也可以让人放松,城市里的人想去享受乡村的生活。故选A。
When your school doesn't have a bus,and you live too far away to walk? How do you go to school? "Let's carpool!"most US middle school students will get that cool idea.Carpooling is a group of people sharing the responsibility(责任) of driving to school in the morning.There are usually four or five kids in a carpool and their parents take turns driving the kids in their cars.It might be the kids' first experience with real teamwork.Teamwork is really important in the carpool because nobody wants to make everyone else late.It's a great lesson in resposibility.
Carpooling is coming into fashion everywhere now.You can find lots of informations of carpooling on the internet.Carpooling is cool! Why?
It's good for the environment.In today's culture of everyone needing to try their best to protect our environment,carpooling is one of the best ways.By taking 3 cars off the road,the pollution can be cut a little.Take that over a town,a city,a state,a country and think about how much less pollution is going to be in the air over the course of even one year.
Gas(汽油) now is much more expensive than it used to and if you need to watch the cents(美分),then it's possible that carpooling could be the answer to your prayers.Even if you have to use your car once a week instead of two,that's one round trip of gas you're saving.So carpooling helps you save money.
Carpooling is a great way of getting to know people better.If you're carpooling grade school kids,then you'll find that slowly you'll get to know your child's peers(同龄人) and friends better.It's a great opportunity to meet people while saving the environment and your money.
760
The word"carpool"means__________.
A.
合伙用车
B.
共同租车
C.
让人搭车
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文Carpooling is a group of people sharing the responsibility of driving to school in the morning.可知Carpoolling是一群人平摊开车去上学的责任。所以叫合伙用车。故选A。
761
One of_________drives the car in a carpool of middle school students.
A.
their teachers
B.
the students
C.
their parents
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文There are usually four or five kids in a carpool and their parents take turns driving the kids in their cars.四,五个孩子组成一组,让他们的父母轮流开车送孩子们去上学。故选C。
762
If you carpool with two persons to work every day,________will be taken off the road every day.
A.
no car
B.
one car
C.
two cars
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。通过阅读可知,如果你载两个人一起用车,路上就会少两辆车。故选C。
763
There are________advantages of carpooling mentioned in this passage.
A.
three
B.
four
C.
five
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文It's a great lesson in resposibility.及It's a great opportunity to meet people while saving the environment and your money.可知Carpool有培养孩子责任感,保护环境,省钱以及有机会认识朋友的四个好处。 故选B。
764
We can know from the passage that carpooling________.
A.
is much more convenient than taking the school bus.
B.
can help you save the money because you use your car less.
C.
isn't a good means to understand people better.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文So carpooling helps you save money.可知Carpooling可以让你少用车,帮助你省钱。故选B。
Students these days often have a lot of worries.Sometimes they have problems with their schoolwork,and sometimes with their friends. .Some people think the worst thing is to do nothing.Laura Mills,a teenager from Washington,agrees."Problems and worries are normal in life,"says Laura."But I think talking to someone helps a lot.If we don't talk to someone,we'll certainly feel worse."
Laura once lost her purse,and worried for days.She was afraid to tell her parents about it.She even walked three miles to school each day because she didn't have any money.She just kept thinking."If I tell my parents,they'll be angry!"But in the end,she talked to her parents and they were really understanding.Her dad said he sometimes made careless mistakes himself.They got her a new purse and asked her to be more careful."I will always remember to share my problems in the future!"Laura says.
Robert Hunt advises students about common problems.He feels the same way as Laura."It is best not to avoid our problems.We should always try to solve them."He thinks that you can first find someone to talk to.This person doesn't need to be an expert (专家) like himself.Students often forget that their parents have more experience than them,and are always there to help them.
In English,we say that sharing a problem is like cutting it in half.So you're halfway to solving a problem if you talk to someone about it!
765
Which of the following can be put in the blank in Paragraph One?
A.
What can they do about this?
B.
Where do the problems come from?
C.
When did they have these problems?
D.
Why do they have so many problems?
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段内容：Some people think the worst thing is to do nothing.一些人认为最糟糕的是什么也不做,可知第一段空格处内容应该是关于这个可以做些什么？故选择A。
766
In Paragraph 2,the writer used the story of Laura to ______.
A.
answer a question
B.
give an example
C.
introduce his friend
D.
share his experience
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
段落大意题。根据对整篇文章内容的理解,可知作者使用Laura的故事是给一个例子,故选择B。
767
According to the passage Robert Hunt might be ______.
A.
Laura's teacher
B.
the writer of the passage
C.
a person with a problem
D.
an expert on students' problems
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章倒数第二段内容This person doesn't need to be an expert (专家) like himself.可知Robert Hunt是一名专家,胡选择D。
The Oxford English Dictionary (OED,牛津英语词典) is thinking of adding the Chinese word tuhao (土豪) to its 2014 edition (版本).
The word has become popular in China during the past few months to describe newly rich people who spend money in extravagant（铺张的,浪费的）ways.Tuhao has caught on in Western countries,too,to describe similar people in their countries.
The adoption (采用) of the word by foreign countries is an example of China's spreading influence in the world not just economically,but also socially and culturally.People are paying attention to what is happening in China and are picking up some Chinese words in the process,especially those words that express unique (独特的) Chinese ideas that cannot be easily translated (翻译) into English.
The OED is also thinking of adding hukou (户口) and dama (大妈) to the already 120 Chinese words in its dictionary.Hukou refers to (指的是) China's system of residency permits (户籍系统) and dama refers to middle-aged Chinese women whose gold buying habits influence the global gold markets.The news that the OED was adding these words has met with some criticism (批评).Some people say the words embarrass (使人尴尬) China,but others insist that in a globalized (全球化的) society it's natural for words to spread and be adopted elsewhere.In fact,a word like tuhao expresses the humor of China.It's easy to pronounce (发音) and very accurate (精准的) at poking fun at (嘲弄) rich people who have more money than taste.
768
_____ may be adopted in the Oxford English Dictionary in 2014 according to the passage.
A.
Tuhao
B.
Hukou
C.
Dama
D.
All above
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第一段The Oxford English Dictionary (OED,牛津英语词典) is thinking of adding the Chinese word tuhao (土豪) to its 2014 edition (版本).和第四段第一行The OED is also thinking of adding hukou (户口) and dama (大妈) to the already 120 Chinese words in its dictionary.可知,土豪、户口和大妈这三个词都可能会被纳入2014版牛津词典。故选D。
769
_____can be called"tuhao"according to the passage.
A.
All newly rich people
B.
People who own their money easily
C.
People who love money very much
D.
Newly rich people who spend money in an extravagant way
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段第一行The word has become popular in China during the past few months to describe newly rich people who spend money in extravagant（铺张的,浪费的）ways.可知,土豪是形容那些暴富的人花钱铺张浪费。故选D。
770
The underlined word"caught on"(in Paragraph 2) most probably means________.
A.
流行
B.
继续
C.
接受
D.
蔓延
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据Tuhao has caught on in Western countries,too,to describe similar people in their countries.这一句中的too,可知是承接上一句话。上句说：土豪一词在中国很流行。故选A。
771
The last paragraph mainly talks about __________________.
A.
humor of Chinese style
B.
criticism on the adoption of Chinese words into OED
C.
support on the adoption of Chinese words into OED
D.
different opinions on the adoption of Chinese words into OED
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
段落大意题。最后一段主要讲述不同人对于"户口"和"大妈"这两个词的不同观点。故选D。
Do you like drinking Coke? As a symbol of American culture,Coca-Cola is liked by many people,especially young people all around the world.But from now on,perhaps it will be hard for students in the US to get it on campus.A new agreement will end almost all sales of high-sugar fizzy drinks in US schools.The agreement allow only unsweetened juice,low-fat milk and water in primary and middle school vending machines(自动销售机) and cafeterias.Former American president Bill Clinton helped the American Heart Association and the beverage industry(饮料业) to come up with the agreement.He suffered from a weight problem and has had a heart operation since leaving the White House.He takes the agreement as"a bold step forward in the struggle to help 35 million young people lead healthier lives".
Rising childhood obesity(肥胖) has become a big problem in America.A federal report noted that obesity has tripled among teenagers in the past 25 years.It called for new limits on the marketing of junk food to children.Soda is a particular target because of its caloric content and popularity among children.
Britain has already taken similar steps to fight obesity.A recent study shows that people in the UK are much healthier than the people in the US.However,it's better late than never.Now American schools are trying to make new rules to guide the students to choose healthy drinks.American schools say goodbye to Coca-Cola.
772
What kind of beverage is NOT allowed to sell on campus?
A.
High-sugar fizzy drinks.
B.
Unsweetened juice.
C.
Low-fat milk.
D.
Water.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中语句"A new agreement will end almost all sales of high-sugar fizzy drinks in US schools."理解可知。高含糖碳酸饮料在校园是不允许出售的,故选A。
773
What dose the underlined word"tripled"in the second paragraph mean?
A.
Became as much.
B.
Became twice as much.
C.
Became three times as much.
D.
Became four times as much.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据文中语句"Rising childhood obesity（肥胖）has become a big problem in America.A federal report noted that obesity has tripled among teenagers in the past 25 years."理解可知。此词的含义是三倍的意思,故选C。
774
What is the writer's attitude (态度) towards limits on junk food?
A.
Positive
B.
Neutral
C.
Negative
D.
Unclear
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中语句"It called for new limits on the marketing of junk food to children."理解可知。作者对junk food是持肯定态度的,故选A。
775
Which of the following statements is WRONG?
A.
Coca-Cola causes students' obesity.
B.
Coca-Cola makes people unhealthier.
C.
Coca-Cola isn't very popular in the world.
D.
Coca-Cola is bad for our body.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中语句理解可知,coca在世界非常受欢迎,故选C。
776
Which is the best title of the passage?
A.
Say"Goodbye"to Coca-Cola
B.
The Junk Coca-Cola
C.
Coca-Cola in China
D.
Coca-Cola in the World
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
标题归纳题。根据文中语句"American schools say goodbye to Coca-Cola."理解可知,整篇文章就说明coca的危害,要求全社会杜绝coca,故选A。
On February 9th,2013,Sarah Darling was walking along the street when she met a homeless man named Billy Ray Harris.She reached into her change purse,emptied out all the coins she had and gave them to the homeless man.Neither of them realized that this small generous act would change their lives.
Sarah didn't realize that she had given Billy not only all her change but also her diamond ring that she had put in her change purse earlier until the following morning.She and her husband,Bill Krejci,rushed to see if they could find Billy.The homeless man was not only in the same place,he also immediately returned the ring.The grateful couple paid him back for his honesty by emptying out their pockets of all the money they had.
Bob Krejci,a web designer,felt that he needed to do something more for this amazingly honest man.So on February 18th,he set up a special page to raise money for him.In just four days,Billy received over $85,000 and there seems to be no end yet.
That is not enough.Billy is living with a person who is generous instead of living in the streets.And that's not all—Thanks to the news report,he got together again with his older brother,Edwin Harris who he had been unable to find for 27 years.
All the good luck is just because Billy did the right thing—returning something that did not belong to him.
777
When did Sarah realize that she had also given Billy her diamond ring?
A.
On February 9th,2013
B.
On February 10th,2013
C.
On February 18th,2013
D.
On February 22nd 2013
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文的开头可知,On February 9th,2013,在2013年2月9日的这一天,Sarah给了Billy,这个流浪汉一些零钱,她也不小心把她的钻石戒指给了他。再根据短文第二段的第一句话Sarah didn't realize that she had given Billy not only all her change but also her diamond ring until the following morning.可知,在第二天早上她才意识到这件事。故应该是2013年2月10号。故选B。
778
Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?
A.
Billy is living with a generous person.
B.
Billy has found his brother.
C.
Billy bought a diamond ring.
D.
Billy appeared in the news report
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文中Billy is living with a person who is generous可知A选项在文章中提到了；根据Thanks to the news report,he got together again with his older brother可知B选项提到了；根据Thanks to the news report可知D选项也提到了。C选项这句话不符合文意,这个钻石戒指是Sarah的,并不是Billy买的。故选C。
779
The underlined word"That"in Paragraph 4 refers to(指代)"________".
A.
returning the ring
B.
setting up a page
C.
living in the streets
D.
receiving money
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据文意可知,这里的that 代指的应该是前文中所提到的事情,故浏览上一段的内容可知,这里应该指的是当Billy归还了戒指之后,在Bob的努力下,人们为他捐了很多钱。故选D。
780
What's the best title of the passage?
A.
Generous Woman Changed Her Own Life
B.
Kind Man Set Up Special Page
C.
Homeless Man Returned Diamond Ring
D.
Many People Donated Much Money
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇短文讲述的是一个诚实的流浪汉归还了Sarah无意间给他的一枚戒指,而他的这份善良也给他自己带来了回报。他不仅从人们那里得到了很多捐款,而且找到了他失散多年的哥哥。故这篇短文的标题应该是C,Homeless Man Returned Diamond Ring.。
Having Fun"Growing"and"Stealing"?
Recently,an Internet game has become a new fashion among young office workers and students.People can"farm"on a piece of"land"and"grow", "sell"or even"steal""vegetables","flowers",and"fruits"on the Net.They can earn some e-money and buy more"seeds","pets",and even"houses".
Joyce interviewed some young people.Here are their opinions.
Harold: I don't quite understand why they are mad about the childish game.Maybe they are just not confident enough to face the real world.
Allan: I enjoy putting some"bugs"in my friends' gardens and we've become closer because of the game.Having fun together is the most exciting thing about it.
Laura: You know,people in the city are longing for (渴望) the life in the countryside.It reduces my work pressure (压力) ; besides,it gives me the exciting experience of being a"thief".
Ivy: Well,it's just a waste of time.Teenagers playing the game spend so many hours on it that they can not focus on (专注于) their study.
781
According to the passage,people can't_______things in this game.
A.
grow
B.
borrow
C.
steal
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文People can"farm"on a piece of"land"and"grow", "sell"or even"steal"人们可以在"农场"里"种""卖""偷"菜。不能"借"。故选B。
782
Among the people Joyce interviewed,_______likes the game while_________dislikes the game.
A.
Laura; Allan
B.
Allan; Harold
C.
Ivy; Allan
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Harold: I don't quite understand why they are mad about the childish game.可知Harold不喜欢这个游戏；根据Allan: Having fun together is the most exciting thing about it.可知Allan喜欢这个游戏。故选B
783
From Laura's words,we can guess that she is most probably_________.
A.
a student
B.
a thief
C.
an office worker
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文It reduces my work pressure.可知Laura应该是一位办公室职员。故选C。
784
Which is NOT the reason why people like the game?
A.
They can have fun with friends.
B.
The game can relax people and give them a new experience.
C.
They are confident enough to face the real world.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。通过阅读可知,这个游戏可以让朋友们一起在网上娱乐,也可以让人放松。故选C。
785
Where can you find this passage?
A.
In a newspaper.
B.
In an advertisement.
C.
In a science book..
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。本文最可能出现在报纸上。故选A。
Good morning,class!
We know that there are too many net bars around us.The Internet is popular and it makes our lives colorful.Many of us like going online very much because we can learn how to use the computer and get more information from the Internet.We can learn English.We can read some good newspapers and magazines.It can make us clever in playing computer games.We can send E-mails to our friends quickly.We can chat(聊天) freely online with our friends.It can help us get in touch with people from all over the world.
But some students spend too much time in playing computer game and some stay in the net bars all day and all night.Teenagers even get to have boyfriends or girlfriends online.They write too many letters to each other.It takes them too much time to chat online so they do worse and worse in their lessons and they don't study well any more.I think we mustn't get online when it is time for us to study.We can do it in summer or winter holidays.We should get online with adults(成人)--our teacher or parents.
At the same time,if we have lots of free time,we can do some out-of-class activities at school.We usually have activities from 4:50 to 5:50 in the afternoon.We have different kinds of activities.If you are interested in sports,you can play basketball or football.We can go to the English Corner.We can practice talking in English there.We hope we can spend more time on our subjects or on such activities that we can learn a lot from and less time on the Internet.
Thank you for listening to me.That's all.
786
The short passage is about __________.
A.
going online
B.
how to communicate with others
C.
how to spend our free time
D.
different kinds of activities
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。通读全文可知这篇文章是关于上网的。根据题意故选A。
787
The Internet can make our lives _________.
A.
helpful and important
B.
enjoyable and interesting
C.
enjoyable but expensive
D.
different kinds of activities
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段The Internet is popular and it makes our lives colorful.网络使我们的生活丰富多彩可知,故选B。
788
________ is not good.
A.
Sending E-mails
B.
Reading newspapers and magazines online
C.
going online with adults
D.
Spending all day in the net bars
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段But some students spend too much time in playing computer game and some stay in the net bars all day and all night但是一些学生花费整天的时间呆在网吧是不好的.描述,可知故选D。
789
Playing computer games________.
A.
gives us lots of information
B.
makes our studies worse
C.
makes us more clever
D.
is harmful to our health
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中第一段It can make us clever in playing computer games.玩电脑游戏可以使我们变得聪明。故选C。
790
Which of the following is NOT right?
A.
There are too many net bars in the cities.
B.
We can learn English from the Internet.
C.
We mustn't get online when we are studying at school.
D.
We cannot do out-of-class activities from 4:50 to 5:50 p.m.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。以下那句话是不正确的可知只有D是不正确的,根据文中第三段We usually have activities from 4:50 to 5:50 in the afternoon.We have different kinds of activities可以做一些体育活动.。故选D。
What is the hottest English word of 2013? It's"selfie",according to Oxford dictionaries.Selfie is a photo that one takes of oneself,according to the Oxford online dictionary.People usually take selfies with a smartphone(智能手机) and send them to a social media website.
The word was first used in 2002.In the past 12 months,its frequency (出现频率) in the English language has increased by 17,000 percent,said Oxford dictionaries.Now,almost everybody knows it.
"Almost every day,I take a photo of myself at school,and save it in my Qzone (QQ空间),"said Huang Xu,13,from Hunan.These photos record her happy and sad moments.
Pop stars also take a lot of selfies.Li Chunping,14,from Harbin,is a big fan of Yang Mi."She has used many selfies to tell us what's going on in her personal life,"said Li.
What makes people love selfies? Some people say it's narcissism (自恋)."The rise of the selfie is a perfect symbol for our narcissistic culture.We're crying out: Look at me!"said US psychiatrist(精神科医生) Carole Lieberman.
Young people are using selfies to make friends online,Jonathan Freedland wrote in The Guardian."The usual purpose of taking a selfie is to share online.They express a human need to connect with others,"wrote Freedland.
Huang Xu agrees with that."During summer vacation,my classmates and I shared many selfies online.Hair or clothes were not our interests.Through these photos,we got to know each other's holidays and feelings,"said Huang Xu.
791
According to the story,a"selfie"is _____.
A.
a person with a smartphone
B.
a smartphone which can take photos
C.
a photo taken by oneself
D.
an English dictionary
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题,根据第一段中It's"selfie",according to Oxford dictionaries.Selfie is a photo that one takes of oneself,according to the Oxford online dictionary.可知该选C。
792
When was the word"selfie"first used?
A.
More than ten years ago
B.
In 2013
C.
When smartphones appeared
D.
Nobody knows
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题,根据第二段开头The word was first used in 2002.可知该选A。
793
We can tell from the story that _____.
A.
only famous people enjoy taking selfies
B.
all people love selfies because of narcissism
C.
people love to share selfies online
D.
US psychiatrist Carole Lieberman hates selfies
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题,根据短文可知人们喜欢在网上分享selfies,所以选C。
794
We put the sentence"But some people don't see it that way"at the beginning of _______.
A.
Paragraph 4
B.
Paragraph 5
C.
Paragraph 6
D.
Paragraph 7
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题,根据第六段中Young people are using selfies to make friends online,Jonathan Freedland wrote in The Guardian."The usual purpose of taking a selfie is to share online.可知该选C。
795
What is the best title of this passage?
A.
Selfies and narcissism
B.
Selfies and sharing
C.
Selfies and smartphones
D.
Selfies,the hottest word in 2013
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
标题归纳题,根据短文一开头What is the hottest English word of 2013? It's"selfie",可知该选D。
It's so beautiful outside that spending the day in the office would be very boring.So why not take the vacations(假期)off? A new survey(调查)found that 31﹪of U.S workers don't always take all of their vacation days.Americans have 12 vacation days on average(平均)each year,but they give back an average of 3 vacation days each year.
So why don't they use up their vacation days? Some say they would rather get money back for their unused days; some busy workers say they just can't leave their work.Americans have fewer vacation days than workers in any other country surveyed.
The French take their vacations seriously.French workers get an average of 39 vacation days,and 40﹪ plan to take at least one there-to-four-week vacation.
Workers in Sweden receive an average of 25 vacation days a year,but they can't find time to use them all.More workers there return vacation days than any other country surveyed.
British workers have the longest working week in Europe(欧洲),with 23 vacation days --the shortest vacation.So they feel overworked.75﹪ say their weekends or vacations are too short and 40﹪ would sacrifice a day's pay(工资)for one more vacation day.
796
____________ U.S workers don't always take all of their vacation days.
A.
All
B.
Most
C.
Some
D.
Few
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：有多少美国工人不全部用完他们的假期？分析原文：A new survey(调查)found that 31﹪of U.S workers don't always take all of their vacation days.句意：一个调查发现：31%的美国工人并不是一直花费全部的假期,因此结合选项之意,选择第四项。故选D
797
How many vacation days do Americans have on average each year in fact?
A.
9
B.
12
C.
15
D.
23
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：实际上美国一年平均有多少天的假期？分析原文：Americans have 12 vacation days on average(平均)each year,but they give back an average of 3 vacation days each year.句意：美国人每年假期平均有12天,但是他们每年平均返还3天的假期。分析问题：实际有多少天的假期,有12天,返还3天,12-3=9,因此实际为九天的假期。故选 A
798
Which country has the most workers working during the vacation days?
A.
America.
B.
France.
C.
Sweden.
D.
great Britain.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：哪一个国家有多数工人在假期中工作？分析原文：Workers in Sweden receive an average of 25 vacation days a year,but they can't find time to use them all.More workers there return vacation days than any other country surveyed.句意：工人在瑞典获得每年平均25天的假期,但他们不能找到合适的方式来使用它们。所以更多的工人在假期工作。这种现象比其它调查过的国家都多。从最后的总结中体现了答案。故选C
799
What does the word"sacrifice"mean in the last sentence?
A.
Use up.
B.
Put up.
C.
Take up.
D.
Give up.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：在最后一段中这个单词的意思？分析原文：their weekends or vacations are too short and 40﹪ would sacrifice a day's pay(工资)for one more vacation day.句意：周末或假期太短,40﹪的人将放弃一天的工资为了能够多一个假期。也就是说他们会请假去休息。故选D
800
Which of the following is true?
A.
Some American workers are too busy to leave their work.
B.
French workers can take one Three-to-four week days.
C.
Swedish workers can enjoy all of their vacation days.
D.
British workers have the shortest vacation days of all the countries surveyed.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：下列的描述中正确的是哪一项？分析原文：French workers get an average of 39 vacation days,and 40﹪ plan to take at least one there-to-four-week vacation.句意：法国工人平均有39天的假期,40﹪的人计划一个至少3到4周的假期。故选B
If they eat up their food,students can collect coupons(优惠券) and exchange them for small gifts,such as books,magazines,mobile phone covers and hand warmers.
"It's been such a surprise,"said Liang zhaoyun,19,a student at a university in Shanghai,"It has given us one more motivation to finish our food."
The measure is part of a national"eat-up"campaign(行动) which is organized by students to deal with food waste on campuses(校园).
Why only on campuses? You might ask.Because according to a report by Xinhua News Agency,students waste twice as much food as the national average(平均).
The campaign on campus food waste is receiving attention across the country.
"The aim of the campaign is not only to encourage students to finish their food.We hope it can also encourage students to choose a more environment –friendly and healthy lifestyle,"said Tao Siliang,Secretary of the Youth League Committee at Shanghai University.
Some school food is poorly prepared,so students do not like to finish it all.Some schools have taken notice of this and they are taking measures to improve it.
"I'm glad that we've reduced food waste since the ‘eat-up' campaign began.But if we call on students to waste less food,we should also improve the service and food standard on campuses."said Tao.
801
From Paragraph1,we know that the students will get a coupon___________.
A.
when they eat school food
B.
after they exchange gifts
C.
if they finish all their food
D.
if they collect the waste
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中原句If they eat up their food,students can collect coupons(优惠券)（如果学生们吃光他们的食物,他们就能手机优惠券）,所以此题选C。
802
The underlined word"motivation"in Paragraph 2 means"__________"in Chinese.
A.
动力
B.
机会
C.
试验
D.
条件
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
语义猜测题。根据文中句子It has given us one more motivation to finish our food.(这种活动让我们吃完食物多了一个动机),所以motivation的意思是动机,故选A。
803
The"eat-up"campaign is carried out on campuses because__________.
A.
students get a good education
B.
schools offer small gifts
C.
students waste too much food
D.
school food is more delicious
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文Because according to a report by Xinhua News Agency,students waste twice as much food as the national average(平均).（因为根据新华社的报告,学生浪费的食物是国内平均水平的2倍）,所以此题选C。
804
The purpose of the campaign is mainly to__________.
A.
improve the school food standard
B.
encourage a greener and healthier lifestyle
C.
receive attention from the society
D.
further improve the service in universities
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中原句We hope it can also encourage students to choose a more environment –friendly and healthy lifestyle,（我们希望这项活动同时能鼓励学生选择一种更环保和健康的生活方式）,所以这次运动的主要目的是B。
805
The best title for this passage may be____________.
A.
Enjoy Your Food
B.
Reduce Waste on Campus
C.
Meals in Universities
D.
"Eat-up"Campaign on Campus
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
标题归纳题。从全文提供的信息来看,本篇文章主要讲述了校园内的"光盘"运动,所以文章的标题应是D。
Street art is a very popular form of art that is spreading quickly all over the world.You can find it on buildings,sidewalks,street signs and trash cans(垃圾桶) from Tokyo to Paris,from Moscow to Cape Town.Street art has become a global culture and even art museums and galleries(画廊) are collecting the works of street artists.
Street art started out very secretly because it was criminal to paint public and private things without permission(允许).
People often have different opinions about street art.Some think it is a crime and others think it is a very beautiful new form of culture.
Art experts say that the street art movement began in New York in the 1960s.Young adults painted words and other images on walls and trains.This colorful style of writing became known as graffiti(涂鸦).Graffiti art showed that young people wanted to be against society.They didn't want to accept rules and travelled around cities to create paintings that everyone could see.In many cases,they had trouble with the police and the local government.
One well-known New York street artist is Swoon.She cuts paper images of people and puts them on walls or sets them up on sidewalks.Swoon didn't start her career as a street artist.She studied art,but as time went on,got bored with the works she saw in museums and galleries.People in New York enjoy Swoon's strong and imaginative style.Some museums have already bought some of her works.
Advertising companies also use street art in their ads because it gives people the feelings of youth and energy.
In Today's world the Internet has a big influence on street art.Artists can show their pictures to the audience all over the world.Many city residents,however,say that seeing a picture on the Internet is never as good as seeing it live.
The street art movement lives with the energy and life of a big city.
806
What can we learn from Paragraph1?
A.
Street art is an old culture.
B.
Street art is of great artistic value.
C.
Many big cities are famous for street art.
D.
Street art has been accepted by more and more people.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
段意理解题。第一段主要讲了街道艺术受到普遍欢迎并成为一种全球文化,所以此题选D。
807
Why do street artists usually get into trouble? Because _____________
A.
they can't make a living by themselves.
B.
it was criminal to paint pubic and private things without permission.
C.
the local government doesn't like them.
D.
they are threatening (威胁) public safety.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中原句because it was criminal to paint public and private things without permission(允许).（因为未经允许在公共场所和私有东西上画画是违法的）此题应该选B。
808
Swoon becomes famous mainly because_____________.
A.
her works are full of imagination
B.
her works can be seen everywhere
C.
she is good at cutting paper images of people
D.
her works are collected by some museums
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中原句People in New York enjoy Swoon's strong and imaginative style.（在纽约的人们喜欢Swoon那种浓重并有想象力的风格）可知此题选A。
809
Street artists can show their pictures to the whole world______________.
A.
on the Internet
B.
by painting them on walls
C.
through exhibitions in galleries
D.
by drawing them on famous buildings
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中所提供的信息In Today's world the Internet has a big influence on street art.Artists can show their pictures to the audience all over the world.（在今天的世界里,因特网对街道艺术有很大的影响,艺术家们能够向全世界的观众展示他们的作品）,所以此题应选A。
810
Which of the following is NOT the reason young artists choose street art?
A.
It is closer to people.
B.
They want to be against society.
C.
It makes cities more beautiful.
D.
They are tired of various rules.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据文中所提供的信息,尤其是在第四段说明年轻人之所以选择街道艺术A、B、D在文中都有所体现,所以此题选C。
Chinese Premier Wen Jiabao promised that the country would take actions to improve school bus safety on Sunday,a day after China saw its second terrible school bus accident in November,2011.
"School buses should be safe mobile campuses(校园) for students,"the premier said at a national meeting on women and children,"Society(社会) should remember in mind that children should be the first to enjoy all kinds of social caring and the last ones to suffer from any disaster."
School buses have become a hot topic in China since the deaths of 21 people,including 19 pre-school students,in a traffic accident between a truck and a school-owned minibus in Gansu province on Nov.16,2011.The nine-seat minibus was carrying 64 people at the time of the accident,according to the reports.
The second accident,in which a school bus in the northern province of Liaoning rolled over on Friday,left 35 people injured,according to China Daily.
"In recent days,a series of big accidents involving school buses has led to great anger among the people.These accidents have also made me uncomfortable,"said Mr Wang,an old teacher from Jiangsu.And he also thought that school bus safety must become a serious problem for schools and the government.
Premier Wen has already asked the government to develop new safety standard (标准) for school buses and made sure to help local government with safe buses for school-age children.
811
How many seats did the minibus in Gansu province have before it was turned into a school bus?
A.
64
B.
21
C.
9
D.
19
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第三段The nine-seat minibus was carrying 64 people at the time of the accident,according to the reports.载客9人的微型面包车在事故时载有64人。可知应该有9个座位,故选C。
812
What does"roll over"mean in Paragraph 4?
A.
倒车
B.
翻车
C.
撞车
D.
飞车
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词意猜测题。根据第四段描述可知周五在北部省份辽宁一辆校车翻了车,,造成35人受伤。故选B
813
How did Mr Wang feel when such accidents happened?
A.
nervous
B.
angry
C.
stressed
D.
tired
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第五段a series of big accidents involving school buses has led to great anger among the people.These accidents have also made me uncomfortable描述,可知一系列的校车事故引起了人们的愤怒,这些事故也使我不舒服,根据选项,故选B。
814
Which of the following sentences is Not True?
A.
21 pre-school students died in the school bus traffic accident in Gansu.
B.
35 people were hurt in the school bus accident in Liaoning.
C.
Mr.Wang thought school bus safety was a serious problem.
D.
The government has been asked to develop new safety standard for school buses.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段School buses have become a hot topic in China since the deaths of 21 people,including 19 pre-school students,in a traffic accident between a truck and a school-owned minibus in Gansu province on Nov.16,2011描述,可知在甘肃的校车事故中有21人死亡,其中有19个学前儿童。故A叙述的内容不符合原文。故选A
Last Saturday night Jenny was walking through a mall in London,texting on her phone.She wasn't watching where she was going,so she fell into a sewer (下水道) and got trapped.Luckily she didn't hurt badly.She quickly climbed out and walked away.But her accident was caught on a mall camera.Then someone posted it on YouTube.The video was viewed almost 2 million times and received national attention.Jenny was angry with this,but she learned a deep lesson: Texting while walking is dangerous.This time I just fell into a sewer.Next time I didn't know what would happen.Maybe I would be knocked down by a car or something else.It was horrible.
Jenny may be famous for her mistake.After that,she was laughed at by her friends and workmates.She regretted what she had done.But it was too late.However,she wasn't the only one who got into trouble while texting on the phone.In 2008,more than 1000 Englishmen visited hospital for similar reasons.They were walking and texting or talking on the phone.Suddenly a wall appeared! Or a hole or something like that got in the way.There were cuts,bumps,broken bones and even worse result happened on them.
So we must be careful when we are walking.Don't send messages or talk with somebody on the phone while walking.Or you may hurt yourself and become another Jenny in the future.
815
The story happened in ______ last Saturday night.
A.
China
B.
America
C.
England
D.
Canada
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文Last Saturday night Jenny was walking through a mall in London的描述可知,这个故事发生在英国。故选C。
816
Jenny's accident received national attention because______.
A.
she posted the accident video on YouTube
B.
her accident was caught on a small camera
C.
her accident video was on TV
D.
her accident video on YouTube was viewed almost 2 million times
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文her accident was caught on a mall camera.Then someone posted it on YouTube.The video was viewed almost 2 million times and received national attention.的描述,可知应选D。
817
The underline word"regretted"here means ______.
A.
高兴
B.
后悔
C.
以…为自豪
D.
为… 伤心
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
句义猜测题。联系下文But it was too late的描述可知,詹尼对自己所做的事感到后悔,但是已经晚了。故选B。
818
In 2008,______ had the similar accident like Jenny and visited hospital in her country.
A.
nobody
B.
a few people
C.
many people
D.
millions of people
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文2008,more than 1000 Englishmen visited hospital for similar reasons.的描述,很多人因为同样的原因而住院。结合选项可知应选C。
819
What's the best title of this passage?
A.
An Unforgettable Lesson
B.
A Horrible Accident
C.
Texting on the Phone While Walking
D.
Don't Send Message While Walking
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
标题归纳题。根据短文内容,文章主要讲述詹尼以及很多英国人因为边走路边做其他事而掉进下水道的事实,告诫人们走路要小心。这样的经历令人难忘。故选A。
In China,parents often tell their kids not to waste food.However,it's reported that a lot of food is wasted in restaurants every day.
Many people say when they eat out,they usually order a lot of dishes and they can't eat them up.One person in Chengdu,Sichuan Province says he takes away the leftovers."Usually we'll have some leftovers after meals,because when I invite friends to eat out,I don't know how much they can eat,so I order lots of dishes to make sure everybody has enough food."
While another person in Fuzhou,Fujian Province says she never packs what is left on the dining table."What I usually experience during eating out is a big meal.I seldom take away the leftovers because we often have other activities after the meals,and it's not convenient to take the leftovers.And when no one suggests taking away leftovers,I won't do so."
Some people say they only take away leftovers when they eat out with family,but not if they eat with friends or colleagues (同事).
Food waste means washing money as well as wasting precious resources (宝贵资源).When food is thrown away,it becomes rubbish and can be harmful to the environment.
We should realize how important it is to save food.It's wise to order proper food for our meals.If there're leftovers,it's better to take home.To save food,we should start with ourselves and start from now.
820
_________food is wasted in the restaurants of our country every day.
A.
Little
B.
Many
C.
Few
D.
Much
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文it's reported that a lot of food is wasted in restaurants every day.可知在我国每天都有很多粮食被浪费在餐馆里。little几乎没有,修饰不可数名词,few几乎没有,修饰可数名词,many许多,修饰可数名词,much许多,修饰不可数名词,food是不可数名词,故选D。
821
The underlined word"leftovers"means________ in Chinese.
A.
残留物
B.
离开
C.
剩菜
D.
垃圾
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。leftovers意为：剩饭,剩菜。故选C。
822
Which of the following is not mentioned?
A.
They wan to give the leftovers to the servers.
B.
The person never packs what is left on the dining table.
C.
The leftovers can be harm to the environment.
D.
Some people only take away leftovers when they eat out with family
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。文章提到了"人们不习惯把餐桌上剩下的食物打包带走。""剩菜能污染环境。""人们只有在和家人一起吃饭时才打包剩菜带走。"等现象。没有提到"人们想把剩菜给服务员。"故选A。
823
From the passage,it's necessary for us to________ when we eat out.
A.
pack our favorite food
B.
invite our friend for dinner
C.
throw the leftovers away
D.
order proper food for our meal and finish all on our plates
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文It's wise to order proper food for our meals.可知当我们外出吃饭的时候,最好要点适量的饭菜。故选D。
824
The best tile of this passage is__________
A.
Washing Money
B.
Saving Food
C.
Throwing Away Leftovers
D.
Saving Money
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。本文都是在讲述浪费粮食的情况,呼吁我们要节约粮食。故选B。
Thousands of teenagers will be able to move to a new wave of"studio schools"at the age of 14 to improve their chances of finding a job in UK.Twelve new-style schools are open to act as a bridge to the workplace and cut the number of NEETs.
Under plans,schools will operate longer days and work outside standard school terms.
Each teenager will be expected to spend between four hours and two days a week on work placements with business related to the school and a personal coach will be sent to the teenagers to act as a school"line manager".
The reforms (改革) are put forward because of the fears that too many teenagers are finishing full-time education at present but they are short of the skills needed to succeed in the workplace.According to a recent report,more than two thirds of employers (雇主) believe school and college leavers have less important employability skills,while 55% say they are unable to manage their time or daily routine.And the number of NEETs who are not in education has hit a record high,with almost one-in-five young people being left without a job or a training place.
The Department for Education will tell the public the building of 12 studio schools – providing for around 3,600 teenagers – in areas such as Liverpool,Stevenage,Stock-on-Trent and Fulham,west London.Each one will be connected to the local employers.Under plans,teenagers will be able to move out of ordinary schools to attend them between the ages of 14 and 19.
The government said all subjects would be taught"through projects,often prepared with employers"– with rules such as science being connected directly to local engineering companies or hospitals.Schools will operate a longer day to give teenagers a better understanding of the needs of the workplace.Along with their studies,students will carry out work placements for four hours a week,rising to two days a week of paid work for those aged 16 to 19.They will also get the chance to take professional qualifications (专业资历) connected directly to the needs of local employers.
825
According to the passage,NEETs refer to those who ______.
A.
often miss classes from studio school
B.
prefer studio schools to ordinary schools
C.
refuse to take any part-time job after school
D.
are not in education,employment or training
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第四段最后一句话 the number of NEETs who are not in education has hit a record high,with almost one-in-five young people being left without a job or a training place.得知,故选 D。
826
Compared to ordinary schools,studio schools will offer the young more ______.
A.
skills to finish full-time education
B.
personal coaches to help with the work
C.
chances to get future jobs with job training
D.
jobs to make money without going outside
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段得知,故选 C。
827
What makes the government decide to build studio schools?
A.
The worry about educated teenagers short of working skills.
B.
The doubt about whether full-time education is perfect.
C.
The decision to solve the problems of unemployment.
D.
The increasing number of teens who drop out early.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第四段第一句话 because of the fears that too many teenagers are finishing full-time education at present but they are short of the skills needed to succeed in the workplace.得知,故选 A。
828
What can be the best title for the passage?
A.
Studio schools are popular in UK at present.
B.
More NEETs will find jobs from Studio schools.
C.
Teenagers will get jobs without full-time education.
D.
Studio schools are built to improve teens' employability skills.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据英国政府建立 studio school 是为了给接受过教育但缺乏工作技能 的毕业学生提供相应的劳动技能培训,从而帮助他们适应新的工作岗位,故选 D。
The Vieira family moved to the United States in 1981.At that time,they decided to stop speaking Spanish at home and only communicate in English.This was because they were now living in an English－speaking country.
Now the Vieira children are adults,and they sometimes travel to Spain to visit their family and friends.But they cannot communicate with them.Unfortunately this is common.When people move to new countries,they often leave their own customs and mother language behind.This is－a mistake because there are many benefits to knowing more than one language.
One advantage of speaking more than one language is that you can communicate directly with more people around the world.You do not have to depend on others to talk for you,so you're more independent.People who know only one language must use others to help them communicate.
Furthermore,speaking a second language also allows people to experience other cultures and customs more effectively.Local expressions,vocabulary,and even jokes can have a powerful effect on a person's understanding of another culture.So,knowing more than one language increases your knowledge of other cultures.
Finally,having more multi－language speakers improves relationships between countries.If people from different countries can communicate well,the world can become closer.Countries will then have more respect for each other and better understand each other's problems.
The benefits of knowing more than one language are clear.In fact,there are no disadvantages.It is very sad that many people don't try to learn another language.It is even worse when people let themselves forget their mother language and become silenced.
829
What is the passage mainly about?
A.
The benefits of learning other languages.
B.
The reasons why people come to America.
C.
The importance of learning English.
D.
How to learn another language.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇短文主要讲述了学习外语的好处,可以更好的沟通,可以了解其他的文化并且加强国家间的关系；故此题选A,学习其他语言的好处。
830
The passage begins with the experience of the Vieira family in order to_________.
A.
discuss the need for teaching a new language
B.
introduce the passage's main characters to the readers
C.
describe the advantages of moving to another country
D.
show the problems of speaking only one language
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
判断推理题。文章在开头以Vieira一家为例,是为了说明他们丢弃了母语只讲英语是一个错误,故此题选D,说明只讲一门语言的问题。
831
The underlined phrase"multi－language speakers"(Paragraph 5) means"people who know_________."
A.
their mother language
B.
a new language
C.
more than one language
D.
body language
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
词意推测题。结合前后文,此句为：最后,可以讲更多的语言能够加强国家间的关系。Multi-language多语言的,故选C。
832
According to the last paragraph,which of the following is the worst?
A.
Not knowing another language.
B.
Forgetting one's mother language,
C.
Refusing to learn another language
D.
Failing to communicate with others.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
判断推理题。根据最后一段内容It is even worse when people let themselves forget their mother language and become silenced.更糟糕的是有些人忘记了自己的母语而不会讲母语了；故选B。
It's cool,it's hot,and everyone is doing it.People talk about it often,and friends tell other friends how good they look.Sound like a fashion? It's actually trend (倾向):"blog".What's a blog? A blog is a personal online diary.The word"blogger"means a person who writes diaries online.
Many bloggers are teens who've been logging (进入) onto sites to talk about anything in their lives.Many of today's teenagers are not afraid to openly discuss everything in their lives.Teens complain about parents and homework.They share diaries,post songs from the latest bands and show pictures of theirs.They write their own poems (诗),say something about their girlfriends or boyfriends and complain to each other or offer support.But mostly they just write down what they do every day.
However,many parents are afraid of these young bloggers.Parents see the kids talking about how they got drunk (喝醉的) last weekend and how they don't like studying.They are using language that is surprising to their parents.Besides hearing from their friends,teen bloggers also get messages from strangers.Most of the time,it's older men asking to meet teenage girls."These strange men are dangerous for my kids.They sometimes teach my kids bad words,"said Cara Cabral,a mother of two.
Many teens and young adults know it's not safe to use blogs on the Internet.They know they are putting information about themselves in a place they can be seen by anyone.But teens are unlikely to give up these new communication tools that have become a way of life for many of them.
Are you a blogger? What do you think of the blog?
833
The word"it"means ___________ in the first paragraph"People talk about it often".
A.
the Internet
B.
the blog
C.
the website
D.
talking on line
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。It一般用来指代上下文提到的单数事物。联系下文It's actually trend (倾向):"blog".What's a blog? 描述,可知it指代的是the blog,故选B。
834
According to this passage,teen bloggers mostly___________.
A.
complain about parents and homework
B.
share diaries and show pictures of theirs
C.
offer support to each other
D.
write down what they do every day
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段But mostly they just write down what they do every day.描述,可知大部分年轻人年轻人的博客中谈论的是他们每天做的事情,故选D。
835
Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?
A.
A blogger's information about himself can be seen by anyone on the Internet.
B.
Most of today's teenagers aren't afraid to openly discuss everything in their lives.
C.
Teenagers are willing to try to give up blogging.
D.
Many teens know it's not safe to use the blog on the Internet.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据But teens are unlikely to give up these new communication tools that have become a way of life for many of them.描述,可知年轻人不愿意放弃使用博客。故选C。
Experts(专家) say that students usually need eight to ten hours' sleep at night,but most Chinese students do not get enough sleep.Some Chinese parents usually feel happy to see their children studying late.They will think their children work very hard.
But not all parents think about this.Once a mother told us that every morning her l0-year-old boy puts up one finger with his eyes still closed,begging(乞求)one more minute to sleep.Like thousands of student"Early Birds"in China,he has to get up before six every morning.
A report shows that if（如果) they don't have a good night's sleep,students will be tired(疲倦）next day.Many students have fallen asleep (入睡) during classes.Too much homework is not the only reason(原因) why students stay up late.Some watch TV or play games late in the night.
Experts ever say that students should develop (养成)good study habits.So some smart students never study late,and they can also work well in class.
836
The l0-year-old boy begs for one more minute to sleep because _______________.
A.
he doesn't have enough sleep.
B.
it isn't the time for him to get up.
C.
he doesn't want to go to school.
D.
he wants his mother to wake him up.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据当10岁的孩子要再睡1分钟的时候,表示他没有睡够觉,故选A。
837
Why are some parents happy to see their children stay up late?
A.
They like to see their children sleep little.
B.
They don't like sleeping.
C.
They want their children to have a good sleep.
D.
They like to see their children study hard.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据They will think their children work very hard.因为父母认为孩子熬夜学习是刻苦的表现,所以他们很高兴,故选D。
838
In Paragraph 2 the underlined phrase"Early Birds"means persons who _____________.
A.
get up early.
B.
get up late.
C.
sleep less.
D.
don't want to sleep.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据he has to get up before six every morning 可推出指的是早起的人们,故选A。
839
From the passage we know if students don't get enough sleep,they may(可能) _______________.
A.
not sleep because they are too tired.
B.
not learn well in class.
C.
go to bed early.
D.
not be good at English.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据So some smart students never study late,and they can also work well in class.睡觉不足的学生,上课的效率不是很好,故选B。
840
From the passage we can know that___________. .
A.
if you want to study better,you must work hard.
B.
sleeping less means working hard.
C.
some smart students can also work well in class because they have good study habits.
D.
students don't have enough sleep only because they have a lot of homework to do.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据Experts ever say that students should develop (养成)good study habits.可知聪明的孩子会养成好的习惯,每天保证有足够的睡眠,才能在课堂上学的更好,故选C。
For years and years people have been saying that railways are dead."We can do without railways,"people say—as if cars and planes have made railways unnecessary.We all keep hearing that trains are slow,lose money and are dying.But this is far from the truth.In these days of expensive oil,railways have become highly competitive with cars and planes.If you want to carry people or goods from place to place,they're cheaper than planes.And they have much in common with planes.A plane goes in a straight line and so does a railway.What is more,a railway takes you from the heart of a city center.It doesn't stop you as a car does on crowded roads.And no plane or car can ever carry as many goods as one train does.
Far from being dead,railways are much alive.Modern railway lines give you a comfortable journey.Where else can you eat well,sleep comfortably,feel safe and enjoy the scene while you are traveling at the same time? And we are only the beginning,for we have just entered the age of super-fast trains,which are traveling 150 miles an hour and more.Soon we will be wondering why we spent so much on highways and planes we can't fly in because we don't have enough money to buy the oil.
841
Some people think railways are dying because______.
A.
planes and cars are expensive
B.
oil is expensive today
C.
trains are slow
D.
railways look ugly
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。从语篇第一段第2、3句中as if motorcars and planes have made the railways unnecessary.We all keep hearing that trains are slow,that they lose money,and that they're dying.可知选项C为正确答案。
842
The writer thinks that railways are much alive because___________.
A.
they are cheaper and more convenient
B.
there aren't any planes or cars
C.
we can have a comfortable journey
D.
we feel dangerous on highways
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。文章第二段提到：Modern railway lines give you a smooth,untroubled journey.和because we have not enough money to buy the oil and planes we can't fly for the same reason.以及for we have just entered the age of super-fast trains,可知应选C。
843
According to the writer,which of the following is NOT true?
A.
It is cheaper to travel by train than by plane
B.
The railway station is usually at the center of the city.
C.
When you get off a plane you will find yourself right in the city center.
D.
No car or plane can carry as many goods as a train.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。选项C符合试题要求,因为它跟第1段第9、10句It doesn't leave you up as a plane does,miles and miles from the city center.相悖。至于其他选项均可在语篇中找到依据,选C。
844
What does the underline word competitive prefer to?
A.
参与性的
B.
性价比高的
C.
竞争性的
D.
对比性的
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据短文描述,作者列举了一些现代火车的长处和飞机及汽车的一些短处,只是说明在油价昂贵的今天,火车跟飞机汽车相比还是具有高度竞争力的。故选C。
845
The best title for this passage may be __________.
A.
Which is the Best,Train,Car or Plane?
B.
Railways,not the End,but the Beginning
C.
Trains are More Competitive than Cars or Planes
D.
Oh,Super-fast Trains
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
标题归纳题。从第二段的句子： Far from being dead,the railways are very much alive.和And we are only at the beginning,可知作者认为火车没有结束,才刚刚开始。故选 B。
If you ask your parents:"Did you buy salt recently?"They might either say:"Yes,we bought more salt than usual",or"No,we couldn't find any in the market."
This is because of the recent craze(狂热) of salt buying in China.In big cities like Beijing,Shanghai and Shenzhen,salt almost sold out in only one night.
After the big earthquake in Japan on March 11,there was a nuclear leak(核泄漏).And rumors(传言) about whether it will affect our daily life appeared: first,iodized(含碘的) salt can keep us from the dangers of radiation(辐射)；second,there will be less sea-salt in the ocean because of the nuclear pollution.
Both the government and experts said the rumors were not true,but people still bought as much salt as possible.Why? Many salt-buyers didn't really care or know what experts or the government were saying.That was the real reason behind the craze of salt buying.
On March 20,the government said the salt market is back to normal.And most of China's salt is from lakes,not the ocean.
Now,many people want to return the salt they bought."There is no reason why those people should get their money back,"an article in Xinhua Daily Telegraph said."They made the craze in the first place."
Perhaps people should learn a lesson from the salt: don't believe everything you hear.
846
The recent craze of salt buying in China happened because of ________.
A.
the earthquake
B.
the rumors
C.
the shortage(缺乏) of salt
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文After the big earthquake in Japan on March 11,there was a nuclear leak可知日本地震之后引起了核泄漏,人们担心额辐射对海水的影响会关联到食用盐,所以引起了买盐热潮。故选B。
847
When did the rumors start?
A.
On March 11.
B.
After March 11.
C.
On March 20.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文After the big earthquake in Japan on March 11,there was a nuclear leak可知三月11日日本发生地震,核泄露是在地震之后。故选B。
848
According to the passage most of China's salt is from ________.
A.
lakes
B.
the ocean
C.
rivers
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文And most of China's salt is from lakes,not the ocean.可知中国的食盐主要来自湖泊,而不是海洋。故选A。
849
Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?
A.
People believed what the government and experts said first.
B.
People could return the salt and got back their money later.
C.
Salt almost sold out in only one night because of the rumors.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
判断对错题。根据原文In big cities like Beijing,Shanghai and Shenzhen,salt almost sold out in only one night.可知所有的食盐几乎在一夜之间卖光了。故选C。
850
The passage tells us that ________.
A.
we can't believe everything we hear
B.
there must be a nuclear leak after an earthquake
C.
only iodized salt can keep us from the dangers of radiation
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文Perhaps people should learn a lesson from the salt: don't believe everything you hear.可知我们不应该随便相信传言。故选A。
Dear Dr Jackson,
My parents are never happy with me.They are always criticizing (批评) my clothes,my hair and the music I listen to.They hate my friends' looks and they keep complaining when I go with them.I'm not allowed to stay out as late as my friends do,so I can't have any fun,My parents only seem to care about my school marks.Although I love them,sometimes I feel we live in different worlds.If they love me,can't they understand me? How can I make them understand me?
Dear Angel,
Your problem is common (共同的) to both teenagers and parents.Don't worry,bacause all this is natural.You see,your parents have grown up at a different time and they have different experiences.So,they think some things are strange,but you find the same things ordinary.For example,the music you like may sound like noise to them.Your parents love you,so they feel they must protect you from whatever they find strange.On the other hand,you don't want to be different from other teenagers,so you feel that your parents restrict you.
I think you should talk about this problem with your parents.Try to explain to them what you want and make them know they can believe you.Sooner or later.they'll find you are a responsible (有责任心的) person and they will give you more freedom (自由).
851
Why has Angel written to Dr Jackson?
A.
Because her parents make her happy.
B.
Because her parents can't understand her.
C.
Because her friends don't like her parents.
D.
Because her parents don't think she is good at school.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中原句can't they understand me? How can I make them understand me?（难道他们不理解我？我怎样才能使他们理解我呢？）可知此题答案是B。
852
Angel has_________than her friends.
A.
more fun
B.
less freedom
C.
more freedom
D.
less clothes
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据文中信息I'm not allowed to stay out as late as my friends do,（他们不允许我和朋友一样在外面呆的很晚）可以推断出Angel不如她朋友自由,故选B。
853
What advice does Dr Jackson give to Angel?
A.
Be different from the other teenagers.
B.
Don't tell her parents what she wants to do.
C.
Take no notice of her parents and do whatever she likes.
D.
Discuss her problem with her parents.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中原句 I think you should talk about this problem with your parents.（我认为你应该和你的父母谈论这个问题）可以知道答案是D。
854
What does the word"restrict"in the passage mean in Chinese?
A.
限制
B.
保护
C.
放纵
D.
抛弃
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据文中信息Angel认为父母不理解她,所以处处限制她,所以restrict的意思是限制,因此选A。
855
Which of the following is TRUE?
A.
According to Dr Jackson,Angel's problem isn't usual.
B.
Angel's father likes the music that Angel likes.
C.
Angel should show her parents that she is a responsible person.
D.
Angel doesn't love her parents at all.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据文中所提供的信息可以判断出只有答案C是正确的,故选C。
Moms take care of their children life and dads bring home food and make the family rules.These are the roles moms and dads fall into when they become parents and it's common among all cultures.But times change and parents' roles seem to be changing,too.More women are bringing home food by having full-time jobs and men are taking care of their children at home.
Chinese TV show Where Are We Going,Dad? provides a closer look at the changing roles of dads in modern family life.The show follows the adventures（冒险经历）of five celebrity（明星）dads who take trips with their young children (aged 4 to 6) and try to complete a set of tasks.It shows how young dads are trying hard to find the best way to raise their children and keep a closer relationship with them.Young dads no longer want to be cold.
Psychologists（心理学家）say that a strong fatherly influence is important in a child's development.Fathers teach their children skills and encourage them to try new things.They also give them a sense of safety.A child learns that if something goes wrong,he or she can depend on dad to help fix it.The psychologists also say that without a dad,a child is more possible to drop out of school and get into trouble.
A mother's love is important,and so is a father's love.Chen Mo,a psychology professor says,"It takes both parents to raise a child.Children have different needs at different ages and this needs to be considered by both parents."
856
What are the common roles of moms and dads in all cultures?
A.
Moms take care of their children and dads bring home food and make the family rules.
B.
Moms bring home food by having full-time jobs and dads take care of their children at home.
C.
Both parents take care of their children at home.
D.
Both parents go out to work,while grandparents take care of their children at home.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段Moms take care of their children life and dads bring home food and make the family rules.These are the roles moms and dads fall into when they become parents and it's common among all cultures.描述,可知妈妈照顾孩子爸爸给家庭带来食物并制定家规,这一现象在所有文化中都是普遍的。故选A
857
What are the young dads trying to do in the show?
A.
They are trying hard to find the best way to raise their children and keep a closer relationship with them.
B.
They are trying to complete a set of tasks with their kids.They are also trying hard to find the best way to raise their children and keep a closer relationship with them.
C.
They are trying to make more money.
D.
They are trying to be cold to their kids.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段…and try to complete a set of tasks.It shows how young dads are trying hard to find the best way to raise their children and keep a closer relationship with them.描述,可知在节目中爸爸们所尽力做的事情。故选B。
858
Why is a strong fatherly influence important in a child's development?
A.
Fathers teach their children skills and encourage them to try new things.They also give them a sense of safety.
B.
If something goes wrong,a child can depend on dad to help fix it.
C.
With a dad,a child can do better in school work.
D.
Without a dad,a child is more possible to drop out of school and get into trouble.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段心理学家的话Fathers teach their children skills and encourage them to try new things.They also give them a sense of safety.,故选A。
859
What is a child more possible to do without a dad?
A.
Stay out late
B.
Get into trouble and do badly in school work.
C.
Drop out of school.
D.
Drop out of school and get into trouble.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段The psychologists also say that without a dad,a child is more possible to drop out of school and get into trouble.,故选D。
860
Why does it take both parents to raise a child?
A.
A child feels safer with both parents.
B.
A child feels happier with both parents.
C.
Both parents need to consider that children have different needs at different ages.
D.
It is both the father's and the mother's duty to raise a child.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
归纳理解题。根据第四段心理学家的话"It takes both parents to raise a child.Children have different needs at different ages and this needs to be considered by both parents."可知因为孩子在不同的年龄有不同的需要,这需要父母两个人去思考。所以需要父母共同抚养孩子。故选C。
In the United States,when one becomes rich,he wants people to know it.And even if he does not become very rich,he wants people to think that he is.That is what "keeping up withthe Joneses" is about.It is the story of someone who tried to look as rich as his neighbors.
The expression was first used in 1913 by a young American called Arthur Momand.He told this story about himself.He began earning $ 125 a week at the age of 23.That was a lot of money in those days.He got married and moved with his wife to a very wealthy neighborhood outside New York City.When he saw that rich people rode horses,Momand went horseback riding every day.When he saw that rich people had servants,Momand and his wife also hired a servant(仆人) and gave big parties for their new neighbors.
It was like a race,but one could never finish his race because one was always trying to keep up.The race ended for Momand and his wife when they could no longer pay for their new way of life.They moved back to an apartment in New York City.
Momand looked around him and noticed that many people do things just to keep up with rich lifestyle of their neighbors.He saw the funny side of it and started to write a series of short stories.He called it"Keeping up with the Joneses"because"Jones"is a very common name in the United States."Keeping up with the Joneses" came to mean keeping up with rich lifestyle of the people around you.Momand' s series appeared in different newspapers across the country for over 28 years.
People never seem to get tired of keeping up with the Joneses.And there are"Joneses"in every city of the world.But one must get tired of trying to keep up with the Joneses because no matter what one does,Mr.Jones always seems to be ahead.
861
Some people want to keep up with the Joneses because they _______.
A.
want to be as rich as their neighbors
B.
want others to know or to think that they are rich
C.
don't want others to know they are rich
D.
want to make themselves happy
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段1,2行when one became rich,he wants people to know it.And even if he does not become very rich,he wants people to think that he is说明B正确。
862
It can be inferred（推断）from the story that rich people like to_______.
A.
live outside New York City
B.
live in New York city
C.
live in apartments
D.
have many neighbors
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第二段第三行He got married and moved with his wife to a very wealthy neighbourhood outside New York City.他们是搬到了纽约郊外的富人区,说明富人喜欢住在郊外。故A正确。
863
According to the writer,it is_______ to keep up with the Joneses.
A.
correct
B.
interesting
C.
impossible
D.
good
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据文章最后一句话.But one must get tired of trying to keep up with the Joneses because no matter what one does,Mr.Jones always seems to be ahead.说明Mr Jones总是在前面,所以要想追上Jones是不可能的。故C正确。
With the increasing numbers of smart phones and Chinese Internet users,micro blogging,known as Weibo in Chinese,has become more and more popular.Popular websites have created their own Weibo sites,which allow users to post a message of up to 140 words,along with pictures and videos（视频）.
In August 2009 the largest website in China ——"sina.com"firstly set up sina Weibo",helping micro blogging enter the mainstream in China.In 2010,Internet giants sohu,yahoo,baidu also sent up their own Weibo sites.By the end of October 2010,only sina's Weibo site had registered（登记）more than 50 million users,with an average of 40 people opening a Weibo site every second.Weibo allows people to post messages quickly using their mobile phones,to stay in touch with friends,and provides channels for different people to communicate.
As the social influence of Weibo continues to grow,more and more news agencies（通讯社）and government departments are beginning to send information through Weibo sites.Wang Peng,a Weibo blogger,said,"Through Weibo it allows me to send my advice to director of my news agencies.Also,I can keep in touch with friends.There are many middle school and university classmates on my blog".With sending more information to people,the influence of micro blogging in China is increasing.
864
From this passage,we know that"Weibo"is a ______ way of communicating.
A.
boring
B.
popular
C.
difficult
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文known as Weibo in Chinese,has become more and more popular.可知在中国微博变的越来越受欢迎。故选B。
865
You can send _______ to your friends by using micro blogging.
A.
long messages
B.
mobile phones
C.
nice pictures
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文which allow users to post a message of up to 140 words,along with pictures and videos可知允许发送最多140字的消息,可以带有照片和视频。故选C。
866
According to the passage,________ was the first one to open a Weibo site.
A.
sina.com
B.
sohu.com
C.
baidu.com
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文In August 2009 the largest website in China ——"sina.com"firstly set up sina Weibo",可知最先开通微博网站的是新浪网。故选A。
867
From Wang Peng's words,we can guess that he is most probably a(n) ______.
A.
engineer
B.
student
C.
reporter
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文Through Weibo it allows me to send my advice to director of my news agencies.可知王鹏说通过微博我们可以把建议发给我们新闻通讯社的主编,所以可以推断王鹏是一位记者。故选C。
868
The best title of this passage is"______".
A.
Micro blogging was first used in China
B.
Micro blogging in China takes off
C.
Weibo changes Chinese Internet users
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。本文讲述的是在微博在中国的影响度正在增长。故选B。
Bai Yansong,a famous TV host,expressed his support for students wearing green scarves (绿领巾) at a primary school in Xi'an.He wore a green tie on a TV program on October 19,2011."I just want the students to know that I'm also wearing green.And we are all great people and are as good as those wearing red scarves."
The First Experimental Primary School in Xi'an made children with poor schoolwork and behavior wear green scarves.Parents whose children wore green scarves were angry."The children still need their self-esteem (自尊心) even though they are very young,and they know the green scarf means something is not quite right,"said one mother.Now,the school has stopped the practice.
Educational expert Li Zhenxi said that primary and junior high school students have strong self-esteem.They are eager to be respected and understood.Punishment will hurt them."It's better to encourage them rather than separating some 'bad' students,"he said.
A survey made by the Ministry of Education (教育部) shows that 75 percent of students feel nervous and scared when the teacher is about to announce their grades.Some schools have done better in protecting students' privacy and encouraging them.In American schools,teachers post test results on the wall.Instead of using student names,they use secret numbers.This way,students know their secret numbers and can check their own grades only.Some teachers might call the students up to the desk and tell them their scores one at a time.
But test scores are not the only measures of a student's ability.Everyone has his own strengths and everyone can make great progress by working hard.
869
Bai Yansong wore a green tie in a TV program in order to _______.
A.
show people his special dressing style
B.
call on people to live a green life
C.
tell students green-scarf students are also good students
D.
remind students wearing green scarves means being bad
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段最后一行And we are all great people and are as good as those wearing red scarves."我们和带红领巾的人一样。"故选C。
870
Why did those parents whose children wore green scarves feel angry?
A.
Because their children did do well at school.
B.
Because they thought the school didn't have the right.
C.
Because it was against the law.
D.
Because it hurts their children's self-esteem.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第二段二三行The children still need their self-esteem (自尊心) even though they are very young,and they know the green scarf means something is not quite right"孩子们也需要自尊心,即使他们很小,也知道绿色红领巾意味着一些不好的事情。"可知带绿色红领巾会上到孩子自尊心。故选D。
871
According to the article,which of the following is TRUE?
A.
Primary school students are too young to know what self-esteem is.
B.
Separating some"bad"students helps create good learning environment.
C.
Most "good" students like their teachers to announce their scores.
D.
Using secret numbers instead of students' names can protect their privacy better.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段第一行Educational expert Li Zhenxi said that primary and junior high school students have strong self-esteem.可知A错误；根据第三段第三行It's better to encourage them rather than separating some ‘bad' students,可知B错误；选项C文章没有提到；根据第四段第二行Some schools have done better in protecting students' privacy and encouraging them.In American schools,teachers post test results on the wall.Instead of using student names,they use secret numbers.可知D正确。故选D。
872
Which of the following may the writer agree with?
A.
The green scarves system can make students work hard.
B.
Student's ability should not be measured only by test scores.
C.
Students who get low marks should use secret numbers.
D.
Teachers should tell students their scores secretly one by one.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据最后一段第一句话But test scores are not the only measures of a student's ability."分数不仅仅是测试学生能力的唯一标准。"故选B。
873
What does the word"measure"mean in the last paragraph?
A.
长度
B.
尺度
C.
方法
D.
标准
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
词义猜测题。本句句意：分数不仅仅是测试学生能力的唯一标准。结合语境,故选D。
Speaking English is not only about using proper grammar,but also about understanding the culture.Here is some important advice to remember when speaking English in the United States.
◆Americans have difficulties understanding foreign accents.Many Americans are not used to foreign accents.This requires patience from both of you.
◆Talk about places: Americans love to talk about places.When speaking to a stranger,ask them where they come from and then say something about that place.For example:"Oh,I have a friend who worked in Los Angeles.He says it's a beautiful place to live in."Most Americans will then willingly talk about their experiences of living in or visiting that city or place.
◆Talk about work: It is common for Americans to ask"What do you do?"It's not considered impolite as in some countries and is a popular topic of discussion between strangers.
◆Talk about sports: Americans love sports! However,they love American sports.When speaking about football,most Americans understand"American football",not soccer.
◆Be careful when expressing ideas about race,religion or other sensitive（敏感的）topics:The United States is a society with different cultures.Americans are very sensitive to other cultures and ideas.
874
For Americans,the question "what do you do?" is ________.
A.
common
B.
impolite
C.
boring
D.
surprising
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：对于美国人,问："你的工作是做什么的？"是一种什么现象？分析原文： It is common for Americans to ask"What do you do?"句意：在美国询问："你的工作是做什么的？"是一种很普通的现象。因此第一项符合题意。故选A
875
What can we learn about Americans?
A.
They like to learn foreign accents.
B.
They are willing to talk about places.
C.
They prefer soccer to American football.
D.
They accept other ideas and cultures easily.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：通过短文,我们能了解到关于美国人的什么事情？分析原文的第二点介绍： Talk about places: Americans love to talk about places.句意： 美国人喜欢谈论关于某个地方。结合选项的内容,故选 B
876
The writer gives some advice mainly on ________.
A.
talking with Americans
B.
working with Americans
C.
speaking American English
D.
understanding American society
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：作者主要给我们关于哪些方面的建议？分析原文：Here is some important advice to remember when speaking English in the United States.句意：说英语不仅仅要语法正确,也要理解文化背景。当在美国说英语的时候,这里有一些需要记住的重要的建议。因此主要是讲述如何与美国人进行交流。故选A。
Sports,drama,and all kinds of organizations keep students busy during high school. Where do they get the money to do these things? Not everyone gets it from parents. Most have to work for at least some of the money to pay for these activities. Some adults question if high school students should have jobs. I say yes, they undoubtedly should.
Some people worry that teens with after-school jobs will have difficulty finding time for schoolwork. Actually, having a job helps teens make better use of their time. Many jobs take only a couple of hours on weeknights. According to an article, 86 percent of high school students have an after-school, weekend or summer job and students who work between 10 and 20 hours per week during the school year get higher grades than those who do not work at all. Instead of considering working after school a hindrance, it should be looked at as real-world education.
Other people think that work adds too much stress（压力）, which may be somewhat true, but whether having a job or not, there is always stress. Better to learn how to deal with busy schedules（日程表）in a controlled environment like high school than to be out on your own and alone in the future, experiencing stress for the first time. I personally would be worried about the teenager who has to become independent without having any experience of working.
The biggest reason teens should work is that it is a healthy way of making money. There are many things teens need to pay for and they cannot do it if they don't have a job. Not all parents can pay for these activities. My dad told me, "Having a job is a good way to save up for things you are going to need or want to do. You get a lot more out of things if you pay for them yourself." The sooner kids make money, the sooner they can learn how to use money wisely. If they are not allowed to work in high school, they may have a hard time in the future. Teens should, without a doubt, be allowed to work on school nights.
877
The word "hindrance" in Paragraph 2 probably means "_______".
A.
something that encourages teens to study
B.
something that helps teens improve study
C.
something that prevents teens from studying
D.
something that makes teens lose interest in study
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：在第二段中划线词的意思是什么？分析原文：Instead of considering working after school a hindrance, it should be looked at as real-world education.句意：应该看着现实的教育，而不是考虑毕业后工作阻碍。结合选项表示阻碍的短语prevent sb. from doing sth.故选C
878
What can we learn from Paragraph 3?
A.
Teens are too busy with study to work at high school.
B.
Teens experience stress for the first time at high school.
C.
Teens are worried about being independent in the future.
D.
Teens who work will deal with stress better in the future.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：从第三段中了解到了什么？联系第三段的句意，将来年青人参加工作会有一些压力，但是面对压力，年青人应该学会如何更好地处理好忙碌的日程表。（原文Better to learn how to deal with busy schedules.) 因此选择第四项。故选 D
879
Which of the following is true according to the passage?
A.
Working makes teens get lower grades.
B.
Working teaches teens to spend money more wisely.
C.
Working helps teens to get on better with their parents.
D.
Working stops teens from taking part in after-school activities.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：通过短文，下列的描述哪一个是正确的？分析原文： The sooner kids make money, the sooner they can learn how to use money wisely. 句意：孩子越早赚钱, 他们可以学习如何明智地用钱。结合选项只有第二项符合。故选B
880
What does the passage mainly talk about?
A.
What money means to teens.
B.
Why teens should work after school.
C.
Whether parents should help teens find jobs.
D.
How teens get money for after-school activities.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：这篇短文主要谈论了什么？分析原文的中心句：Some adults question if high school students should have jobs. I say yes, they undoubtedly should.句意：一些成年人问，对于高中学生是否应该有一份工作。我的回答是确实应该有必要。接下作者对其有必要的原因进行了详细的说明与举例。故选B
Hands play an important part in our daily life. But do you know which of your two hands you use more? Very few people use both hands equally well. Most of us are right-handed. Only about five people out of a hundred are left-handed. New-born babies can take hold of things with either of their hands, but in about two years they usually use their right hands.Scientists don't know why this happens.
Monkeys are our close relatives in the animal world. Scientists have found that monkeys like to use one of their hands more than the other, but it can be either hand. There are as many right-handed monkeys as left-handed ones. Next time you visit a zoo, watch the monkeys carefully, you will see that some of them will use their right hands and others will use their left hands. But most of the people use their right hands better and this makes life difficult for those left-handed people. We live in a right-handed world.
881
How many people among 100 people use their left hands better?
A.
5%.
B.
50%.
C.
95%.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段Only about five people out of a hundred are left-handed.可知百分之五的人是使用左手的人，故选A
882
. New-born babies can use __________.
A.
both of their hands
B.
neither of their hands
C.
their right hands
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段New-born babies can take hold of things with either of their hands可知新生儿能使用两只手中的任何一只拿东西，故选A
883
Which of the following is true?
A.
There are more monkeys using their right hands than left hands.
B.
There are more monkeys using their left hands than right hands.
C.
There are as many right-handed monkeys as left-handed ones.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
是非判断题。根据第二段There are as many right-handed monkeys as left-handed ones.可知，使用左手和使用右手的猴子一样多，故选C
884
"We live in a right-handed world." means __________.
A.
Most people use their right hands better.
B.
Few people use their right hands better.
C.
Half of the people use their right hands better.
本题答案：
A
B
C
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文最后大部分人使用右手，这使左手的人的生活就困难了，可知大部分人 使用右手使用的好，故选A
"AN Englishman, even if he is alone, forms an orderly queue (队伍) of one," wrote famous British author George Mikes. While this sounds funny, it's a popular English stereotype (刻板印象). From the supermarket to the subway, queues are a common sight on the streets of Britain.
Here in China, queues are normal, too. It is a part of everyday life. People queue most of the time, from buying tickets in the cinema to waiting for seats at a restaurant.
But in certain situations, you'll find yourself in the middle of a rushing crowd, such as getting onto the subway. Even away from the busy subway platform (站台), queues are different. One day I was standing in line at the supermarket.
I left a small space in front of me. Within seconds, a girl walked by and took her place in that small space.
I was surprised at first, but later I found these experiences very interesting. It is with these small, everyday differences that I get to live and learn within a new culture.
Back in Britain, the average person spends six months of their life waiting in a queue, according to the auction site MadBid. To pass the time, maybe they tell themselves the famous proverb: good things come to those who wait.
885
The English are well known for _____.
A.
forming an orderly queue
B.
being rude and loud
C.
traveling on subways
D.
spending more time waiting in a queue
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文AN Englishman, even if he is alone, forms an orderly queue of one,可知英国人即使是一个人的时候也能排成一个队伍。可知英国因排队被了解。故选A。
886
The purpose of the article is to _____.
A.
call on people in China to queue more
B.
compare queuing in two cultures
C.
praise the English for following good manners
D.
explain why people rush in some situations
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文Here in China, 及Back in Britain,可知本文主要是对比中国和英国排队的不同。故选B。
887
In which part of a newspaper would you most probably read this article?
A.
Sports.
B.
News.
C.
Culture.
D.
Business.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。通过阅读可知这篇文章讲述的是在中国和英国两个国家，排队的区别。这篇文章可能出现在报纸讲述文化的部分。故选C。
Do you want to know something about children in Africa? What do they do for fun every day? Find out here:
Education
School is expensive for many African children. Lots of families can't afford school uniforms or exercise books even though they don't have to pay for school.
For those lucky enough to go to school, they have a lot to learn. Some take two language classes: English or French, and their first languages. There is also math, science, history and geography. Chores take up much of children's time after school. They have to get water and firewood for the family every day. Also there's cleaning, washing and helping Mum with the meal.
Daily fun
It's not all work and no play. Sports are very popular. Children can make goals with twigs(嫩枝) and their own footballs with plastic and bits of string(绳子).They play in the country and the streets of old towns. There're many football teams for teenagers in Africa.
Internet
It's really expensive to get on the Internet. To surf the net for 20 hours costs 600yuan.This is more than the average（平均的） monthly pay per person.
Egypt and South Africa are the top two users of the Internet in Africa. All of the capital cities there can get on the Internet.
Some schools offer computer lessons but few students can enjoy computer fun at home.
888
The underlined word "Chores" probably means______.
A.
网上冲浪
B.
家务杂活
C.
体育活动
D.
家庭作业
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据后面的They have to get water and firewood for the family every day. Also there's cleaning, washing and helping Mum with the meal.可知该选B。
889
Sports are very popular in Africa because children_______.
A.
do not need money to play
B.
can play all kinds of ball games
C.
don't like to go to school
D.
don't like to do their homework
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中Children can make goals with twigs(嫩枝) and their own footballs with plastic and bits of string(绳子).They play in the country and the streets of old towns. There're many football teams for teenagers in Africa.可知该选A。
890
In Africa ,how many hours can you use all your pay to surf the Internet in a year .And you only have the average pay.______
A.
20 hours
B.
more than 240 hours
C.
about 240 hours
D.
about 20 hours
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中To surf the net for 20 hours costs 600yuan.This is more than the average（平均的） monthly pay per person.可知该选C。
Teachers say the digital age has had a good and a not-so-good influence on the American teenagers. More than 2,000 high school teachers took an online survey.
75 percent of the teachers said the Internet and digital search tools have had a "mostly good" use for their students' research habits and skills, But 87 percent agreed that these technologies "make the students not have enough attention." And 64 percent said the technologies "do little to help them in courses."
Judy Buchanan is a director of the National Writing Project. Ms. Buchanan says digital research tools are helping students learn more, and learn faster. Teachers really like these tools, because they are ways to make some of learning exciting. Young people enjoy using these tools. And the goal is to help them become creative students of meaningful work, and not just that kind of copyist.
But one problem the survey found is that many students don't have a good understanding of how to use the digital knowledge well. In other words, they trust(信任) too much of the information. Judy Buchanan says these students have not developed the skills they need to tell whether the online information is good or bad.
Another problem the survey found is something that might not seem like a problem, at all, being-able to quickly find information online. Teachers say the ability of their students to work hard to find answers is becoming weaker. They say students depend too much on search engines (引擎) and do not make enough use, of printed books or research, librarians.
Besides, many teachers are also worried about the problem that the Internet makes it easy for students to copy work done by others, instead of using their own abilities.
891
______ of the teachers agreed technologies may stop students from having enough attention.
A.
50%
B.
64%
C.
75%
D.
87%
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据But 87 percent agreed that these technologies "make the students not have enough attention."。可知87%的教师赞同这些技术正在产生"易受干扰、注意力短暂的一代人选D。
892
How many problems are mentioned (提及) in the passage?
A.
One
B.
Two.
C.
Three.
D.
Four.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据后三段可知提到了三个问题，应选C。
893
Teachers like the digital search tools because they can_______.
A.
make some of learning exciting
B.
help students find answers easily
C.
tell whether the information is good or not
D.
help students copy the work done by others
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Teachers really like these tools, because they are ways to make some of learning exciting.教师们接受这些工具是因为它们让学习变得有趣、有吸引力。故选A。
894
What does the writer want to tell us by writing this passage?
A.
Digital search tools have quite a lot of advantages.
B.
Students don't know how to use the digital search tools.
C.
Many teachers are worried about the students' abilities.
D.
Students should learn how to use the digital tools in a right way.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文的内容可知学生应该学会正确使用数字搜索工具。故选D。
Lion is a special animal to Chinese people. A couple of stone lions, a male (雄性) and a female (雌性), can often be seen in front of the gates of old buildings. The male lion is on the left with his right paw (手掌) on a ball, and the female on the right. And her left paw is touching a baby animal.
The lion is the king in the animal world because he is powerful. The ball shows the country or the family will be together forever, and the baby animal with the female shows that you will have many children.
The stone lions were also used to show the families were powerful. If you had no money or power, you couldn't put the stone lions in front of your houses.
It was also popular to make bridges with stone lions. The best known of this is the Lugou Bridge (also as Marco Polo Bridge), built from 1189 to 1192. The stone lions on the bridge are most famous. Maybe there are 485 lions in all, maybe there are 498 or 501. A famous saying is that "the lions on the Lugou Bridge are uncountable(不可数的)."
895
What is a special animal in Chinese people?
A.
Dragon(龙).
B.
Tiger.
C.
Lion.
D.
Dog.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段第一句Lion is a special animal to Chinese people.可知该选C。
896
How many stone lions can often be seen in front of some old houses?
A.
2
B.
3
C.
1
D.
4
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段第二句A couple of stone lions, a male (雄性) and a female (雌性), can often be seen in front of the gates of old buildings.可知该选A。
897
Who is the king in the animal world according to the text?
A.
Tigers
B.
Lions
C.
Elephants
D.
Bears
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段第一句The lion is the king in the animal world because he is powerful.可知该选B。
898
Which is NOT right below about the stone lions in front of the gates of the old houses?
A.
The male lion is on the left with his right paw on a ball.
B.
The female is on the right with her left paw touching a baby animal.
C.
The common people couldn't put a pair of stone lions in front of the gates of old buildings.
D.
If someone puts a pair of stone lions in front of the gate, he must have a lot of babies.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段The stone lions were also used to show the families were powerful. If you had no money or power, you couldn't put the stone lions in front of your houses.可知该选D。
899
Where do we often see stone lions besides in front of some gates?
A.
On bridges.
B.
In Hebei.
C.
On towers.
D.
By a river.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第四段第一句It was also popular to make bridges with stone lions. 可知该选A。
At East China University of Science and Technology, students will get a coupon（优惠券）if they eat up their food. Students can collect coupons and exchange them for small gifts, such as books , magazines, mobile phone covers and hand warmers.
"It's been such a surprise," said Liang Zhaoyun, 19, a student at the university in Shanghai. "It has given us one more motivation to finish our food."
The measure is part of a national "eat-up" campaign (行动) which is organized by students to deal with food waste on campuses(校园)。
Why only on campuses, you might ask? Because according to a report by Xinhua News Agency, students waste twice as much food as the national average (平均) .The campaign on campus food waste is receiving attention across the country." The aim of the campaign is not only to encourage students to finish their food. We hope it can also encourage students to choose a more environment-friendly and healthy lifestyle, said Tao Siliang, secretary of the Youth League Committee at Shanghai University.
But some school food is poorly prepared, so students do not like to finish it all. Some schools have taken notice of this and they are taking measures to improve it.
"I'm glad that we've reduced food waste since the 'eat-up' campaign began. But if we call on students to waste less food, we should also improve the service and food standard on campuses." said Tao.
900
The underlined word " motivation" in Paragraph 2 means__________in Chinese.
A.
动力
B.
机会
C.
试验
D.
条件
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。上文提到华东理工大学的光盘行动，因此可知It has given us one more motivation to finish our food.译为"这给我们很大的动力去吃完食物。"故选A。
901
The "eat-up" campaign is carried out on campuses because__________.
A.
students get a good education
B.
schools offer small gifts
C.
students waste too much food
D.
school food is more delicious
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第四段前两行Why only on campuses, you might ask? Because according to a report by Xinhua News Agency, students waste twice as much food as the national average (平均) ."你也许会问：这样的活动为什么只在校园内实施呢？因为据新华社报道，学生浪费食物的程度是国家平均标准的两倍。"故选C。
902
The purpose of the campaign is mainly to ___________.
A.
improve the school food standard
B.
encourage a greener and healthier lifestyle
C.
receive attention from the society
D.
further improve the service in universities
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第四段第三、四、五行The aim of the campaign is not only to encourage students to finish their food. We hope it can also encourage students to choose a more environment-friendly and healthy lifestyle"该行动的目的不仅仅是鼓励学生完成食物。我们也希望可以鼓励学生选择更好的环境和健康的生活方式。"可知主要目的是鼓励学生们选择健康的生活方式，故选B。
903
The best title for this passage may be __________.
A.
Enjoy Your Food!
B.
Reduce Waste on Campus
C.
Meals in Universities.
D.
"Eat-up" Campaign on Campus
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
标题归纳题。这篇短文介绍华东理工大学的光盘行动，通过奖励优惠券或是小礼物的形式鼓励同学们光盘。调查显示：校园内浪费食物现象最为严重，因此该校通过这样的方式鼓励学生光盘并养成健康的生活习惯。故选D。
Recently a Beijing father sent in a question at an Internet forum(论坛) asking what "PK" meant.
"My family has been watching the 'I Am the Singer' singing competition TV programme. My little daughter asked me what 'PK' meant, but I had no idea," explained the puzzled father.
To a lot of Chinese young people who have been playing games online, it is impossible not to know this term. In such Internet games, "PK" is short for "Player Kill", in which two players fight until one ends the life of the other.
In the case of the "I Am the Singer" singing competition, "PK" was used to refer to the stage where two singers have to compete with each other for only one chance to go up in competition raking.
Like this father, Chinese teachers at Middle schools have also been finding their students using Internet jargons which are difficult to understand. A teacher from Tianjin asked her students to write the compositions with simple language, but they came up with a lot of Internet jargons that she didn't understand.
"My 'GG' came back this summer from college. He told me I've grown up to be a 'PLMM'. I loved to 'FB' with him together; he always took me to the 'KPM'," went one composition.
"GG" means Ge Ge (Chinese pinyin for brother). "PLMM" is Piao Liang Mei Mei (beautiful girl)."FB" means Fu Bai (corruption)."KPM" is short for KFC, Pizza Hut and McDonald's.
Some specialists welcome Internet jargons as a new development in language. If you do not even know what a Kong Long (dinosaur, meaning an ugly looking femal) or a Qing Wa (frog, meaning an ugly looking male ) is, you will possibly be regarded as a CaiNiao!
904
By writing the article, the writer tries to _________.
A.
explain some Internet jargons
B.
suggest common Internet jargons
C.
laugh at the Beijing father
D.
draw our attention to Internet jargons
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：通过短文得知，作者尽力去做什么？通过阅读全文，作者讲述的网络语言的意思与表达方式，重点是吸引我们注意网络用语。因此选择第四项。故选D
905
What does the underlined word Internet jargons mean?
A.
Internet language
B.
Internet action
C.
Internet behavior
D.
Internet fashion
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：划线词组的意思是什么？分析原文： Like this father, Chinese teachers at Middle schools have also been finding their students using Internet jargons which are difficult to understand. 句意：像前面提到的那位父亲一样，中学的老师们已经发现学生们经常用很难理解的网络语言。理解全文得知为网络语言之意。故选A
906
What does the writer think about the word "PK"?
A.
Fathers can't possibly know it.
B.
The daughter should understand it.
C.
Online game players may know it.
D.
"I Am the Singer" shouldn't have used it.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：作者是如何理解"PK"的？分析原文：In such Internet games, "PK" is short for "Player Kill", in which two players fight until one ends the life of the other.句意：在网络游戏中，它是杀害对手的缩写，两者对抗直到结束一方的生命为止。因此作者认为玩网络游戏的人可能知道意思。故选C
907
The example of the Beijing father and the Tianjin teacher are used to show that Internet jargons____.
A.
are used not only online
B.
can be understood very well
C.
are welcomed by all the people
D.
cause trouble to our mother tongue
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：短文中以这位北京的父亲和这位天津的老师为例子，目的是说明网络语言能引起什么？通过对全文的理解得知，运用网络语言，家长和老师都不明白表达的意思，时间久了，会对中文的表达有影响。故选D
908
What would be the best title for the passage?
A.
A Puzzled Father!
B.
Do You Speak Internet English?
C.
Keep away from Internet English!
D.
Kong Long or Qing Wa?
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：为短文选择一个最好的题目？结合短文的内容与选项，第二项符合题意，通过询问读者，你运用网络英语吗？来展示对全文的描述。故选B
The practice of students endlessly copying letters and sentences from a blackboard is a thing of the past. With the coming of new technologies like computers and smart phone, writing by hand has become something of old skill. However, while today's educators are using more and more technology in their teaching, many believe handwriting skills are still necessary for students to be successful--both in school and in life.
Virginia Berninger, professor of educational psychology(心理学) at the University of Washington, says it's important to continue teaching handwriting and help children learn the skill of writing by hand.
Berninger and her workmates carried out a study that looked at the ability of students to complete different writing tasks---both on a computer and by hand. The study, published in 2009, found that when writing with a pen and paper, people wrote longer articles and more complete sentences.
In a more recent study, Berninger looked at what role spelling plays in a student's writing skills and found that how well children spell is tied to how well they can write. "Spelling makes some of the thinking parts of the brain active which helps us get our vocabulary, word meaning and ideas. It is allowing our written language to connect with ideas." Berninger said.
Spelling helps students translate ideas into words in their mind first and then to transcribe(转换) "those words in the mind into written symbols(标志) on paper or keyboard and screen," the study said. Seeing the words in the "mind's eye" helps children not only to turn their ideas into words, says Berninger, but also to notice spelling mistakes when they write the words down and to correct them over time.
"In our computer age, some people believe that we don't have to teach spelling because we have spell checks," she said. "But until a child has spelling ability of about a fifth grade level, they won't have the knowledge to choose the correct spelling among the choices given by the computer."
909
Which of the following best shows the role of spelling?
A.
Spelling improves one's memory of words.
B.
Spelling ability is closely tied to writing ability.
C.
Spelling benefits the translation from words into ideas.
D.
Spelling slows down finding exact words to express ideas.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：下列哪一项最好的展示了拼写的角色？分析原文：Spelling makes some of the thinking parts of the brain active which helps us get our vocabulary, word meaning and ideas. It is allowing our written language to connect with ideas 句意：拼写使我们的大脑思维活跃，可以从词汇、词义和想法得到训练。它也是书写语言与思维的联系方法。因此是说明了，拼写与写作是紧密联系在一起的。故选B
910
What does "mind's eye" in paragraph 5 mean?
A.
Window.
B.
Emotion.
C.
Picture.
D.
Imagination.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：第五段中划线词的意思？分析原文：Seeing the words in the "mind's eye" helps children not only to turn their ideas into words, but also to notice spelling mistakes when they write the words down and to correct them over time. 句意：用内心去看这些单词，不仅能帮助学生们将思想变成文字，而且也能注意到拼写的错误和正确的书写。联系本意：思想的眼睛则为想像之意。故选D
911
What can we learn from the passage?
A.
Computers can help people with their choice of words.
B.
Spell checks can take the place of spelling teaching.
C.
Handwriting still has a place in today's classrooms.
D.
Spelling ability develops fast in the fifth grade.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：通过短文，我们能了解到什么？分析短文的中心句：many believe handwriting skills are still necessary for students to be successful--both in school and in life.句意：有许多人相信写作技能在学校与生活中依然有必要学的。结合选项，则第三项符合。故选C
Mobile phones(手机) have become a problem for middle schools. Some middle schools in Australia have stopped students from carrying mobile phones during school hours. The mobile phone use among children has become a problem for the school this year. Several children have got mobile phones as Christmas gifts, and more students will want them.
Mary, a teacher, said the mobile phone use is a distraction to students during school hours and it also gives teachers so much trouble in their classrooms. Teachers also said that sometimes students might use phone messages to copy during exams. She said some schools tried to stop mobile phones. Some parents felt unhappy because they couldn't get in touch with their children.
Many teachers said students should not have mobile phones at school, but if there was a good reason, they could leave their phones at the school office. They also said there were many reasons why the students should not have mobile phones at school, they were easy to lose and were a distraction for studies.
Many people say that they understand why parents would want their children to have phones, but they think schools should let the students know when they can use their mobile phones.
912
Some middle schools in Australia have stopped students from carrying mobile phones ________.
A.
because they are students
B.
when they are free
C.
when they are at school
D.
because they are children
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段第二行Some middle schools in Australia have stopped students from carrying mobile phones during school hours."澳大利亚许多学校已经禁止学生在上课期间带手机。"可知学校不允许学生在学校期间带手机。故选C。
913
We know from the passage that some children get mobile phones from____
A.
the makers and sellers
B.
the teachers
C.
their parents and friends
D.
some mobile phone users
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段最后一句Several children have got mobile phones as Christmas gifts, and more students will want them."一些学生在圣诞节时候得到的礼物是手机，更多的学生希望能够得到手机。"可知在圣诞节时家长和朋友送他们手机作为圣诞礼物。故选C。
914
What does the underlined word mean in the passage?
A.
鼓舞
B.
分心
C.
奖励
D.
核对
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
词义猜测题。联系上下文，由第二段第二行it also gives teachers so much trouble in their classrooms会给教师在上课时带来许多麻烦可知该词意思应为对课堂教学及学生学习不利的。故选B。
915
Some parents felt unhappy because they couldn't _______ during school hours.
A.
use their mobile phones
B.
leave their mobile phones at the school office
C.
help the teachers with their work
D.
get in touch with their children
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句Some parents felt unhappy because they couldn't get in touch with their children."许多家长因不能及时联系到他们的孩子而不高兴。"可知他们不高兴的原因是不能及时的联系到他们的孩子。故选D。
916
The passage mainly tells us that _______.
A.
students shouldn't have mobile phones at school except(除…外) some special reasons
B.
it is impossible to stop students from using mobile phones at school
C.
some parents felt unhappy because they couldn't use their phones at school
D.
parents should teach children how to use mobile phones during school hours
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。本文主要讲述内容为学生除特殊情况，否则在学校时不应带手机。故选A。
London used to be "foggy" for the same reason that cities like Beijing or Chongqing are "foggy" today. The "fog" was in fact smog, a mixture of smoke and fog. In other words, it was made by air pollution. In London, some of this pollution came from factories, but much of it came from the coal(煤)that people burnt in their houses to keep warm during the winter. By the 1950s, London's smog problem had become so bad that the government decided to do something to clean the air. A new law was made and nobody could burn coal in any British city. Within a few years, the air became much cleaner. There were no more "pea-soupers".
Many Chinese cities now face the same sort of problem with air pollution that London faced 40 or 50 years ago. However, this problem is more difficult for Chinese cities to solve. One reason is that more of the pollution comes from the factories, rather than from coal burnt in people's houses. If these factories were closed, this would harm the economy and lots of people would lose their jobs. Another reason is that changing from coal to cleaner fuel(燃料), like gas, is quite expensive.
However, the air in many Chinese cities is becoming cleaner and cleaner, as the government and people pay more and more attention to cutting down pollution. As a result, there are fewer "pea-soupers" in Beijing than there used to be.
917
What was the main reason for air pollution in London?
A.
There was too much smoke in the sky.
B.
There were too many factories in the city.
C.
People burnt too much coal in the houses.
D.
The city was too big for the cleaners to clean.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：在伦敦，引起空气污染的主要原因是什么？分析原文：In London, some of this pollution came from factories, but much of it came from the coal(煤)that people burnt in their houses to keep warm during the winter. 句意：在伦敦，一些污染来自工厂，但是多数是来自人们在冬天为了取暖而用的煤。明确主要原因是烧煤引起的。故选C
918
How did the air in London become much cleaner?
A.
There was not so much fog in the winter later.
B.
A law was made to keep people from burning coal in their houses.
C.
Many factories in the city were closed.
D.
People paid more attention to cleaning their city.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：伦敦是如何将空气变得清新的？分析原文：A new law was made and nobody could burn coal in any British city. Within a few years, the air became much cleaner. 句意： 一项新的法律是禁止个人在任何英国城市烧煤取暖。在短短的几年内，空气变得干净多了。因此明确是禁止用煤取暖。故选B
919
What does the underlined word "pea-soupers" refer to?
A.
Smog
B.
Smoke
C.
Gas
D.
Coal
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
A
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：划线词与选项中哪个词相近？通过阅读短文得知，描述空气的污染，与 pea-soupers 相近的词义是smog烟雾污染。故选A
920
The problem of air pollution is more difficult for Chinese cities to solve because of _____ reasons.
A.
one
B.
two
C.
three
D.
four
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：解决中国城市的污染问题主要有几个原因？分析：短文的第二自然段，原文提到：one reason…….another reason…..,因此是两个原因。故选B
921
What do you think the government will do with the air pollution?
A.
The government will ask people to burn coal.
B.
The government will ask people always use gas instead of coal.
C.
The government will close all the factories in China.
D.
The government will pay more and more attention to cutting down pollution.
本题答案：
A
B
C
D
参考答案：
D
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：政府认为处理空气污染应该做什么？分析原文：as the government and people pay more and more attention to cutting down pollution. 句意：政府和人们应该更多的关注减少污染。结合选项第四项符合题意。故选D
我的笔记
最大支持140字
收藏
0
好题
0
烂题
0
提交纠错
请输入您发现的错误详情
用户：
